2. The First Delve

Be sure to read and follow the guidelines for our forums.

Dec 19, 2023 7:30 am
Grand Foyer

The spiral staircase from the surface descends around 100’ to deposit you in the centre of a large square chamber. The walls are constructed from rough-faced limestone blocks, the floor consists of worn flagstones, and the vaulted ceiling rises to a height of 20’. In various places, more recent inexpert repairs have been made using crude plaster, rough mortar and poorly worked stone.

Looking around, the floor is littered with the detritus of past expeditions - burned-out torches, broken armour, empty oil flasks, etc. - all of it useless. The stale, musty air is oppressive after the freshness of the canyon.

There are five obvious exits from the chamber: two passageways leading north, two passageways leading south, and a door in the east wall.

Mapping information: square chamber, 40' x 40'. The spiral staircase ascends from the centre of the room. There are five obvious exits (working clockwise around the room):
1. A passageway running north from the easternmost section of the north wall. After 10’ it ends at a closed door.
2. A closed door in the east wall, 10’ from the north wall.
3. A passageway running south from the easternmost section of the south wall. After 10’ there is a side passage leading east. After 20’, there is a corner that turns to the west.
4. An archway leading south from the westernmost section of the south wall. After 10’ it ends at a closed door.
5. A passageway running north from the westernmost section of the north wall. After 10’ this passes through an archway and continues north beyond the range of your light.


---
Day 1, 1:40 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3
Dec 19, 2023 8:19 am
"Wow. Adventure City. We have come to the right place to start."

"Anyone want to guess which way is going to lead us to treasure."
Dec 19, 2023 2:50 pm
Druin looks around at the mess and the poorly maintained structure, those nearby can hear him audibly tsking softly as his eyes pass over some of the shoddier repairs to the walls. He wanders over toward the western passage that heads northwards and peers into the darkness trying to see if he can make anything out.
Dec 19, 2023 3:51 pm
MinMin says:
He wanders over toward the western passage that heads northwards and peers into the darkness trying to see if he can make anything out.
Oh ... there's some additional detail about that particular passage that might influence your decision as to whether you want to explore it or not. The archway that it passes through after 10' is carved to resemble a fanged ogre mouth (see picture). With his infravision, Druin can see what looks like a second identical archway after a further 30'. At the very limits of his infravision he can just about make out a crossroads and some sort of structure or assembly.

https://i.imgur.com/7Gza4Ge.png

There's nothing similar for any of the other exits from the Grand Foyer ... it's just in this direction.

---
Day 1, 1:40 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3
Dec 19, 2023 3:56 pm
"Well I like the giant mouth, something important through there otherwise why carve it?"
Dec 19, 2023 5:11 pm
"Better workmanship than the rest of the place certainly," says Druin, nodding. "Some effort went into it, so whoever had this built wouldn't have been the poorest of the lot, no doubt. Nor likely the most defenseless, of course."

"Seems an odd decorative choice, but what do I know? Though it reminds me that note mentioned something about a cult."
Dec 19, 2023 6:16 pm
"Ah. Why don't we save that passage for LATER." She walks over to one of the northern ones, "Lets check one these two out." she walked to the right one of the two facing her.
Dec 19, 2023 6:42 pm
GeneCortess says:
"Ah. Why don't we save that passage for LATER." She walks over to one of the northern ones, "Lets check one these two out." she walked to the right one of the two facing her.
(To clarify - the carved face IS down one of the northern passages - the one towards the west (left) side of the room.)
Dec 19, 2023 7:34 pm
Tess wanders to the opening of each passage to see if she can hear any type of noise from each one.
OOC:
Hear noise is one of her Thief abilities
Last edited December 19, 2023 7:35 pm
Dec 19, 2023 9:10 pm
Then Swan is now at the other northern entrance that was to the right.
Dec 19, 2023 10:06 pm
"Yer something of a contrarian, aren't ya Swan? Always running ahead, group says yay you say nay... Fine by me as long as yer the one going first heh heh heh."

Ricard stacks up behind Druin as the group prepares to go through the non-amazing looking Northern door.
Dec 19, 2023 10:13 pm
OOC:
Druin is going to wait for Tess to report back from listening at the door before proceeding.
Dec 19, 2023 10:45 pm
Yes Ricard. I think Swan has a death wish. I prefer to look before I leap. Tess says as she walks from opening to opening listening for noises.
Last edited December 19, 2023 10:58 pm
Dec 19, 2023 11:24 pm
She replies back, "If I had a death wish then you would seem prancing down that passage there. No. I'm just looking over this one. Seem we will soon or later we will be checking it out." She doesn't see much as she doesn't have light as she peers into it. Swan doesn't go scouting beyond the lights range ever. She was pointing to the carved mouth entrance earlier for no prancing. She is killing time before the party decided which way to go.
Last edited December 19, 2023 11:25 pm
Dec 20, 2023 10:15 am
Tess listens carefully at each of the five exits from the Grand Foyer (I'll say this takes 1 turn in total).

All is eerily quiet.

---
Day 1, 1:50 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Rolls

Tess listening checks - (1d6, 1d6, 1d6, 1d6, 1d6)

Secret Roll

Dec 20, 2023 10:25 am
Meanwhile, Swan moves to investigate the passageway at the eastern side of the Grand Foyer's northern wall. It proceeds north for 10', before ending at a closed door. The door is of solid-looking construction, consisting of iron-banded timbers. Tess can't hear any sounds coming from the other side. There is a faint smell of smoke though.

---
Day 1, 1:50 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3
Dec 20, 2023 2:13 pm
Druin takes up position next to Swan at the northeastern door. He tilts his head and frowns, sniffing at the smoke. He waits for the others to form up behind him while reading himself to charge forward in the not entirely unlikely event that his partner kicks the thing down, iron bands and all.
Dec 20, 2023 3:25 pm
Seeing Tess not alarmed by any noises, Gabbro joins Druin, Ricard, and Swan by the northeast exit. "I'd say we try this door," Gabbro says, "or the passage to the south. But I was thinking of the passage to the south just because it's open. I like the idea of this door, because it may lead to a different way north...to maybe get past those mouths."
Dec 20, 2023 4:43 pm
Swan smiles and says to Gabbro, "Aye. Seems you have read my mind why I'm looking this way. Always for the treasures." With all gathered she will open/force (method 2) the door to lead onward.

A gal in action with her sword and shield ready for action. She has zero problems showing her brute force. She minorly flips some of her straggly black hair out of her face. She really needs to get a hair band or something she thinks.
Last edited December 20, 2023 4:48 pm
Dec 21, 2023 11:21 am
Burned Room

After pausing for your hourly rest, Swan forces open the door in the north-east corner of the Grand Foyer. It reveals a room that has suffered a significant fire. The walls and ceiling are covered in soot and the charred remains of furniture litter the floor. The reason for the acrid smell of smoke is clear, even if the cause is not.

There’s one other obvious exit from the room - a blackened door in the eastern wall.

Mapping information: rectangular chamber, 30’ x 20’. The door you enter through is in the centre of the southern wall. The other door is in the northern section of the eastern wall.

---
Day 1, 2:00 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3
Dec 21, 2023 11:29 am
Roasted room. I will open the far door. Swan says as she strides to the far door to again force it open.
Last edited December 22, 2023 12:37 am
Dec 21, 2023 11:02 pm
Ricard waits to enter the room until Swan has safely crossed it, just in case the cause of the burnt debris becomes suddenly evident...
Dec 22, 2023 12:27 am
"Bizarre..." Looking in the door, Gabbro muses. "Something here was hot enough to set all that furniture on fire, but didn't burn long enough to consume everything, and it was recent enough that we can still smell it." He puts out a hand, trying to feel if the air in the room feels warmer than the corridor outside. "What do you think? Magic?" Like Ricard, he watches Swan walk in. He's less concerned with a trap - why would they have a trap that would burn up their own furniture? - and more interested in whether she's leaving boot-prints in the soot...Are there any prints other than hers?
Dec 22, 2023 2:08 am
Druin charges into the room alongside Swan as the door is opened, choking a bit on the cloying fumes.

He nods toward the charred door. "Well, that's ominous."

He steps off to the west side of the room to begin poking through the smoking debris for anything intact.
Dec 22, 2023 8:23 am
Burned Room

Whilst Swan "checks for traps" by marching across the burned room to the door on the far side, the rest of the Hellions inspect their surroundings. Nothing suggests the fire is recent; the room seems no hotter than the Grand Foyer and its surfaces are cool to the touch.

There are clear signs of traffic between the two doors.

Druin spots nothing of note amongst the debris, only charred pieces of wood.

Swan barges the other door open to reveal a room that extends beyond the range of the lantern light. From what she can see, the space appears to be dominated by a long table and chairs. Battered shields and torn tapestries adorn the walls, giving the room a militaristic feel.

---
Day 1, 2:00 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 22, 2023 9:33 am
Swan says as she tries to penetrate the darkness with her eyes and of course failing, "This room looks like it might be worth checking out."
OOC:
Swan the best-known trap detector.
Dec 22, 2023 2:32 pm
Seeing Swan live through the short walk, Ricard moves to join her and Druin at the door.
Dec 22, 2023 3:27 pm
"OK, I'll take a look!" Gabbro follows Ricard, hoping to get a look at the room while it's still dark.
Dec 23, 2023 11:18 am
Feast Hall

Gabbro advances into the new room ahead of the others to inspect it with his infravision. It seems to be a dining hall, although there are no signs that it is still in use. A large, L-shaped table dominates the space, with numerous matching chairs scattered along its length. The furniture looks like it was once of good quality, but it’s now cracked and rotting.

Various shields (serviceable if you want to use them) decorate the walls, along with the tattered remains of tapestries. Gabbro cannot make out any details on the tapestries with his infravision.

Mapping information: irregularly-shaped room. Immediately after the door through which Gabbro enters there is a 10’ x 10’ corridor. This then opens into a space that is 40’ x 20’. The 10’ corridor arrives in the northern section of the west wall. However, there is a further "alcove" to the north that is 20’ x 10’ in the north-east corner. If drawn correctly, you should have (west -> east) a 10’ x 10’ space, followed by a 20’ x 20’ space, followed by a 20’ x 30’ space, with the southern wall continuous. The only other visible exit is a door in the westernmost section of the southern wall. Hope you can make sense of this!

---
Day 1, 2:10 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Dec 23, 2023 11:31 am
Meanwhile, back in the Burned Room, the rest of the Hellions hear the sound of movement and harsh voices back in the Grand Foyer. It sounds like a group, moving none too stealthily, has just entered that area (the door in the Burned Room back to the Grand Foyer will have swung shut behind you, so you can’t see who the new arrivals are).

---
Day 1, 2:10 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 23, 2023 1:00 pm
Swan says in a more whispering volume as she is at the doorway to the dining room and the reason the door isn't closed, We have company. Quickly get in here and see if we can lose them.
Dec 23, 2023 3:37 pm
"Quick - does anybody need a shield?" Gabbro tries to project his whisper to the others as he heads back to Swan at the door. He thinks to himself ::Well, I'm glad I didn't start spiking the doors yet!::
Dec 23, 2023 7:28 pm
Tess hustles into the room with Swan and the rest of the party. She prepares to quietly close the door behind them if needed
Dec 23, 2023 9:44 pm
Ricard soft steps quickly into the room...
Dec 24, 2023 9:18 am
Feast Hall

As you all move into the Feast Hall, the sounds of the other group fade.

With the assistance of the lantern’s light, you can now get a better look at what remains of the tapestries. Both the needlework and its depictions are crude, but the images are mainly of mobs of unarmed men fighting smaller groups of soldiers. In all scenes, the mob has the upper hand. In one scene, several men appear to be eating a fallen soldier.

---
Day 1, 2:10 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 24, 2023 3:33 pm
"Lets not make too much noise hear and see if we have lost the other party." as the door is closed.

"I think we are getting deeper. Looks like this hasn't been used in a while." She walks over to the large "L" table putting her hands on it to see if it is still sturdy.
Dec 24, 2023 6:19 pm
Gabbro, suspicious that the southern door may lead to a room connected to the Grand Foyer, listens at the southern door in the hopes that he will hear if the other group enters that room.
Dec 24, 2023 11:04 pm
Ricard busies himself with checking behind the various tapestries to see if any of them conceal something valuable...
Dec 26, 2023 9:52 am
Feast Hall

It doesn't take Ricard long to check behind the ragged tapestries; they conceal nothing but rough stone walls.

Meanwhile, Gabbro listens at the southern door ...

... but hears nothing. There is no sound of the other group.

---
Day 1, 2:10 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Gabbro's listening check - (1d6)

Dec 26, 2023 5:33 pm
"I'm not hearing anything," Gabbro whispers to the others. "Do you want to go through now, wait a little bit longer, or go back?"
Dec 26, 2023 9:25 pm
"We seem to be safe, for now." Druin says softly.

Still puzzled by the state of the Burned Room, he inspects whether any of the items in the Dining Room are positioned such that they could direct fire toward the doorway; and tries his hardest not to think about what the artwork says about the meals likely served in this room.
Dec 26, 2023 10:59 pm
"No idea who else is here but I'm sure that would not turn out well. Only one way to go deeper from here. Let check that out. Does seem to be going the wrong direction for by passing that one passage." With a touch of caution considering we just had company, Swan take a moment to listen to the door.

She doesn't hear anything and when the party is ready she will force the door open (Option 2). She is armed sword and shield.
Last edited December 26, 2023 11:05 pm

Rolls

Listen at a door 1 in 6 chance - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Dec 27, 2023 9:12 am
MinMin says:
Still puzzled by the state of the Burned Room, he inspects whether any of the items in the Dining Room are positioned such that they could direct fire toward the doorway
There’s nothing in the Feast Hall that could obviously have been the source of the fire in the Burned Room. The only items are the dining furniture and the wall decorations.

Swan double-checks Gabbro’s listening at the Feast Hall’s southern door. When she doesn’t hear anything, she forces it open to reveal a 10’ x 10’ corridor that leads into a room that is 20’ long in the north-south direction. The room also extends to the west, but for how far you cannot see from your current position.

The room is a kitchen, albeit a ruined one with a particularly foul smell. The place is littered with smashed crockery and rusty utensils, and an ancient-looking water pump sits in the southeast corner.

A note on listening (and searching) - such checks will generally be made by the DM. That way, you cannot be certain whether the roll failed or there is simply nothing to be discerned.

---
Day 1, 2:20 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 27, 2023 2:33 pm
Ricard attempts to work the water pump to refill his skin, checking the water for odor and clarity before filling up.
Dec 27, 2023 5:57 pm
Gabbro follows Ricard into the kitchen, scanning quickly to see if there are any obvious threats and/or exits...anything he might see in the low light before the lantern light arrives with Tess.
Last edited December 27, 2023 11:31 pm
Dec 27, 2023 11:07 pm
Swan strides along as the light gives her space. Not holding a lot of interest in the kitchen and spends a few moments just looking around as expecting trouble.
Dec 28, 2023 8:49 am
Ruined Kitchen

As Ricard operates the water pump, it’s clear that it hasn’t been used in quite some time. The mechanism is rusty, stiff and squeaky, but he gets the sense that it’s working, i.e. that liquid is being drawn from somewhere. After half a dozen pumps it disgorges its contents. Unfortunately, it’s not water. Rather a viscous Green Slime spews forth …

Fortunately, Ricard manages to dodge the Slime and it falls to the ground near his feet.

Mapping information: from the Feast Hall, a 10’ x 10’ corridor opens into a 20’ x 20’ room. The corridor enters in the eastern section of the northern wall. There’s a second 10’ x 10’ corridor heading west in the southern section of the western wall. If your map is correct, this should tie up with the door in the eastern wall of the Grand Foyer.

---
Day 1, 2:20 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Green Slime to hit - (1d20)

(10) = 10

Dec 28, 2023 1:29 pm
She just looks at the nasty slime that came out and deciding that she isn't interested in fooling around with it.

"Seem we aren't finding a way to bypass to that mouth passage. Perhaps it is a good time to check those open passages we saw when we first came down here. Hopefully whom ever made that noise is gone."
Last edited December 28, 2023 1:30 pm
Dec 28, 2023 3:39 pm
"Don't want this oozing it's way to a door jamb or anything..."

Ricard lights a torch from his pack and, at a healthy distance, extends it before him to burn up the slime...
Dec 28, 2023 4:31 pm
Gabbro takes a wide berth around the spilled slime, nods approvingly at Ricard burning it, and listens at the western door to see if there's any sound from that other group.
Dec 28, 2023 7:48 pm
Swan watches on to Gaddro at the door and Ricard burning action. She is waiting to move on as nothing here seems to drive her attention. Then again if it isn't shiny that is probably the reason.

She asks Druin the Dwarf, "You think they have moved through here aleady."
Last edited December 28, 2023 7:50 pm
Dec 28, 2023 10:34 pm
"I believe they're gone," Druin answers Swan. "Most likely they went down one of the other passages, as it is clear they didn't follow us through the door."

This dining room unnerves him, so he's happy with the suggestion to return back to the main passageway and follow another path and returns to the doorway that opens into the Burned room.
Dec 29, 2023 8:45 am
Ruined Kitchen

The Slime is essentially a static target, and Ricard has no trouble destroying it with his burning torch.

Gabbro hears no sound beyond the kitchen's western door.

---
Day 1, 2:30 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Gabbro's listening check - (1d6)

Secret Roll

Dec 29, 2023 5:03 pm
"Well, I don't hear anything..." Gabbro whispers to the others in the room. "But just in case they're just being quiet, I'll try to surprise them going through this door..." The elf tries to open the door back into the Grand Foyer quickly (option 1).

Rolls

Open doors roll (2 in 6 chance) - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Dec 29, 2023 5:34 pm
Druin will reverse course and cross the room to back up Gabbro as he realizes the latter means to proceed through the door on the western side of the chamber.
Dec 29, 2023 5:43 pm
spaceseeker19 says:
The elf tries to open the door back into the Grand Foyer quickly (option 1).
OK - make an "Open Doors" roll (2-in-6 for Gabbro).
Dec 29, 2023 7:17 pm
Burbage says:

OK - make an "Open Doors" roll (2-in-6 for Gabbro).
I updated the post; next time I'll remember to include the roll in the first place.
Dec 29, 2023 11:19 pm
Swan the Slayer is ready to lead off now that the door is open and get back to the Grand Foyer where the south path looks like it goes a bit and then splits.
Dec 30, 2023 8:46 am
Grand Foyer

Gabbro bursts through the kitchen’s western door, back into the Grand Foyer, and …

… finds it much as you last left it.

Except … there’s a familiar red glow emanating from the northwesterly corridor. It’s getting closer.

---
Day 1, 2:30 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 30, 2023 2:22 pm
Sawn leads off by motioning to the south passage that splits. "Lets see where that passage goes. Before that red glow catches up with us." There is a sense of urgency in her voice about not letting the red glow catch up.
Dec 30, 2023 4:04 pm
Ricard, having finished heroically soloing the rampaging green slime, double times it back into formation and follows Swan down the new passage...
Dec 30, 2023 4:07 pm
OOC:
(The red glow is probably just a heat source that Gabbro can see with his infravision, but I agree...)
Gabbro whispers to the others in the Kitchen as he holds the door open: "There's somebody coming from the mouths...let's move! Go down the passage there!" He points south in the same direction as Swan.
Last edited December 30, 2023 4:08 pm
Dec 30, 2023 4:15 pm
spaceseeker19 says:
OOC:
(The red glow is probably just a heat source that Gabbro can see with his infravision, but I agree...)
No, those without infravision can see the red glow as well.
Dec 30, 2023 5:27 pm
Druin hustles forward to join Swan and head down the south passage.

"The things can't have followed us from where we slew the other?" he says. "More likely they infest the upper passageways here, that might explain the state of that burned room."
Dec 30, 2023 5:32 pm
"Last thing I want is to have to fight other treasure seeking people. I like to keep that to find treasure for my fights." As she considers which side passage in the south to take to get out of sight. "Need to kill our light source when we get out of sight."
OOC:
Like the only reason to kill the beetle was to look for secret passages. Which pan'ed out to be nothing. And she doesn't chase rabbits either.
Last edited December 30, 2023 5:40 pm
Dec 31, 2023 10:58 am
You leave the kitchen and hurry down the south-easterly exit from the Grand Foyer. As already shown on Gabbro’s map, you quickly arrive at a corridor on your left heading east. That corridor continues straight for 10’ before arriving at a north-south T-junction.

If you ignore that turn-off and continue south from the Grand Foyer, the passage turns to the west (again, as already shown on Gabbro’s map). After that turn, it continues west for 10’ before ending at a closed door.

Looking back over your shoulders, your view is obscured by the spiral staircase, but you sense that the Fire Beetle(s) has/have arrived in the Grand Foyer. Without stopping to investigate, you cannot tell whether it/they has/have noticed you or has/have any interest in you.

---
Day 1, 2:30 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 31, 2023 5:39 pm
Seeing the closed door, Gabbro turns back and heads to the T-intersection to scan what's to the north and south. He's inclined to head north again...
Dec 31, 2023 5:45 pm
Swan took no time at all as she figures they will be on top of us quickly, so she took the passageway to the north fast to get out of sight. She doesn't go down it all just enough go get around the corner. She waits there to help coax the rest of the party around it.
Dec 31, 2023 8:34 pm
Druin doesn't take much coaxing and turns quickly up the northern passage at Swan's urging.

He figures the worst case here is that they get caught between the beetles and something else so that they have to fight on two fronts; instead he focuses on moving fast enough to only have to worry about whatever lies ahead.
Jan 2, 2024 8:49 am
The DM makes various suspicious rolls behind his screen ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Jan 2, 2024 8:53 am
OK, we need to rewind a little bit …

Keen to evade the Fire Beetle, you head down the short east-west corridor towards the T-intersection. However, at the corridor’s mid-point, Swan and Druin suddenly feel the floor give way beneath them. Pit trap! They both plummet 10’ and land in a heap at the bottom. The other Hellions manage to bring themselves to a halt before following the lead duo in.

---
Day 1, 2:30 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 6/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Swan's damage from pit trap fall - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Druin's damage from pit trap fall - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Jan 2, 2024 9:02 am
Oh, we have our first casualty - poor Druin. It was actually him, rather than Swan, that triggered the trap. So, presumably, he was the first to drop and was not only injured from the fall but subsequently crushed by the plate mail-wearing Swan.

@MinMin - if you’d like to continue playing, feel free to roll up a new character in the "Session Zero" thread and we’ll introduce you back into the game straight away
.

---
Day 1, 2:30 pm
Druin, Dwarf 1: *Dead*
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 2, 2024 3:31 pm
OOC:
Alas, poor Druin.
Jan 2, 2024 7:49 pm
A young-looking Elf stumbles around the corner from the Grand Foyer, her plate mail clanging audibly as she bumps into the rear of the party.

"Oh, hey, hi," she says, looking up in surprise. "Are you all exploring for magics, too? Neat! Mind if I join in."

She stands on her tippy toes to see what everyone in front of her is starting at down in the pit.

"Ugh, well that looks unfortunate. Little guy probably shouldn't have tried to jump down so far. Always with the Dwarves and the short man syndrome, am I right?"
Jan 2, 2024 7:54 pm
"Druin, no!!!"

Ricard hurriedly pulls out his rope and lowers it down to Swan,

"We're moving too fast! We need to slow down. Alas poor Druin, I hardly knew him."

When the elf appears, Ricard reaches for his blade but then the friendly manner of the newcomer puts him at ease.

"It seems we have room for one more..."
Jan 2, 2024 8:11 pm
Gabbro teeters on the edge of the pit for a moment, then rocks back on his heels. "Druin! Swan! Oh no!" He turns to Tess, Ricard, and Orelia. "Have any of you got some rope so we can help them get out?" Then he sees Ricard already unspooling his coil. "Ah, good, good. How do you all feel about jumping across? We should really help them get out on the other side, if possible...that way the beetles will be on this side. Wait - those fire beetles can't fly, can they?"
OOC:
Two questions:
1. For the map: is the pit trap in the 10' heading east from the north-south corridor leading to the Grand Foyer, or is it in the 10' east of that, in the intersection with the north-south corridor?
2. How does jumping work in this game? Is there a set distance you can jump, does a jump require a Dexterity check, or is there some other mechanic?
Last edited January 2, 2024 8:13 pm
Jan 2, 2024 9:18 pm
"Good question..."

Ricard sizes up the jump to see if he thinks he can make it...

"We can probably step across the corners more easily."
Last edited January 2, 2024 9:20 pm
Jan 3, 2024 1:10 am
Swan landed with a lot of metal sounds with brief cry of pain muffled as best she could. She was sure Druin was dead lifeless under her as he painted her armor red. "Noble sack. Shame I liked him." she thinks. With a subdue voice, "Druin didn't make it." as Swan tries to figure out her situation but was difficult till some light creeps down to the pit.
OOC:
With much research, I have found that Tess has the lantern of life.
"Hey Tess. Can you shine some light down here."
Jan 3, 2024 5:45 am
Ricard tosses the slime-killing torch down to Swan...
Jan 3, 2024 6:58 am
OOC:
She has put away her shield and weapon to free her hands up.
Swan catches the torch and exposes her dear situation. Sure, enough Druin dead from the fall. Swan armor is cover in his blood as she stands on the bottom of the pit. You can tell from her expression she really doesn't like this situation. And the demise of Druin doesn't at all help. But she is a practical person. She is thankful for just haven't some minor bruising.

She calls up, "Yeah. Some rope to haul myself and Druin would be great."

She ignores the sounds of someone new up top. Nothing she can deal with right at the moment. She starts searching the bottom of the pit for whatever is there besides dead body and bones. This includes Druin's body as she can see that he isn't going to miss anything. (Search)
Last edited January 3, 2024 7:00 am
Jan 3, 2024 8:37 am
A few further details on the pit trap …

1. It is hinged and sprung on one side. This means that once it has deposited its victims into the pit, it returns to its "closed" position. This makes recovering Swan a little more awkward, but there’s enough of you such that it’s not an insurmountable problem and we’ll assume you manage it.

2. The pit doesn’t extend across the full width of the corridor. There are narrow ledges on either side. So, now that you’re aware of it and its extent, it’s easy enough to circumnavigate. No jumping is required!

3. From a mapping perspective, the pit is in the middle of the short east-west corridor between the passage running south from the Grand Foyer and the upcoming T-intersection.

Swan scouts the floor of the pit trap with Ricard’s torch (good thinking!), but she doesn’t find anything.

Once Swan clambers out of the pit, you pause to take your hourly rest and catch your breath. Fortunately, there’s no sign of the Fire Beetle(s).

Are you going to recover Druin’s body? It’s doable, but it will take a further turn.

---
Day 1, 3:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3 (lantern)

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Swan's search of the bottom of the pit trap - (1d6)

Secret Roll

Jan 3, 2024 12:47 pm
Swan will help get Druin body out of the pit. "Looks like we are going to have to head topside to bury Druin." And the rest will let Swan get her one HP back.
Jan 3, 2024 2:38 pm
GeneCortess says:
And the rest will let Swan get her one HP back.
In B/X, you need at least a full day of complete, uninterrupted rest to heal any hit points. Each such rest recovers 1d3 hit points.
Jan 3, 2024 5:48 pm
"I think we should get Druin's remains..." Gabbro suggests, "But from the other side of the pit. We've been lucky that the beetle didn't come this way during the past hour, but we shouldn't push our luck further..." Gabbro walks carefully around the edge of the pit to join the other elf, Fenwick. "Hopefully if the beetle does come this way, it will drop into the pit, too."
Jan 3, 2024 6:01 pm
Ricard helps with the recovery of Druin's body and then assists in carrying the heavy body topside so that he can be properly laid to rest. He suggests burying the dwarf in front of the small temple he found on arrival.
Jan 3, 2024 7:23 pm
"It is later in the afternoon now any way. Okay time to take a break and hit this tomorrow."

"Put Druin in the ground before he starts to stink up the place."

Looking over to the newcomer, "And we can get to know you over a campfire."

Hide away any of Druin's gear we don't want now and save it for sale later. Swan will carry out the body. We will have to find a spot just outside this valley to set up camp. Ricard has his torch back. Good time to put more oil in the lantern for tomorrow's run. Eats some rations to lighten the load. That is my thoughts. No idea how to bury Druin. Not like anyone has a shovel. Looks to be a fire pile burning. Evening is nice as Swan can get out of her heavy armor for a bit. (Not that I have clothing listed otherwise.)

So. Overnight isn't good enough to get any points back. We have kill a day to do that.

Lot of laughs earlier about the rope. Swan has some on her. Gesh. She does have a tinderbox for starting fires.

Might need a kitty sheet for that hidden away. Less if someone wants any of that. Swan passes as she has enough of her own.
Dwarf size plate mail, shield, sword, dagger, backpack, waterskin, 7 rations, 50' rope.
Last edited January 3, 2024 7:49 pm
Jan 3, 2024 8:25 pm
Ricard continues with his plan to bury Druin in the temple, gathering the plentiful stone from the nearby ruined buildings and piling it on top of the dwarf until he is completely covered and at rest before the sainted statue. He offers a short prayer over the dwarf's grave and then finds a spot in the temple for himself to spend the night.
Jan 3, 2024 8:30 pm
Swan goes well with the temple thought. She isn't big on ceremony. No shovel burial or fire burning. Cool.

She aids Ricard as much as possible in the deposing of Druin's body. She is obviously not happy about the matter, but it has to be done. Swan will miss her fellow front liner.

Eventually she will find time to clean up her armor and such.
Last edited January 3, 2024 8:40 pm
Jan 3, 2024 10:35 pm
"That's nice," says Fenwick. "I didn't know him, but I'm sure as a Dwarf he'll appreciate being laid to rest under all that stone."

Having removed her helmet to show deference to the temple, she twirls a strand of dark hair around her finger. "Of course, he would have been under just as much stone if we'd left him where he was, but then he might have had other people falling on him and dying occasionally, and that probably wouldn't be right."
Jan 3, 2024 10:49 pm
Leaving him their rotting wouldn't do him any justice and just makes it a mess. Swan says being practical to Elf Fenwick. Obviously during the bury of him in stone and such, Swan doesn't hold really any religious values. Swan is a bit cold that way too. She doesn't ever show much emotion. Just a lot of will.

She does thank Ricard for his help and for doing prayers. Prayers being something that Swan just couldn't do. She did agree with Elf Gabbro we need to keep a lookout for those nasty beetles. Tess doesn't seem to do anything besides walk around with a lantern.
OOC:
I see Orelia the Cleric on the listing. Didn't Orelia leave the party? or is Orelia NPC with the party?
Last edited January 3, 2024 11:11 pm
Jan 3, 2024 11:16 pm
"Druin was my friend, as true and valiant as any elf. A doughty companion, and my brother in darkness." Gabbro tries to think of a good blessing for his fallen comrade. What would do sufficient honor to a dwarf?

"May he be welcomed into the halls of glory and toasted with his ancestors!"

Kneeling, Gabbro holds Druin's sword reverently in both hands. "Though we come from different worlds, though I do not know as much as I would have liked about his family, I pledge to bear his weapon - Druin's Blade - in remembrance of him, and to honor his memory and his family in battle." Gabbro leaves his handaxe under some rocks in the cairn as tribute and straps the sword to his belt instead.
Last edited January 3, 2024 11:17 pm
Jan 3, 2024 11:24 pm
Swan says to Elf Gabbro, "Rather nice sending off. I have no history as of Druin." at the funeral. It doesn't bother Swan one bit that Gabbro wish to deal with Druin's blade. She doesn't even give it a second thought.

Swan isn't one that has ever chatted much. She is just there and present. She has never been good at blending in ever. Five feet, six inches of husky person in plate mail.
Last edited January 3, 2024 11:33 pm
Jan 4, 2024 2:58 am
"I will sit in vigil with his body tonight, it's what we did for fallen soldiers when I was with the King's army."

Ricard sets up his pack in a corner and spends the night in reverence for his fallen ally.
Jan 4, 2024 8:53 am
Fallen Shrine of St. Ras

You recover Druin’s body from the pit and carry it back to the surface. He is laid to rest inside the Shrine of St. Ras, his body covered with stones to create a cairn - a fitting tribute for a dwarf.
A few questions/points of clarification …

- Where exactly do you plan to store Druin’s unused gear?

- Druin’s burial is complete by 5:00 pm. Sunset is around 7:30 pm. So you still have a couple of hours of daylight left. Do you plan to do anything during that time, or are you calling a halt to adventuring for the day?

- It seems that the plan is to spend the night in the shrine, and return to the dungeon in the morning, right? If so, please can you let me have the details of your camp, e.g. …
- Are you going to set a watch and, if so, what is the rota?
- Are you going to light a fire?
- Are you going to keep any of the torches or lanterns lit?
- Are either of the elves going to change their memorised spells, or stick with the ones they have?


---
Day 1, 5:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3 (lantern)

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Jan 4, 2024 1:46 pm
Fenwick will keep watch as the ceremony takes place, circling the perimeter of the shrine and trying to stay beyond the notice of the others, so that she doesn't interrupt their grieving.

This allows her to mainly keep her infravision focused out toward anything transpiring in the dark of the night.

Being young for an elf she's not encountered many funerals (her peers are too young to die and most of her elders have been and will continue to live for what seems like forever). She also feels somewhat awkward being present despite not being familiar with the deceased; but she finds herself unexpectedly touched by their devotion to their comrade.

She's happy to extend this into first watch as the ceremony concludes.
OOC:
She'll also stick with Magic Missile as a memorized spell for now since it seems an appropriate response to individual things going bump in the night, and if things appear in greater numbers, then that's a different type of problem.
Jan 4, 2024 8:34 pm
Swan calls it a night. Tomorrow is better time to explore more. Temple is good as any place to camp. Getting a fire sure. Light resting. Swan will take the first watch. After that she will find a spot to lay down next to her armor with a sword close in handy. She ate her rations. Be happy.
Jan 4, 2024 10:58 pm
OOC:
I assumed Druin's armor would be buried on him, as for the pack it may as well be left in the shrine as well. I have no more room to devote to mundane gear myself... We could hide it under a few rocks...
Ricard helps with the watch, taking the second shift. He had doused his torch up on exiting the dungeon but it was likely spent anyway.
Jan 5, 2024 7:42 am
Gabbro will keep the spell he has memorized, and will join Swan in the first watch. But he will spend it outside the shrine, so the fire doesn't blind his infravision, visually checking in with Swan every several minutes.
Jan 5, 2024 8:01 am
Fallen Shrine of St. Ras

Following Druin’s funeral, you make camp in the shrine, eat some rations (@everyone - please remove 1 day of rations from your inventory) and prepare to bed down for the night. As the sun sets on the canyon, all is quiet save for a small herd of goats that saunters by on the way to the pool.

---
Day 1, 7:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jan 5, 2024 8:34 am
Fallen Shrine of St. Ras

The sun has barely set, and the others are still trying to get comfortable on the floor of the shrine, when the two watchkeepers, Swan and Gabbro, see lights in the distance to the south-west. Most probably torchlight, the bearers are descending into the canyon from its rim down a steep switchback path. It’s difficult to know whether they have spotted you, although the light from your campfire will almost certainly be visible from their vantage point.

---
Day 1, 8:00 pm (night-time)
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5 (resting)
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7 (on watch)
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3 (resting)
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7 (resting)
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6 (on watch)
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3 (resting)

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 5, 2024 6:24 pm
"Psst - hey, everyone..." Gabbro calls into the shrine softly, then realizes that the noise of the waterfall echoing in the canyon will drown out the people/creatures from hearing him, so he continues in a normal voice. "We've got a line of people carrying lights down that path I was concerned about earlier. Looks like four torches...I hope they're not worshippers coming here for a twilight service..."
OOC:
How many of the figures can I count?
Last edited January 5, 2024 8:56 pm
Jan 5, 2024 6:37 pm
Ricard begins to don his armor in preparation for a fight...
Jan 5, 2024 6:47 pm
"Looks like some nighttime activity. Can't say that was good."
Jan 5, 2024 7:44 pm
spaceseeker19 says:
OOC:
How many of the figures can I count?
You can count 4 torches being carried.
Jan 6, 2024 8:10 am
Fallen Shrine of St. Ras

As the group with the torches descend to the canyon floor, you lose sight of them.

Time passes. All seems quiet.

Then, a harsh, commanding voice: "You - in the ruins - show yourselves." It sounds like it’s coming from the woods to the southwest although, in the darkness, you cannot see anyone. Presumably, they have extinguished their torches.

---
Day 1, 8:20 pm (night-time)
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tess, Thief 1: 3/3

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 6, 2024 8:30 am
Whispers to others and making sure they are awake, "We have company."

She calls so the unseen ones, "We have campfire here. Why don't you come in peace and chat."
Last edited January 6, 2024 8:30 am
Jan 6, 2024 3:58 pm
OOC:
Fenwick would have likewise attempted to don armor upon being awoken if she had time, and doing so in a rushed fashion would appear with it somewhat askew, pauldrons crooked, etc..
The elf readies her spear and shield and tries to edge out from the campfire without drawing attention to see if she can make out the number of the enemies with her infravision.
Jan 6, 2024 4:24 pm
Gabbro, already outside the shrine on watch, attempts to see any movement or shapes within the trees as he inches further away from the entrance to the shrine and the bright light within. He also keeps his eyes moving, looking around to see whether there are any figures flitting between buildings looking to surround us. Content to let Swan pull attention to the doorway, he tightens his grip on his shield and feels the comforting weight of the sling in his other hand.
OOC:
I realize that people in the trees will be in shadow, but how much moonlight is there? How visible is Gabbro against the wall, to humans or others without infravision?
Jan 6, 2024 5:05 pm
To make more time, "I don't bite too hard. Usually does bleed long. Come on in." Swan doesn't make any effort to hide.
Last edited January 6, 2024 5:06 pm
Jan 6, 2024 5:10 pm
"What the blazes are you doing creeping around in the night?" Ricard shouts from inside the temple.
Jan 7, 2024 10:46 am
Fallen Shrine of St. Ras

"I think we’ll stay here in the trees, if it’s all the same to you," responds the voice, declining Swan’s invitation. "Whatya doing out here anyhow? You adventurers? Thinking of going into the dungeon? You’re aware of the Stonehell Tax, right?"

It’s a cloudy night, with little light from the moon. The steep sides of the canyon add to the darkness. It’s about 100’ from the shrine to the trees, so the elves won’t pick up anything with their infravision unless they attempt to get closer (infravision range is 60’). However, if Gabbro and Fenwick move out of the light of the fire, there’s a reasonable chance they won’t be spotted.

Scanning around, Gabbro doesn’t see any movement. Nothing suggests to him that there is an attempt to surround the party.

---
Day 1, 8:20 pm (night-time)
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6


Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 7, 2024 4:34 pm
Swan calls over to the mystery trees, "Well we be a bit of stand as I have no plans to leave the heat of this fire. Best you consider that. Be here or be gone that up to you."
Jan 7, 2024 4:49 pm
"They're too far for me to see anything from here," Fenwick whispers to Swan. "Sounding like a standard shakedown for some protection money, though. Maybe former prisoners? Still, there are a lot of us, they must be pretty confident if they think they can force us to pay?" She'll retreat back behind Swan to defend the entrance of the shrine.
Jan 7, 2024 7:17 pm
Ricard considers the options and shrugs.

"Bandit tax, common enough. Sure we could fight them and half of us would die, but I didn't come here to fight bandits nor to die fighting them. Could offer them a cut of what we find, or a flat fee on exiting..."
Jan 7, 2024 7:46 pm
Swan bluntly says, "I don't deal with voices." to nearby Ricard and retreating away Elf Fenwick as she is leaving Swan's sight. As she warms herself at the fire side with NPC Orelia. Elf Gabbro is somewhere out of her sight.
Last edited January 7, 2024 7:47 pm
Jan 8, 2024 12:46 am
Here's my intentions. I don't know how many of them can be accomplished; it all depends on whether they notice Gabbro and how long the others can keep these bandits talking.

If he isn't already there, Gabbro sliding west along the southern wall of the shrine away from the firelight coming out from the interior. If he can catch Fenwick's eye before they're too far apart for infravision to see, he'll gesture to her to circle around the other way.

Then he'll continue past the southwest corner of the shrine and sidle back northward along the outside of the shrine's west wall.

Once he arrives at the point closest to the tree by the waterfall (near "2" on the left map), he's going to try to scurry across to the cover of that tree.

If he manages to get behind the cover of that lone tree, he's going to sling a stone as far as he can past them, hoping to crack it off of the southern wall of the canyon.
Jan 8, 2024 5:54 pm
Fallen Shrine of St. Ras

"The Ghost Beggars aren’t greedy. We’re just providing a service for which we, quite reasonably, expect payment. 10% of your haul from the dungeon seems a fair price for securing your safe passage through the canyon. We’ll be watching and waiting. In the meantime, we bid you goodnight and good luck."

It seems that, from their side, the conversation is over.

It’s easy enough for Gabbro to make it to the tree by the waterfall without (apparently) being spotted. Similarly, hitting the southern canyon wall with a sling shot should be straightforward enough (outdoor weapon ranges are 3x those of indoor, so you’re effectively at medium range and it’s a large enough target). What is Gabbro hoping to achieve by doing so?

---
Day 1, 8:20 pm (night-time)
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 8, 2024 8:25 pm
OOC:
I was hoping to divide their attention/distract momentarily, to give Fenwick (and any others that wished to) a moment to move while their attention was drawn away. But since they don't seem to be laying an ambush for us now, I don't think he would go through with it.
Gabbro watches intently to see if he can see any sign of torches in the trees, both to confirm that they are moving away and to see if he can count them.
Jan 8, 2024 9:02 pm
"How exactly does one define a haul?" asks Fenwick from the chapel doorway, trying to keep the man talking. "What you propose sounds potentially workable if tax is only assayed only on monetary items. But, for example, let's say I find a mystical sword of ogre-slaying or a scroll of ancient wisdom. How do you take 10% of that? It doesn't seem like 10% would be of much use to you anyways. Can I infer from this that only currency is taxed?"

She pauses for a moment, then adds. "And if you're offering us safe passage throughout the canyon, can you provide us guidance on the best entrances into the depths? The more we earn the more you earn, it almost seems in your best interest."
Jan 9, 2024 1:41 am
"Huh," grunts Ricard,

"That's actually a better cut than I thought they would ask."
Jan 9, 2024 2:56 am
"Not interested. They can come and fight for it later." she says while enjoying the fire's heat. She obviously isn't in taking any bully for an unseen group.
Jan 9, 2024 6:27 pm
Fallen Shrine of St. Ras

Fenwick’s forensic analysis of the technicalities of the Ghost Beggars’ demands is apparently wasted, as no reply is forthcoming from the darkness of the trees. Before long, you see the lights from four torches winding their way back up towards the top of the canyon to the southwest.

The rest of the night passes largely uneventfully. On a couple of occasions, those on watch are disturbed by bird-like creatures encircling the shrine, but they soon leave, flying away to the east.
So, unless you would like to do anything else during the night, we can fast-forward to the following morning. What’s the plan?

---
Day 2, 8:00 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6


Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 9, 2024 6:44 pm
Fenwick is nonplussed by their lack of response.

"Had a feeling they'd flee in the face of requests for clarification to contractual details."

She gets what rest she can while keeping her weapons and armor within reach.
Jan 9, 2024 8:17 pm
OOC:
GM did Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3 just get written off and disappear?
"They are just common thugs. I had hopes that my wounds I had would heal over the night but hasn't. I really need another day's rest. I have no plans to join Druin just yet."
Jan 9, 2024 9:16 pm
"World is run by thugs," sighs Ricard as he finishes the last of his ration.

"Only fools think to bravery, those who would be wealthy know the value of bargaining."

Ricard rolls his eyes at the mention of another days downtime, but holds his tongue. He hadn't brought enough rations to occupy the valley for long, come sunrise he would be seeking greater fortunes one way or the other.
Jan 9, 2024 11:41 pm
Gabbro sees Ricard's eyeroll and shares his impatience, but also doesn't want to continue with one less hand. "What do you think?" he asks the fighter, "Should we try to bag a goat for some food? There's plenty of them that come down to the pool for a drink, judging by the tracks."

If we do decide to linger for a day, we will try to kill, clean, and cook a goat. We don't have a way to preserve the meat, but if we catch one, we can eat well today and tomorrow morning. Gabbro will also try to surreptitiously see if he can tell whether there are tracks of four people, or more than four, from the group that approached them last night.
Jan 10, 2024 3:15 pm
It’s up to you of course, but as a kind and benevolent DM I will point out that you’re taking quite a gamble with wandering monster rolls for the sake of 1 character gaining 1 hit point if you decide to rest up for the day in the canyon. A character needs uninterrupted rest for a complete day to see any recovery. Any hostile wandering monster encounter would constitute such an interruption. And you may collectively end up losing more than 1 hit point in such an encounter.

The only safe way to naturally heal is to return to town.

Anyway, let me have your final decision on this.
Jan 10, 2024 3:20 pm
GeneCortess says:
OOC:
GM did Orelia, Cleric 1: 3/3 just get written off and disappear?
Think of it more like "missing in action". It wasn't uncommon in the kind of old school game we are emulating for characters to drop in and out depending on the availability of their associated players. I'm not going to get hung up on character continuity issues.
Jan 10, 2024 3:21 pm
OOC:
How many days was it to town? To be sure Swan isn't planning on combating unless she is full strength.
Jan 10, 2024 3:25 pm
GeneCortess says:
OOC:
How many days was it to town? To be sure Swan isn't planning on combating unless she is full strength.
It's half a day's march back to town. So that would take a minimum of two days in total - half a day there, one day of rest, half a day back again.
Jan 10, 2024 4:07 pm
Sounds like a plan.
Jan 10, 2024 4:13 pm
Well, let's see if that's the group consensus. I'll wait for feedback from the others before updating.
Jan 10, 2024 4:53 pm
OOC:
For 1 HP? C'mon now, we got a dungeon to explore
Jan 10, 2024 8:03 pm
OOC:
Hm. One swing hit on poor Swan for a solid 5 points and Swan is DEAD. So, she is really picky (being level 1) about any lost HP.
Jan 10, 2024 8:40 pm
OOC:
While a trip to town would offer a plot device for adding the new players, I vote dungeon. I feel like a 2 day walk to town and back actually gives the GM more leeway to insert an encounter where we take extra damage, and those additional rations aren't going to pay for themselves.
Jan 11, 2024 1:29 am
OOC:
My vote is to venture back into the dungeon.
Jan 11, 2024 6:09 pm
So we seem to be 3:1 in favour of returning to the dungeon on the morning of Day 2. I will proceed along those lines.

---
Day 2, 8:00 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5


Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 12, 2024 3:23 pm
The Hellions, boosted by the arrival of Bea and Tiberious, retrace their steps back to Stonehell’s Grand Foyer at the bottom of the spiral entrance staircase.

I suggest you refer to Gabbro’s map (link below) to plan your next phase of exploration.

Please update your marching order in the "Marching Order" thread. And who is now carrying the lantern?


---
Day 2, 8:20 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Wandering monster check @ 8:20 am - (1d6)

Jan 12, 2024 4:08 pm
"I think we should be careful to avoid the pit trap where I, err, met you all and explore the area on the other side. We should probably mark the safe passage through there somehow..."
Jan 12, 2024 6:13 pm
"I'm game," Gabbro agrees. To Fenwick, he explains as they are heading back into the dungeon: "We heard another group coming through the Grand Foyer shortly after we arrived. Did you hear anything, before? If you didn't, that probably means that they went to the north, through those mouths...or they came from there, and went up the stairs." To the rest of the group, the elf adds: "It only just occurred to me that the people we heard down here might've been the 'tax collectors' who paid us that little visit last night." Assuming we don't run into any surprises, Gabbro will poke the ground ahead with the spear to find the edge of the pit trap, and then make a scrape on the wall there to show where we have to skirt the walls to avoid falling in. "Seeing the beetles come down the corridor from those mouths makes me less inclined to go that way - who wants to deal with more beetles? - but it reassures me that the mouths aren't some chomping trap. What do you think, Swan? Ricard? About those mouths, and whether we should go north or south now that we've crossed past the pit?"
Jan 12, 2024 6:23 pm
Swan who obviously isn't happy about coming back so soon considering she is still lesser from that pit trap that killed Druin has been a touch quiet.

"I'm not sure that was another party or just more of those beetles. Either way it appears that mouth passage is looking good. Considering we couldn't bypass it."

She adds on, "Who gets the pleasures to carry my lantern for light today? Tess is gone. And I have it nicely refilled."
Last edited January 12, 2024 9:15 pm
Jan 13, 2024 1:16 am
Tiberious holds out his hand for the lantern. I can carry that. It's the least I can do for the group. I cannot thank you enough for allowing me to join your troupe. I had thought I would be traversing these tunnels alone, most assuredly to my death.

Tiberious holds up the lantern and shines the light towards the passage framed by monstrous faces and shudders. He looks across the room to the south. Have you tried this door directly across? It appears to be a bit more inviting.
Jan 13, 2024 4:26 pm
"Great then. We check the mouth's passage today." Swan will lead off into the mouth's passage. She moves with caution and not terribly fast. Testing the space before her with her foot for a trap door.
Jan 13, 2024 4:36 pm
As you approach the threshold of the first ogre mouth archway, you notice that the walls between this archway and the second one (which is 30’ ahead of you, as per Gabbro’s map) are covered with murals of cavorting imps.

---
Day 2, 8:20 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 13, 2024 5:01 pm
"This place used to be a prison so I wonder what the point of carving these mouths was? Seems like more work than one would want to do for such a place."

Ricard advances slowly next to Swan, probing the walls and floor with his sword as he goes.
Jan 13, 2024 11:24 pm
Gabbro waits for a bit, and then belatedly realizes that the light isn't getting any closer. ::What are they doing...?::

Hearing them talk about 'the mouths' again, he realizes that the rest of the party stopped back in the Grand Foyer for some reason. ::....maybe Fenwick told them there was nothing of interest over here after all, and so they changed the plan?:: He shrugs, skirts back to the other side of the pit (making a scratch on the wall to mark the eastern edge of the pit, too), and hurries back north through the tunnel to take his position in the second rank as the party is beginning to head north through the mouths. ::I am interested in this corridor, after all...::
Last edited January 13, 2024 11:25 pm

KCC

Jan 14, 2024 5:40 am
"Maybe it was to mock the poor lumps they kept down here? Nice little reminder about what they won’t get to do for gods know how long!" Bea says, leaning on her spear and looking at the imps flicker with the torchlight.

She sees the others advance slowly forward and she laughs to herself.

"Why not let a professional take a look at it for you?" she says, lurching up off of her spear and stepping forward. "I have to earn my keep somehow, don’t I?"
Jan 14, 2024 10:52 am
As you creep down the corridor between the two fanged archways, it’s as if the frolicking imps on the murals are mocking your caution. But you make it through that section without further incident.

Beyond the northern archway, the corridor continues for 10’ before arriving at a crossroads. A rusted metal signpost reads "Da’ Dragon’s Den". It points westward.

To the west of the crossroads, a corridor continues for 10’ before the worked stone construction ends and the route continues as a natural rough stone tunnel. This continues for a further 10’ before opening into a larger cave that extends beyond the range of your lantern’s light.

To the north, the passage continues straight beyond the range of your lantern’s light.

To the east, there’s a 10’ long corridor that opens into a larger area that is filled with debris - piles of filth along with broken furniture and other junk. There’s also a noticeably unpleasant smell of rot and decay coming from that direction.
@Swan - forgot to mention previously … if you haven’t already done so, please deduct a flask of oil from your inventory due to the refilling of the lantern.

---
Day 2, 8:30 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 14, 2024 4:17 pm
"Maybe the Dragon's Den is the prison bar, and the mouths and imps are just... advertising?" Fenwick wonders aloud as she takes in the scene. "I kinda vote west. Might as well check out the action first."
Jan 14, 2024 4:54 pm
OOC:
To be sure Swan deducted 1 ration and on 1 oil to make her load lighter. More space for treasure. Swan has now 3 pack spaces extra before she max's out in 90' move. Pretty sure if she got rid of her packed warhammer and pack her shield and a weapon that Swan would be moving at 120' but would miss that shield for protection. She has a large sack for extra carrying of treasure. :)
After the passage of the mouths is done, so is Swan's caution. She is more than ready to move. Swan smiles with some enthusiasm, "Yes. Lets go to Dragon Den for treasure." and she leads off that direction. Westward we go.
Last edited January 14, 2024 5:02 pm
Jan 14, 2024 7:16 pm
Tiberious wrinkles his nose at the smell of death from the east. Well, I definitely don't want to go that way. I would prefer to avoid obvious death if at all possible. He lifts the lantern and attempts to get a better view of the cavern to the west. Are you sure we should head into a place called the "Dragon's Den"? He immediately reddens at the quaver in this voice. Maybe the route to the north would be safer. It may seem craven to the rest of you, but I was hoping to avoid contact with anyone down here."
Jan 14, 2024 7:40 pm
Swan interjects, "Dragon is dead. Don't you think Dragon Den sounds like treasure."
Last edited January 15, 2024 3:57 am

KCC

Jan 15, 2024 1:19 am
"We’d be a lucky bunch if we could pull that off!" Bea remarks, clapping Tiberius on the back in a friendly manner.

"Though, putting up sign posts does suggest a certain amount of foot traffic, doesn’t it? We may not meet a dragon, but we’ll surely meet something!"

Dwarves, she hoped but more likely it would be some of the darker denizens that kept their homes down here.
Jan 15, 2024 3:34 am
"Probably the diggs of the gang that runs this place, the tax collectors. Still, I do hope it's treasure."

Ricard keeps up his cautious advance, letting any who wish to go first do so.
Last edited January 15, 2024 3:35 am

KCC

Jan 15, 2024 1:31 pm
"If it’s taxes they collect, it’ll be nothing but treasure." Bea says, almost licking her lips at the idea.

"Say we take a percent of the percent they take…" she says, imagining herself swimming in a small pool of coins.
Last edited January 15, 2024 1:31 pm
Jan 15, 2024 3:56 pm
"Let's keep going, but keep two things in mind," Gabbro adds, keeping his voice low, "We heard those voices earlier, so there's likely to be other people around, like Bea said." He pauses, then remembers that he had two points..."...and keep checking the ground in front of us. Signs in a dungeon make me think of traps, and we've already hit one pit."
Jan 15, 2024 3:59 pm
Swan taps on Ricard shoulder and motions forward as she does too. Her sword & shield ready for action. She isn't about to be surprised. "Let find some treasure." She leads off down the western way.
Jan 15, 2024 4:27 pm
Cave
The tunnel from the crossroads opens into a natural cavern whose irregular walls are damp and covered in curtains of flowstone. You can see three other exits - one heading north, one heading west and one heading south. However, from your current position at the entrance to the cave, you can’t get a good look down any of these exits.

Coming from the northern exit, you can hear a chittering and fluttering sound. Also from the north, and separately, you can hear approaching footsteps. Multiple footsteps ...
Mapping information: obviously, mapping becomes a less precise art when we’re dealing with irregular natural tunnels and caverns. However, I’ll do my best to describe the cave layout and correct any meaningful discrepancies in your map.

Natural cavern, approximately 30’ x 40’. There are four exits in total:
1. You enter from the crossroads in the northernmost section of the eastern wall.
2. The exit that heads north is in the centre of the northern wall.
3. The exit that heads south is in the westernmost section of the southern wall.
4. The exit that heads west is in the southernmost section of the western wall.


---
Day 2, 8:30 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 15, 2024 4:40 pm
Swan without a word taps on Ricard and motions to the northern passage as she ready herself for a fight. She advances on the northern passage.
Jan 15, 2024 6:40 pm
Fenwick peers around the cavern, she was inclined to keep heading west since there isn't another sign here to the contrary, but she shrugs at Gabbro and scurries forward to keep pace with Swan and Ricard as they head north. She clumsily tries to imitate their advance and only step where they step to avoid any traps.
Jan 15, 2024 7:27 pm
Gabbro hurries after, gripping the spear he's borrowed from Ricard tightly. Will these be residents, more tax collectors, or other adventurers? Staying silent, ::What's that fluttering noise?:: he wonders to himself...
OOC:
Note that I updated the map at last; this is the first addition to our map since 3 January!
Last edited January 15, 2024 7:39 pm
Jan 15, 2024 7:29 pm
Ricard keeps pace with Swan as the group advances towards the Northern passage, weapons at the ready...
Jan 15, 2024 10:41 pm
Tiberious moves with the rest of the group he keeps the lantern low so they can see the path ahead, but tries to limit the light reflecting into the northern passage. He keeps to the back of the group, using them as protection against whatever is coming down the tunnel.

I knew it. Knew it! He whispers to himself. I will most assuredly die if we are not more careful Tiberious looks back to the eastern tunnel and prepares to run if need be.

KCC

Jan 16, 2024 7:09 am
"Oi. We’re trying to stage an ambush here! They’ll hear you!" Bea chides, nudging the magic user with her elbow.

"Keep it down, yeah?" she reminds him, as she hefts her weapon and waits.
Jan 16, 2024 9:13 am
Swan comes to a dead stop and turns to glare at both talking Tuberuiys & Bea as she was approaching that passage that probably had the chittering and fluttering sound. She listens to find out if she can still hear their sounds as she is afraid that they might have heard the talking.

KCC

Jan 16, 2024 10:35 am
Bea makes a don’t look at me, look at him… face and points an accusatory finger at Tiberius as she shakes her head with faux disappointment!

"Like I said: Keep it down!" she whispers to the magic user.
Jan 16, 2024 4:54 pm
As the rearmost members of the party bicker noisily about keeping quiet, those at the front become aware that the footsteps from the north have come to a halt. A small dog-like humanoid with scaly brown skin puts its head around the corner before quickly withdrawing again. It’s clear that it has seen you, but it is now out of sight again, somewhere up the northern tunnel.

The chittering noises from the north are still audible.

---
Day 2, 8:30 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 16, 2024 5:02 pm
"Well, they know we're here, think we should say hi?" Fenwick asks the forward members of the party, clutching her spear nervously.
Jan 16, 2024 6:06 pm
After the face is gone, Swan says to the back, "Why don't you lead and walk into the prepared ambush now."
Jan 16, 2024 9:50 pm
Everyone turns to look at Tiberious. The young mage is confused by the stares as he did not realize he was speaking aloud. He looks back over his shoulder to see if everyone is staring at someone behind him.

He turns back to the group. North, then? He asks in a whisper. Gesturing a thumb over his shoulder to the crossroads behind them.
Jan 17, 2024 12:53 am
"Kobolds. Not much alone, but they travel with numbers."

Ricard keeps his eyes locked on the spot where the head appeared and snugs his shield up tightly...

KCC

Jan 17, 2024 1:19 am
"It can hardly be called an ambush, if we know we are to be ambushed." Bea whispers with a shrug. "Its just a fight! We aren’t afraid of a few kobolds, are we? If they scare you…" she says to no one in particular! "… well, you’re in the wrong line of work!"
Jan 17, 2024 1:51 am
With a touch of aspirations, "Let head south." Appears she doesn't care to go into a ready fight. She will lead to the south side of the cavern where the two passages are to see what is what there.
Jan 17, 2024 7:08 am
Amazed that we're stopping short of the passage that we're close enough to touch, Gabbro sighs, "I guess we'll check it out later..." Even though he knows that the lantern light is a surer way to announce the party's presence and eliminate any chance of surprise than any amount of whispered dialogue, all this talk of ambush has the elf on edge. As the party turns away from the corner, Gabbro turns his shield to face north and looks back to see what's in the northern passage, since the corner is only 5 feet away from us as we start to walk south. "Maybe those kobolds will forget about us..."

KCC

Jan 17, 2024 10:39 am
"He’d forget all about us if you’d let me put an arrow in his throat." Bea quips, wondering who she had thrown her lot in with. She wasn’t an accomplish fighter, by any stretch of the imagination, but she’d made the mistake of sizing up brutes thrice the size of one quivering kobold before.

And lived… That was the important bit!
Jan 17, 2024 4:25 pm
Cave
As Swan leads The Hellions across the cave towards its southerly and westerly exits, you are able to get a better view of the northern exit and where it leads. A short 10’ tunnel opens out into a second cave. Pressed against the wall of that cave, near the entrance, is a group of seven kobolds. They are all doing their best to remain unseen, without much success. Each is carrying a bucket. Beyond the kobolds, further into the northerly cave, your lantern light also picks out the fluttering outlines of (normal-sized) bats.

---
Day 2, 8:30 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Kobold reaction roll - (2d6+3)

Jan 17, 2024 6:57 pm
"Huh, kobolds on latrine duty?" mutters Fenwick softly so only her partymates can hear. "And bats usually don't have much interesting treasure, either. Not very exciting. South is probably better."
Jan 17, 2024 7:15 pm
Swan eyes the Kobolds and their buckets and says, "I wonder if that is oil they planned to dump on the first person coming at them. They have lots of buckets." She keeps an eye on them but doesn't at all plan to get near them and find out what is in the buckets.

She takes a few steps down toward the southern passage before moving to the western one she is thinking to explore. She wanted glance at the southern passage to get an idea of what will be behind her.
Jan 17, 2024 8:52 pm
Ricard raises a hand in greeting to the kobolds and then continues towards the southern tunnel next to Swan.

KCC

Jan 18, 2024 6:56 am
Bea watches as the things cower against the wall and almost feels bad for wanting to shoot one a moment before.

"Looking to make friends?" Bea asks Ricard, her tone genuine and unmocking. Maybe there was something to that.
Jan 18, 2024 1:27 pm
"They may be used to humans if they frequent the upper floors," Fenwick watches them cower against the walls, and adds. "Or work for them?"
Last edited January 18, 2024 1:27 pm
Jan 18, 2024 4:54 pm
Cave
The bucket-carrying kobolds (who studiously ignore Ricard’s greeting) wait until the party are sufficiently far south in the cave before scurrying towards the eastern exit and on towards the crossroads. The contents of their buckets remain a mystery for now.

You head towards the south-westerly section of the cave to get a better look at the two other exits.

The one to the south leads directly into a smaller cave in which water drips from the ceiling. In the middle of this cave there is a stone well from which a whistling noise is emanating. There’s also a further exit heading west. (I’ll provide full mapping information if you decide to enter this cave; this is just what you can see from outside it).

The tunnel leading west from the main cave (which is still of natural stone rather than man-made construction) extends west for 20’ before arriving at a corner section and turning to the north.

---
Day 2, 8:30 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 18, 2024 4:58 pm
Swan pauses a moment there and looks to the other. Appears she is looking to see what the other think.
Jan 18, 2024 7:19 pm
"Don't ask me, I'm conflicted-- my initial thought was we should keep going west until we hit the den because that's the way the first sign pointed. But... the finished tunnels would have been made by the prisoners, right? Would that make them more likely to have valuables or less? I guess I now suggest we go south? The kobolds must have been using that well."
Jan 18, 2024 7:35 pm
Kobolds just gain up and kill people. Useless and multiply like flies. Swan shows how much she dislikes Kobolds. She adds in her thoughts for why she is heading the way she is, "Less stonework would be more the trail to dragon's den and hopefully lost treasure." As always, her mind is on getting more coins.
Last edited January 18, 2024 7:40 pm
Jan 18, 2024 8:56 pm
"The well is the first sign of a possible way to go further down, and the only clue we have about any treasure so far talked about being two levels down." Gabbro points out. "I'm inclined to look at the well just to see if there's a way down..."
OOC:
Is the whistling that we're hearing from the well tuneless, like wind passing through a narrow space, or is it like some person whistling with their breath?
Jan 18, 2024 9:07 pm
Swan replies back, Well the well looks like it might be a mess. And really doesn't look like treasure. She is still pausing to hear from everyone.
Jan 18, 2024 11:25 pm
"Yeah. Good point Gabbro. The better stuff that hasn't been picked through will be deeper down, so if we could use the well as a short cut that'd be smart." She glances toward the unfinished path to the west. "I'll be honest, I didn't think the sign was pointing to a real dragon's den, but the fact its pointing outside of the tunnels the prisoners dug is weird. If there is a dragon here...I'm not sure I'm ready to fight it."

She smiles at Bea. "Unless you maybe want to sneak by it and steal us some of its treasure?"
Jan 19, 2024 2:19 am
Ricard unspools his rope,

"We may as well lower one of the elves down the well so we don't miss anything. We can decide wether to follow it or not once we know if it goes anywhere."
Jan 19, 2024 3:41 am
"Fine. I will stand guard at the doorway here in case something comes up on us."
Jan 19, 2024 5:07 am
Tiberious eases up to the lip of the stone well and peers over. If anyone is willing to give up a torch, we can toss it down and get a sense for how deep it is he says, staying back from the edge in case something jumps out.

... and see if there's anything down there he thinks to himself.

KCC

Jan 19, 2024 12:55 pm
"I fancy my chances against a dragon. A sleeping dragon, that is. If we could find one like that, I’d take the bet!" she says, puffy out her chest!

"Which elf will it be then? Or are you hoping for a professional to take a look at this thing?" she says, preparing to climb, if no one else will!
Jan 19, 2024 2:48 pm
Whistling Well
The bottom of the well is just within the range of the elves’ infravision, which suggests that it is around 60’ deep. There’s no visible water at the bottom; rather it looks like there is an outstretched tarpaulin.

The whistling noise is created by an airflow rising from the depths through the body of the well. It’s not particularly strong (it wouldn’t blow a torch out for example), but it’s noticeable.

The other exit from the well cave heads west for 10’ before opening into a larger cavern that is lit with a phosphorescent glow from its moss-covered walls.

Mapping information: natural cavern, approximately 20’ x 20’. You have entered through the western section of the northern wall. There’s no real transition between this cave and the larger one you’ve just traversed - they will sit next to each other on the map, with only a relatively thin wall of rock between them. The well is in the centre of the cave. The other exit from the well room is in the southern section of the western wall. It heads west for 10’ before opening out into the glowing cavern.

---
Day 2, 8:40 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Wandering monster check @ 8:40 am - (1d6, 1d20, 2d6)

Jan 19, 2024 5:04 pm
Fenwick glances down at her plate mail. "Umm, I could try if you want but I'm probably not our best climber, and it'll take me a while to get out of all this."

She brightens up at Bea's offer. "Yeah, leaving it for a professional might be for the best. Weird thing is, I don't see any water. There's a... tarp down there? Maybe we weren't the first ones to think of using it as a shortcut and that's to catch jumpers? I'd want someone to climb down and check it first though. What do you make of it Gabbro?"
Jan 19, 2024 8:10 pm
Swan watches on and keeping an eye out for problems. She doesn't offer any insight or suggestions. She does edge herself to the edge of the well so she can see down the way to the mushroom room as well as the way we came in.

KCC

Jan 19, 2024 11:36 pm
Bea slips the knife out of her belt, intending to carry it down with her to cut through the tarp, if needs be. She starts to unload the rest of her gear.

"I’ll go down and see what I see. If the coast is clear and it’s dark on the other side, I’ll come back for a light. Just keep it lit until I get to that tarp!" she says, putting the knife in her mouth, and preparing to use a rope to climb down.
Jan 20, 2024 11:10 am
Whistling Well
So, three details Bea and her fellow Hellions should consider as she prepares to descend the well …

1. How are you going to secure the rope at the top of the well?
2. The elves estimate that the well is 60’ deep. Bea’s rope is only 50’ long (and will have even less usable length once is it secured). How will she navigate the final stages of the descent?
3. It is pitch-black down there. Bea will be able to see absolutely nothing without a light source.


---
Day 2, 8:40 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

KCC

Jan 20, 2024 11:27 am
OOC:
2. I’m assuming our merry band has more rope on hand. If not, I guess we will have to fall back to relying on her Climb Sheer Surfaces skill!

3. My understanding is that there’s a tarp at the bottom. I had hoped that maybe if Bea could bypass that, that there may be some lit space beneath. In-character hoping that the tarp is supposed to blot out light to those of us above!
Jan 20, 2024 12:07 pm
KCC says:
OOC:
2. I’m assuming our merry band has more rope on hand. If not, I guess we will have to fall back to relying on her Climb Sheer Surfaces skill!
Yes, that's fine, either approach works.
KCC says:
OOC:
3. My understanding is that there’s a tarp at the bottom. I had hoped that maybe if Bea could bypass that, that there may be some lit space beneath. In-character hoping that the tarp is supposed to blot out light to those of us above!
If there was lit space beneath the tarp, you would be able to see some sign of it around the edges. There's definitely no light down there!
Jan 20, 2024 4:34 pm
Swan has an additional 50' of rope that she is fine to part with.
Jan 20, 2024 4:52 pm
"I'm not very strong, so I couldn't hold the rope, but I do have a bunch of spikes for just such occasions." Gabbro replies, "But I don't know how you're going to see down there. I suppose we could do something with one of the fire beetle glands - something you could wear, maybe? Or I can climb down."
OOC:
Sorry I didn't post yesterday.
Jan 20, 2024 4:56 pm
Fenwick will sling her spear across her back, planning to keep watch on Bea from the well rim and target a spell down on anything that threatens her.
Jan 20, 2024 6:57 pm
Swan says as she watches and guards with her sword handy, "With all the extra rope. Why don't you just loop around the well itself for an anchor."
Jan 20, 2024 7:40 pm
Ricard, already having unspooled his rope, joins the end to the other length with a Weaver's knott. He loops one end around the well as Swan suggested and wraps the proximal portion around his waist and arm to hold it even more steady.

KCC

Jan 21, 2024 11:39 am
Ready for the climb, Bea just wants to get started and get it finished with! Nothing worse than the wait:

"Ill take the torch! It’ll make the climb a pain." she bemoans. "Might as well see what’s able to see me!" she quips, figuring that most things could probably spot her in the dark down there anyway. Might as well even the playing field!
Jan 21, 2024 2:37 pm
"Is there a way we could lower a light down on another rope to keep your hands free?" Fenwick asks. "Without stuff breaking and getting set on fire, that is."
Jan 21, 2024 3:57 pm
Yes, Bea can't climb with a lit torch ... she will need to keep her hands free.
Jan 21, 2024 9:43 pm
"I thought you elves could see in the dark," Ricard mumbles as he removes an unlit torch from his pack along with his tinderbox.

"Here, you can light it once you hit the bottom."
Jan 22, 2024 5:05 am
Tiberious watches with confusion as the group struggles to figure a way down into the well. Maybe we should just move on. The elf doesn't see anything of interest at the bottom of this well. The longer we sit here, the more likely we'll attract attention. There is much of this level that has yet to be discovered. This well can wait until we run out of easier locations to search. He looks at the glow from the tunnel to the south. I recommend we take the western tunnel in the previous room. That glow gives me pause.

KCC

Jan 22, 2024 10:22 am
"You’re a charmer, aren’t you?" Bea says to Ricard as she takes the torch. "First time I’ve been mistaken for an elf! That one usually work?" she says, with a wink.

Then she turns to scowl at the wizard, and motions the heap of equipment she had thrown off herself and to the floor. All that effort…

"Oh yeah, you do? You waited long enough to say so! Too late for that now! I’m going in! Watch out for Kobolds!"
Last edited January 22, 2024 12:39 pm
Jan 22, 2024 12:06 pm
If I've given the impression that this would be a difficult climb for Bea, then that is definitely not the case. With Ricard's unlit torch and tinderbox, she's good to go if she chooses. The climb wouldn't even require a roll.

I'm only asking the party to be specific about their use of equipment because of the game's resource management meta.

KCC

Jan 22, 2024 12:38 pm
OOC:
I get what you mean! It’s definitely something I need to account for as I go on! Equipment is my weak point!

I’ll go down the hole! Amending above!
Last edited January 22, 2024 12:39 pm
Jan 22, 2024 2:04 pm
"I can see in the dark, well sort of, and I don't see anything moving down there," Fenwick points out defensively. "I'm just pretty clumsy at climbing down what I'm seeing."
Jan 22, 2024 2:19 pm
Well Bottom
With the two ropes joined and secured around the whistling well’s stone parapet, Bea makes her descent. The climb presents no problem to the thief and she soon reaches the bottom. Despite the darkness, she manages to light Ricard’s torch with Ricard’s tinderbox and scans her surroundings.

Bea finds herself in a small hexagonal chamber. In contrast to the natural caverns immediately above, she’s back in an area of constructed stonework (although it generally seems to be in far worse repair than the level above). The oilskin tarpaulin is stretched across a low wooden frame that sits immediately beneath the well opening in the ceiling. It looks like it was put there to catch items falling from the well, but it certainly doesn’t look sturdy enough to save a plummeting adventurer.

Corridors lead to the east and west.

To the east, the corridor continues for 20’ before arriving at a crossroads.

To the west, the corridor continues for 20’ before opening into a larger area. There are a variety of noises coming from this direction, including moans, shrieks, manic laughter and murmurings. This area also seems to be dimly lit.

Bea and Ricard - please remove your ropes from your inventories. You can add them again when you retrieve them.

Mapping information: hexagonal chamber, 20’ x 30’. The hexagon’s "flats" are to the east and west, with the "points" to the north and south. The well opening in the ceiling is in the middle of the chamber.


---
Day 2, 8:50 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 22, 2024 5:41 pm
Swan looks momentarily down the well as Bea the rogue finally lights up the place. Swan is surprised to learn the well isn't a well for water but a means to deliver stuff down to the lower levels she thinks, "If we go down someone might remove our rope to get back." She says, " Not sure someone could climb back up here to fix later if someone does. And I have only my fifty feet of rope then too."
Last edited January 22, 2024 5:43 pm
Jan 23, 2024 2:03 am
"I'm sure our "not elf" could make the return climb, she barely needed the rope to go down. Seems nimble."
Jan 23, 2024 2:31 am
"Best to take the rope with us so we have enough to get back out. We risk being trapped down there."
Jan 23, 2024 3:54 am
"Agreed."

Ricard climbs down the rope after Bea and draws his sword when he hears the sounds below...
Jan 23, 2024 4:50 am
Swan follows Ricard and after landing put shield and sword in hands as she looks about for trouble.
Jan 23, 2024 5:15 am
Tiberious looks from Gabbro to Fenwick. Are we to follow, or to wait? He looks down the well and sees the light from Bea's torch flicker far, far below. Tiberious gulps and looks at the other two again. I'm good to wait for them to return ... they are going to return, aren't they?

KCC

Jan 23, 2024 7:09 am
"Bad news seems to be that way!" Bea warns, drawing their attention to the sounds of presumed torture to the west.

"Should I take a peek?" she asks the companions that had climbed down to join her. "Could he someone worth saving, and whoever’s doing the laughing sounds busy!"

Distracted...

How many coin purses had she pilfered while men were busy laughing at their own stories and stick their faces in a cup of wine…
Jan 23, 2024 7:43 am
A quick note on how I’ll handle the rope climb …

Bea is an expert climber. The rest of the party, not so much. Nevertheless, you are all bold adventurers and a rope climb should be something you are collectively capable of.

Therefore, I will say that provided you aren’t hurried or under undue pressure (e.g. being chased by a monster), you can all ascend and descend the rope safely without the need for a roll. This assumes you are being careful and supporting one another. It will take 2 turns for the whole party and their equipment to descend the rope, and 4 turns for everyone to ascend.

However, if you are in a situation where you need to ascend or descend quickly and less cautiously, then I will require a roll based on Dexterity (or for Bea, her climb skill).
Jan 23, 2024 7:44 am
KCC says:
"Bad news seems to be that way!" Bea warns, drawing their attention to the sounds of presumed torture to the west.

"Should I take a peek?" she asks the companions that had climbed down to join her. "Could he someone worth saving, and whoever’s doing the laughing sounds busy!"
Just to be clear, Bea gets the impression from the various noises that there is quite a group in there. It doesn’t sound like it’s just a couple of people.
Jan 23, 2024 5:38 pm
Swan says in a quieter voice, "You could go ahead but I think it better we just rush in."
Jan 23, 2024 5:52 pm
OOC:
Is the climb with the rope in place easy enough for Fenwick to make while in armor?
Jan 23, 2024 6:11 pm
MinMin says:
OOC:
Is the climb with the rope in place easy enough for Fenwick to make while in armor?
Let's say "yes". I don't want to get overly simulationist.

I reserve the right to update the climbing rules for other locations though ... there are deeper and darker holes elsewhere in this dungeon!
Jan 23, 2024 6:25 pm
Once Fenwick sees Ricard has encountered no issues and the area below them seems safe, she tosses her pack and spear down onto the tarp and climbs down to retrieve them.

She then positions herself facing the noisy passage to serve as a look out as the others make their way down.
Jan 23, 2024 7:14 pm
Ricard shakes his head "no" at the idea of rushing in headlong, from the sound of things the party would be wildly outnumbered.

"We might be able to lure them into the hallway to fight in a choke point but I think a scout is a good idea."
Jan 24, 2024 2:15 am
"Well, I can't be hesitant about this, since it was my idea." Gabbro shrugs at Tiberious. "You want to go first, or shall I?"

Gabbro descends the rope to join the others, whether before Tiberious or after.
Jan 24, 2024 2:19 am
Swan says to whomever is going to scout ahead, "Come back quick with what is what." Swan in her dear plate mail doesn't think she has much chance of sneaking up on anything. Not that she really would want to. She is more of in your face and kill you type person.
Jan 24, 2024 3:12 am
"We may be in too deep here," whispers Ricard's to the others who have descended,

"Perhaps we should climb back up and more thoroughly explore the top level..."
Jan 24, 2024 6:33 am
Swan replies back to Ricard, "Let us hear what the scout has to say before we think about leaving here."

KCC

Jan 24, 2024 10:23 am
"Watch my things!" Bea says, ever the daring adventurer. She puts a finger to her lips, beckons for the others to stay, and creeps forward.

She listens first, waiting to hear for sounds of approaching laughs, footsteps or grunts, before risking to take a peek from a hiding place behind a piece of stone.
Jan 24, 2024 3:47 pm
Tiberious looks around at the empty room. He can hear Gabbro straining as he climbs down the rope. Ominous shadows fill the corners of the cavern.

Tiberious takes a long squirt of wine from his skin. He doffs his sandles, blows out the lantern and ties it to his belt before climbing over the edge of the well. He struggles to rappel down the length of the well, but finally feels his feet touch the tarp. He dons his sandles again and takes another squirt from his wineskin. He silently offers it to the others while they wait for Bea to return.
Jan 24, 2024 4:26 pm
You are all now at the bottom of the well. I'll assume you extinguish the torch as you will have the lantern.

Bea - make a "Hide in Shadows" check (at 1st level it’s only 10% I’m afraid).

If you’re successful, I’ll say that you are so well hidden that you can get a good long look into the room to the west with no chance of you being spotted.

If you’re unsuccessful, I’ll say that you’re only able to get a quick glance and that there is a small chance (1 in 6) that you will be spotted by one or more of the room’s occupants.


---
Day 2, 9:00 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

KCC

Jan 24, 2024 11:55 pm
OOC:
Tonight, Bea dines in hell!!
OOC:
Not sure if you’d like me to roll the 1d6. Ignore, if not!
Last edited January 24, 2024 11:56 pm

Rolls

Hide in Shadows - (1d100)

(67) = 67

Spotted! - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Jan 25, 2024 3:19 pm
Bea creeps cautiously westward and is able to get a very brief look into the noisy room before having to retreat to avoid being spotted.

The dimly lit chamber is a scene of chaos. There are numerous individuals, perhaps up to a dozen, scattered around the room - some sitting, some standing, some crouched, and some lying down. All are human, a mixture of men and women, and all are dressed in ragged clothing. At least two are restrained in straitjackets. The various shrieks, moans and laughter are clearly coming from these occupants, but there’s no obvious reason or stimulus for their outbursts.

Aside from the inhabitants, the room has an eclectic collection of furnishings, and the walls are adorned with childlike drawings. Bea spots at least a couple of further exits.

---
Day 2, 9:00 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Wandering monster check at 9:00 am - (1d6, 1d20, 2d6)

Jan 25, 2024 3:41 pm
Swan listens to the report and says, "Let us quietly go another direction." She motions to go in the opposite direction.
Jan 25, 2024 4:08 pm
Hang on ...

Meanwhile, as Bea scouts to the west, the rest of the party at the well bottom hears something approaching from the east. The sounds are coming from beyond the range of your lantern light, but whatever it is is making an intermittent slapping noise on the stone floor of the dungeon as it moves towards you rather than regular footsteps ...
Jan 25, 2024 4:08 pm
Tiberious takes one last squirt of wine and packs the skin. All the more for me he thinks to himself, then settles in behind Swan holding the lantern up so the group can see the corridor to the east.
Jan 25, 2024 6:31 pm
Ricard takes a frontline position towards the East as the slappy sound draws nearer.

"Maybe we should rush in, a fight in the corridor may not attract the attention of whatever is to the West but a fight here certainly might..."
Jan 25, 2024 6:41 pm
Swan says Tiberious, "Save some of that wine for me later." Her waterskin is just that water. She could use some. She still feels the pain from the last fall she took. She really needs a day off and rest.

Swan was thinking the same as Ricard and launches herself forward and ready for combat. "Do it." As always, she assumes Tiberious will keep up with the lantern light.

Swan is back in leading mode. And the rest of the party following. She didn't ask. Easternly we go. Whatever is coming. Well, we are coming faster.

Her and Ricard make a mini moving wall down the corridor. She relies heavy on Ricard to be her wingman since Druin had a fatal accident.
OOC:
She is a pile of plate mail moving fast with a shield up and sword ready to slay. Picture is so right. She probably isn't exceptionally quiet. She has a natural intimating look to her as she means business right now.
Smiles. Mapping can catch up! Swan is running the ink.
Last edited January 25, 2024 7:05 pm
Jan 26, 2024 2:15 am
Fenwick, worried about getting caught between enemies attacking from both sides, is thinking right along the same lines as her companions--but as she begins to voice her agreement, she finds that Swan and Ricard are no longer at her side. She breaks into a sprint and follows after them, reading her spear.
Jan 26, 2024 4:20 pm
Led by Swan and Ricard, the party hurries east towards the sounds of the new arrivals. By the time you reach the crossroads, the approaching group comes into view - two huge warty toads, the size of large dogs. Seeing you, they pause, blinking.

Situation update - you are currently at the crossroads shown on Gabbro’s level 2 map. The giant toads are 30’ due east of you. The corridors to the north and south extend in straight lines beyond the range of your lantern’s light. To the east, there is a door in the northern wall of the corridor immediately after the crossroads. There’s also a second door in the southern wall a further 15’ along. Beyond that, the eastern passage continues beyond the range of your vision.

---
Day 2, 9:10 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 27, 2024 12:57 am
"Hmm, I don't know what I was expecting...but that wasn't it. Do we still charge?" Fenwick asks Swan.
Jan 27, 2024 1:03 am
Swan has come to a stop and pause as she is looking onto the toads. She immediately wonder just how far their tongues extend and doesn't really want to know. "If they don't move soon. We are going to have to move them." She is still very much in combat stance.
Jan 27, 2024 2:32 am
Tiberious holds the light up a bit higher and strains to get a better look. Hmm, frogs. I've heard that they sometimes pick up treasure as they make their way through dungeons.

He turns to Swan. We might be able to dig out a few gold coins from its innards. No guarantees, though.

KCC

Jan 27, 2024 3:19 am
Bea creeps back to warn the others of the asylum beneath Stonehell, and finds them already gone and with their torchlight heading off the other way. She reaches for her pack as she passes, and slings it to her shoulder with a grunt, before chasing after them.

"Thanks for the warning!" she announces as she joins the rear of the troupe! She brandishes her spear, ready to skewer a fat, gold filled frog from afar, if needs be!
Jan 27, 2024 9:45 am
The two giant toads take a hop forward, closing the distance between you to 20’. They don’t seem overtly hostile although, equally, they’re not showing any signs of backing down.

One of them flicks it’s tongue out and back as a warning.

---
Day 2, 9:10 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 28, 2024 3:22 am
"We're here for coin, not pest control, I would just as soon turn down one of these corridors."

Sensing Swan's heightened readiness, Ricard grits his jaw,

"Then again, never hurts to flex the old sword arm..."
Jan 28, 2024 3:44 am
Lets back track down the south passage and let them pass. she moves to the south pass to let them have a way forward.
Jan 28, 2024 3:48 am
"I agree,. They don't seem hostile, and really they're kind of ugly-cute, so I'd rather not kill them. "

Fenwick will stay in formation and follow the others south.
Jan 28, 2024 1:11 pm
The party moves 10' down the passage that leads south from the crossroads, thereby providing room for the giant toads to pass. The two amphibians hop forward and turn left, heading up the northerly corridor and away from you.

---
Day 2, 9:10 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to McButterpants' mega-maps ...
Jan 28, 2024 4:55 pm
With a so many ways to go, "Lets just keep going down this way." Keeps on moving on the southern passage.

KCC

Jan 29, 2024 12:21 pm
"We do have to find our way back out of this place! It would be nice if we didn’t leave every thing wandering around behind us." she says, wondering how many other creatures the group was willing to leave between them and the exit. Bats, frogs, madmen and dung carrying kobolds, at the very least…
Jan 29, 2024 2:49 pm
Is that the group consensus - to take the passage south from the crossroads on level 2 of Stonehell?
Jan 29, 2024 2:54 pm
"I think we're safe to head south. The toads are clearly just passing through. It's the room full of people we'd need to take care of if we want to make sure we're not spotted on the way back--but if they didn't hear us climb down, I'm not sure they'll notice us climbing back up. "
Jan 29, 2024 4:55 pm
Ricard nods in agreement with Swan's plotted course and follows alongside the warrioress down the Southern corridor.
Jan 29, 2024 7:51 pm
Tiberious falls in line behind the two warriors so he can light the way ahead. He feels some ease that the frogs are not following. He does not look back - just focuses on the way ahead.
Last edited January 29, 2024 7:51 pm

KCC

Jan 29, 2024 11:10 pm
Bea shrugs and continues on, speared rest on her shoulder! She maps the route they had taken as best she can in her head, so she can make her escape alone, if needs be! There’s no guarantee that they’d all be here on the way back up…

"That way then!" she says with a nod!
Jan 30, 2024 4:04 pm
Various rolls behind the DM's screen ...

Rolls

Check spear trap triggering (Swan, Ricard, Tiberious, Fenwick, Bea, Gabbro) - (1d6, 1d6, 1d6, 1d6, 1d6, 1d6)

Check how many spears might be triggered - (1d3)

Jan 30, 2024 4:15 pm
The party heads south away from the departing giant toads and deeper into level 2.

20’ beyond the crossroads, Bea feels the flagstone beneath her feet move as she steps onto it. This movement is accompanied by an audible "click" as if something is being triggered, followed by a loud "twang" to her left.

A short spear shoots out from a concealed hole in the easterly wall of the corridor towards her.

Bea - please make a saving throw against "Wands" to see if you can avoid the incoming spear.

(I’ll add, Bea has been rather unlucky - Swan, Ricard, Tiberious and Fenwick ahead of her all failed to trigger the trap!)


---
Day 2, 9:10 am
Bea, Thief 1: 3/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jan 31, 2024 9:14 am
OOC:
any chance you'd allow roll under DEX to avoid the spear? It seems a more appropriate roll and I'm guessing a bit easier to hit.

Ability Checks
The referee may use a character’s ability scores to determine the character’s chance of succeeding at various challenging tasks.

Rolling an Ability Check
The player rolls 1d20 and, if the result is less than or equal to the ability, the check succeeds. If the roll is greater than the ability, the check fails.

KCC

Jan 31, 2024 10:01 am
OOC:
Dex 14.
Wands 14.

Rolls

Rolling! - (1d20)

(8) = 8

Feb 1, 2024 4:20 pm
McButterpants says:
[ooc] any chance you'd allow roll under DEX to avoid the spear? It seems a more appropriate roll and I'm guessing a bit easier to hit.
Sadly the module is clear in this regard - it specifies a save vs. wands to avoid the spear trap. If we are going to maintain our hardcore old school approach, I don’t see a justification for artificially making things easier by switching the saving throw for a dexterity ability check. Sorry!

The spear is fired from such a short range that even the dextrous Bea is unavailable to avoid it. It plunges into her side, fatally wounding the thief.

That's tough, very unlucky. If anyone else in the party had been struck, they would have survived that. Even Bea would have survived if it wasn't for her low constitution.

---
Day 2, 9:10 am
Bea, Thief 1: 0/3
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to McButterpants' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Bea’s damage from the spear trap - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Feb 1, 2024 9:51 pm
"Oh crap, Bea?" Fenwick panics, doing her best to pull the thief's body forward without re-triggering the trap. "What is with you people and setting off traps! Does anyone have any healing magic?"
Feb 1, 2024 11:46 pm
Swan comes to a stop when she realizes the mess that just happened. It looks like he took that spear badly, but Swan asks, "Is he dead?" and adds on "We are going to need a new way out of here as Bea was our way up. Dead or alive he is in no shape." Swan ignored the thoughts on magical healing as she knows it is way too expensive.
Last edited February 1, 2024 11:48 pm
Feb 2, 2024 12:36 am
Tiberious feels the displacement of the air as the bolt shoots out behind him. He jumps to avoid whatever shot from the wall and turns when he heard Bea call out in pain.

Fenwick does her best to help Bea, but it is clear the thief is no longer with them. That just narrowly missed me!

Tiberious inspects the ground where the thief was standing before the bolt shot out. That is the second trap this group has encountered. We really should find something to search the ground ahead of us. We can only hope that will save some lives ... Especially mine He keeps that last comment to himself.
Feb 2, 2024 5:38 pm
"Bea! NOoo...!" Gabbro helps Fenwick ease Bea's lifeless body to the ground. After a few moments, what Swan said penetrates the grief. "Don't worry about getting out again - Tiberious and I left the ropes there, so we can climb out whenever we're ready."
OOC:
The only way we could've retrieved the ropes is if Bea went back and untied them, then climbed down herself holding the ropes. That didn't happen, so they're still there.
The elf nods at Tiberious. "It's a good idea. Listen, you guys have me in the back, which means I can't use Ricard's spear any more. Ricard, Swan, why don't one of you take the spear and you can probe the ground ahead of you as we go? That should set off these pressure-type traps, and maybe trip wires, too." Gabbro hands the spear to one of the characters in front (Ricard preferably, as it is his spear, but he'll give it to Swan if she takes it first).
Feb 2, 2024 6:11 pm
Swan says as she knows Bea is gone now, "I have no idea how this trap is activated and the only person that would know is now dead. So, probing ahead of us doesn't sound like a grand plan. It is better to rely on your wits and skills to avoid getting hurt."

Adding on a thought, "We need to head back up now and take care Bea."
Feb 2, 2024 6:38 pm
Ricard reacts with surprise when Bea is struck by the spear trap. When it becomes clear that the thief would not survive, Ricard pulls her off the barb and lays her body down with two copper coins over the eyes.

"May you find the home of whichever gods you served."

Acknowledging Gabbro's idea, Ricard takes back his spear and uses it to check the floor as he proceeds.
Feb 2, 2024 11:03 pm
Swan as we proceed with Ricard spear testing ahead of us. "I think the way back should be safe. I can't see going further with a dead body. Going to take a bit to get it up the well too."
Feb 2, 2024 11:52 pm
"We could go on a bit and get the body on our way back out, we didn't really know this rogue for more than a day..."

Ricard shrugs, indicating that he has no real stakes in the matter.
Feb 3, 2024 12:15 am
Swan replies back, I don't want the have to deal with body and longer we are down here the more likely those ropes get stolen." The later is most likely the reasoning on her mind. That and being Bea was our ticket up.
Feb 5, 2024 8:08 am
OK, let’s get things moving again …

You’re currently 30’ south of the crossroads on level 2 of Stonehell. Behind you, Bea lies dead, skewered by the spear trap. Ahead of you, after continuing south for 20’, the corridor turns to the southwest.

As luck would have it, another shady character (Lanhkmer) approaches from the crossroads. Having come across your ropes leading down the well, they descended to investigate.

@everyone - what’s the plan?

---
Day 2, 9:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lankmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to McButterpants' mega-maps ...
Feb 5, 2024 4:35 pm
"Perhaps we move on at least far enough to see what's around that corner and then decide if we want to press on? I'd personally rather bury Bea down here if we could find a spot then carry her all the way outside. I don't think she would have wanted to leave us that vulnerable carrying her through the tunnels." She sees the newcomer approach. "Who's this now? You there, keep away from those stones or you'll regret it."
Feb 5, 2024 7:25 pm
I heard the screams that's why I came to see what happened... Lanhkmer raises both his empty hands showing he's no harm to the collective.
name's Lanhkmer... I'm sorry for your loss
Feb 5, 2024 9:18 pm
"Greetings Lanhkmer, I'm Ricard, glad for the assistance. We were just discussing what to do now that one of ours has passed. Some want to move on but Swan here thinks we should pull back to the upper levels. She might be right, we may be in over our heads exploring these lower levels before we have cleared out the first floor..."
Feb 5, 2024 11:02 pm
Swan adds on to Ricard, "That and a proper burial for Bea. Was a good sole."

To Lanhkmer, "So. Lanhkmer it is. Well your interest seem be the same as ours. Then follow us up. I'm Swan."
Last edited February 5, 2024 11:04 pm
Feb 5, 2024 11:25 pm
]"Greetings fellow wanderers, I'd be more than happy to join you then. I've had a partner with whom I got here but bravery wasn't his top virtue and a day ago I woke up alone.
He just fled."


"don't get me wrong please, but... Are you sure you want to head up again?"
Feb 5, 2024 11:35 pm
"To be sure we aren't giving our former rogue (implying Bea) a burial here. And whoever is going to carry that body is going to slow us down for further exploring. And of course, the worry about having that dear rope you climbed down on. Stolen. And who knows, by chance we could lose another rogue (implying Lanhkmer) for climbing up that well. As noted by wingman warrior Ricard, this lower level might be a too rough for us."

That was probably the longest set of sentences anyone has heard from Swan. She by habit doesn't tend to explain what she thinks. She likes action.

GM: By the way, did we get a loot list on what as on Bea body? Probably need a separate area just to keep a running list it seems.
Last edited February 5, 2024 11:40 pm
Feb 6, 2024 4:02 am
OOC:
sorry to make this quick. I've got the flu and it's killing my drive to post.
Tiberious is more than happy to head back up to the top level. He has heard that things get more dangerous the further you delve into Stonehell. Still ... Someone put a trap here. I assume it is for a reason. How about we check just a bit further. Maybe there is something ahead worth protecting.
Feb 6, 2024 5:46 am
"Yes, let's take her back to the Temple of St. Ras...after we've checked around a bit more. I haven't forgotten those 'tax collectors' and how they're likely to ambush us the next time we come out!" Gabbro looks meaningfully at the characters with spears, who should be leading to probe the floor ahead for traps, as we've only just discussed thirty seconds ago. When no one leaps into motion, Gabbro suggests, "Let's review what we know so far. People are living in the caves on the surface, robbing adventurers and cutting down trees. We found a secret message, about jewels awaiting us 'two levels down in the chamber past the acolytes' cells,' that probably contains wasps. There are kobolds on the first level, bats, and more fire beetles. We've secured ropes to climb up and down the well to get to this level. There are mad men here, and giant toads. Am I forgetting any clues, important details, anything?" Gabbro ponders. "We might be only two levels down now. Do you think anything we've seen down here so far could be an acolyte's cell?"
OOC:
We're likely to be confronted by the 'tax collectors' every time we exit the dungeon, so my preference is to exit the dungeon less often, even though we may outnumber them.
On the other hand, the tax collectors may have accumulated a bit of loot from their robbery, so robbing the robbers might be another way to get XP (that hasn't occurred to Gabbro yet).
Feb 6, 2024 11:46 am
McButterpants says:
OOC:
sorry to make this quick. I've got the flu and it's killing my drive to post.
Tiberious is more than happy to head back up to the top level. He has heard that things get more dangerous the further you delve into Stonehell. Still ... Someone put a trap here. I assume it is for a reason. How about we check just a bit further. Maybe there is something ahead worth protecting.
"you have a point, and this does not mean we are abandoning the Rogue...we could provide a proper burial in a second moment. But it's up to you of course, I'm sticking to your decision as I'm already much lucky to have stumbled upon you here"
Feb 6, 2024 5:33 pm
"I'm hoping the bandits only try to tax us when we leave the canyon? Otherwise, we're going to be getting in a lot of fights over no money." Fenwick says."If we want to bury Bea at the temple I guess I'm game, but it sounds complicated. Someone will need to climb up to haul her up on the rope, and they should probably have guards. Or do we all go up and pull her after? I don't think the toads would bother her after we leave. "
Feb 6, 2024 5:48 pm
The consensus seems to be to return to Level 1 (rather than continuing to explore Level 2). However, if I have misunderstood, please let me know.
Carrying Bea’s body between you, you retrace your steps back to the bottom of the well and prepare to ascend.

I will need some details here …

Please describe how you plan to get Bea’s body back up the well. I will add 1 extra turn to the time it will take everyone to get back up the well because of this additional burden … it will now take you 5 turns in total. No climb rolls are needed provided that you’re not "distracted".

As you are effectively splitting the party here, at least temporarily, I will need the order in which you plan to ascend. Until you are all safely back up the well, there will be some party members on Level 2, some party members on Level 1 and someone climbing the rope. If you are unlucky enough to roll a wandering monster whilst the party is in mid-climb, I will roll randomly to determine whether it arrives at the top or the bottom of the well.


---
Day 2, 9:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lankmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to McButterpants' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Wandering monster check at 9:20, 9:40, 10:00 - (1d6, 1d6, 1d6)

Feb 6, 2024 6:35 pm
Thoughts: Swan and two others go topside so secure it. Then two haul the body up while Swan guards. After the body is up. Everone goes up with Ricard being last guarding while others climb. That is how I envisioned it.
Feb 6, 2024 9:05 pm
OOC:
I am fine to return to level 1. I would prefer to climb up in the middle of the group. I'm assuming Swan and another strong PC will go up. Then I would like to go. It would be good to have one strong PC come up last.
Feb 6, 2024 10:08 pm
OOC:
sounds about right
Feb 6, 2024 10:24 pm
OOC:
Fenwick volunteers to go up with Swann and Tiberious.
Feb 6, 2024 10:45 pm
OOC:
I can be one of the body movers and then climb before strong fellas at the end
Feb 7, 2024 6:12 pm
Whistling Well
The ascent of the whistling well is slow and strenuous for all but Lanhkmer (who skips up the shaft easily). The subsequent hauling-up of Bea’s corpse is even more energy-sapping. But, on this occasion, Stonehell smiles upon The Hellions and you complete the operation without any interruptions from its wandering denizens.

Catching your breath, you consider your options. Immediately to your west is the cavern with the phosphorescent moss-coated walls. Or you can head north back into the natural cavern with its three exits, two of which you have yet to explore (your maps provide the details).

Are you going to leave the two lengths of rope at the whistling well, or untie them and take them with you? Whatever you decide, please update your inventories accordingly.


---
Day 2, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 7, 2024 6:38 pm
Further thoughts are still taking care of the body. next is burial. Plans to take our rope with us. Return it to whomever it came from originally for carry. Temple of St. Ras seems to be the next stop.
Feb 7, 2024 11:12 pm
"While I imagine the way the kobolds went may head outside, retracing our steps to the main entrance and going back up the steps is probably the safest route to the temple. I'd guess we take turns carrying Bea in pairs, maybe excluding Swann and Ricard as the best guards?"
Feb 8, 2024 4:26 am
MinMin says:
"I'm hoping the bandits only try to tax us when we leave the canyon? Otherwise, we're going to be getting in a lot of fights over no money."
"Yeah, that's the problem. They came after us the first time when we were still in the canyon. So they're probably going to come after us again every time we come out the doors." Even though three of us talked about exploring to the corner, it seems we didn't do that, and instead we've taken turns lugging Bea's body and climbing up the well. "I'll take her shoulders, and someone in the middle rank can take her legs, as we go back the way we came, to the surface and the Temple of St. Ras." The elf looks expectantly at the others. "But just be prepared for those tax collectors to spring an ambush on us."
Feb 8, 2024 4:54 am
Let me have a word with these tax collectors. I'm hoping I might be able to convince them to let us pass. Tiberious says with a smile. I'm not much of a fighter, but I can be quite charming when it's called for.
Feb 8, 2024 12:18 pm
MinMin says:
"While I imagine the way the kobolds went may head outside, retracing our steps to the main entrance and going back up the steps is probably the safest route to the temple. I'd guess we take turns carrying Bea in pairs, maybe excluding Swann and Ricard as the best guards?"
Sounds intelligent, let the muscled ones have their hands free to punch, I'll be gladly helping with the corpse for the moment
Feb 8, 2024 9:34 pm
"We can leave Bea in the entry foyer until we're ready to leave but it's not time to go back to the temple yet. I think since we will be in the foyer anyway we may as well check out the southwest door we have yet to open, otherwise I'd just as soon come back here to explore that cavern to the west."
Feb 8, 2024 10:12 pm
Not leaving Bea to fire beetle bait. Lets just put him away and come back. It is early enough.
Feb 9, 2024 1:35 am
"Bea will be fine, pretty sure we all heard the voice of God telling us not to waste so much time with the comings and goings and it seems like the majority agrees with him. I have some salt in my rations, we can sprinkle a circle of it around the body to keep the beetles away."
Feb 9, 2024 2:00 am
That might help. She smiles, "And I was hope'ing the tax collect would catch up with us outside. I like to do some collecting."
Last edited February 9, 2024 3:56 am
Feb 9, 2024 3:25 am
Fenwick watches this exchange with renewed interest. "Is this salt circle some type of ritual death magic? How does it work?"

"Oh, but sure why not check that door while we're here?"
Feb 9, 2024 4:40 am
"Bugs hate salt" mumbles Ricard as he listens at the southwest door...
Feb 9, 2024 6:12 am
Swan doesn't question wingman warrior Ricard thoughts and goes with them. She has her trusty sword & shield out and ready to address whatever comes from the southwest door. Her ribs still ache a bit from that previous fall, but she is ignoring them.
Feb 9, 2024 10:12 am
" provided enough silence, I can try and listen to that door before we open it"
Last edited February 9, 2024 10:13 am
Feb 9, 2024 4:25 pm
You retrace your steps to the Grand Foyer and deposit Bea’s body.

Lanhkmer heads through the south-west archway and listens at the door beyond. All is quiet.

---
Day 2, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Lanhkmer door listening - (1d6)

Secret Roll

Feb 9, 2024 4:29 pm
OOC:
I believe Ricard is also listening to the door.
Feb 9, 2024 4:33 pm
Lanhkmer draws his short sword carefully and says "I can't hear anything from behind, anyway let's be ready... ".
He then looks at the fellow adventurers, waiting for somebody with much more strenght than his, to volunteer for the door.
Feb 9, 2024 4:42 pm
Ricard eases the door open (method 2)
Feb 9, 2024 4:48 pm
"Hmm, I love learning new things," says Fenwick. She pauses to make a quick note in the back of her spellbook "Beetles don't like seasoning their food with salt. "

She then follows the others to the door, tapping the butt of her spear on the floor before her, and readies herself to charge in a part of the second rank when the door is thrown open.
Feb 9, 2024 4:57 pm
Swan is right there with Ricard to address any immediate problems.
Feb 9, 2024 5:58 pm
Lanhkmer keeps himself last in line, short sword in hand, eyes wide open
Feb 10, 2024 11:00 am
Portcullis Room
Ricard eases the door open to reveal a square chamber. Skeletal remains litter the floor, and there are numerous old bloodstains on the floor and walls.

An exit to the west is barred by a rusted portcullis. Opposite this, in the eastern wall of the room, is a door.

Mapping information: square chamber, 30’ x 30’. The door you are looking through is in the middle of the northern wall. The portcullis is in the middle of the western wall. The other door is in the middle of the eastern wall.

---
Day 2, 10:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 10, 2024 11:14 am
"...might be the case to search for deadly devices in here" Lanhkmer looks around to see where he could start to search for any trap..
Feb 10, 2024 11:32 pm
"Hm. I'm not delighted to see a room full of corpses and signs of murder. Can you two up front see any clues about what killed all these people...?" Gabbro looks to the left. "At least we know where the door to the east leads."
OOC:
The bloodstains make it seem like people were killed here, but do the skeletal remains seem intact (like they were left where they fell) or scattered (like something ate the bodies or dumped the bones long after they were dead)?
Feb 11, 2024 11:53 am
From what you can see from the doorway (I’ve assumed you’ve not entered the room yet), whatever happened here, didn’t happen recently. The blood stains are brown and faded, and the skeletal remains are semi-complete - as if they have subsequently been disturbed.

---
Day 2, 10:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 11, 2024 2:12 pm
Swan says before she walks into the room to see what is beyond the portcullis, "Looks like an old combat scene. As long ago as that rusty portcullis over there."
Feb 12, 2024 3:46 pm
Swan strides across the room to the rusty portcullis. Beyond, she can see a short corridor heading 10’ due west before it arrives at a north-south T-junction. She can’t see how far these passageways extend from her side of the portcullis.

As she turns to relay this information to the rest of The Hellions, out of nowhere a strong wind rises in the room, buffeting the bones on the floor and causing them to rattle. This is accompanied by a booming voice: "Fools! Flee before your bones rest here evermore!" followed by a sinister, cackling laughter.

---
Day 2, 10:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 12, 2024 5:18 pm
Ricard immediately assumes a combat ready stance at the sound of the ominous voice.

"Sorcery! We should flee this room, take another path!"

As much as Ricard would like to pull back and slam the door he instead maintains his position and waits for Swan to move...
Feb 12, 2024 6:10 pm
Ricard doesn't have to wait very long as Swan quickly scuttles out of the room. She says as she is moving, "That is wrong."
Feb 12, 2024 9:30 pm
Fenwick will back out of the room with the others.

"That just seems like a fun spell to make threats tied to an illusion," says Fenwick. "Tiberious, Gabbro can either of you sense more?"

As they all regroup outside the door, she asks for Gabbro's map. "I think we could go west from the well and then south to reach the same hall or just walk around the trap right near us to the southeast and investigate that other area. Should get us to the same places without risking angering a wizard if we're worried."
Feb 13, 2024 5:18 pm
Gabbro tries to look mysterious, but he can't manage it for long and grins. "No, I don't have any more of an ability to sense magic than you do. Tiberious, maybe, but not me."

Looking at the map, Gabbro considers Fenwick's proposition. "Well..." He nods. "I like the idea of going around the portcullis if we can: I don't relish the idea of trying to lift that thing. Going southeast past the pit sounds good to me. It's much closer than 'da dragon's den.'" He just barely manages to resist reminding everyone that they had all agreed to go back and explore the area past the pit trap, before they got distracted and went north to meet the kobolds and find the well.
Last edited February 13, 2024 5:18 pm
Feb 13, 2024 7:18 pm
Swan adds in as she adjusts her armor a moment, "Why do we just go around the other way and see what is behind that portcullis. I saw what looked like just multiple passages." She will lead off that way. Going near where Druin died at.
Feb 14, 2024 12:09 am
Lanhkmer follows carefully the discussion over the direction to take, he looks around the addresses well, let's pick one direction and move on. Carefully looking for dangers and traps. But I say we have to move"
Feb 14, 2024 3:09 am
"Yes, going around seems better."

Ricard follows Swan's lead...
Feb 14, 2024 3:15 am
"Actually, I think that's backwards...ah forget it. Let's explore what's beyond that trap, " Fenwick agrees, following after others with her spear tapping the ground before her.
Feb 14, 2024 3:18 am
Swan has seen beyond the portcullis to the that room so when she gets to the door to the room, she is going to force it open with expecting a passage way beyond.
Feb 14, 2024 6:53 am
GeneCortess says:
Swan has seen beyond the portcullis to the that room so when she gets to the door to the room, she is going to force it open with expecting a passage way beyond.
OOC:
I'm confused. I thought we were just to the north of the closed northern door of the "Skeletal Remains" room (which is where we came in, and then left again when the wind and the scary voice started). There is another door to this "Skeletal Remains" room, in the east wall, but I believe we're giving up on the "Skeletal Remains" room because we think it might be trapped and we would need to force the portcullis open to get anywhere new (ie, west of the portcullis).

So in-character, we'd been talking about ways we could get to the passages on the other side of the portcullis without going through the "Skeletal Remains" room...such as returning to our previous plan of heading east to go carefully around the pit trap and explore the north-south passageway beyond the pit trap (hoping that the south passage will wind around and give us an option to head west to connect to the passages beyond the portcullis). I don't think that's what you're talking about, though, because we don't know of any doors there. Not yet, anyway.

Our characters are following Swan, but as a player, I don't know which door you mean. Where is this door that Swan is leading us to and forcing open? I'm not complaining or objecting; I just want to be able to picture our route.
Last edited February 14, 2024 6:54 am
Feb 14, 2024 4:17 pm
Yes, I’m also confused.

Until Swan’s last post, I thought your general plan was to head east towards the pit trap ("Druin’s Downfall") and then presumably head south(?) to see if you can find a route that joins up with the corridor on the far side of the portcullis.

But I can’t make any sense of Swan’s most recent post in relation to the map.

Please can someone clarify?


---
Day 2, 10:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 14, 2024 4:39 pm
OOC:
I believe--Swan correct if I'm wrong-- we're all in agreement, Swan just had the two doors swapped in her head and thought Druin's Downfall was behind the portcullis (rather than the normal door) but that she still wants to head towards the other side of that normal door to the SE.
Last edited February 14, 2024 4:49 pm
Feb 14, 2024 4:53 pm
OOC:
You are all three correct
Feb 14, 2024 8:53 pm
OOC:
I may be LOST. I need a current map drawn that includes the room with the portcullis marked on it so I can clear myself.
Feb 15, 2024 6:15 am
OOC:
I've updated the level 1 map. Gabbro's map is also up to date. There is a link at the bottom of every one of Burbage's posts. I don't know how to link to the map, so that's the fastest way to check.
Feb 15, 2024 11:14 am
Swan lead movement is going from the grand foyar to past the death trap for Druin and looking south for means to bypass the portcullis eventually,
Feb 15, 2024 4:54 pm
You leave the spooky room and head east, passing back through the Grand Foyer and carefully edging your way past the pit trap that claimed poor Druin.

Beyond the trap, you take the southerly corridor. This continues south for 10’ before arriving at a corner section that turns back to the east. After a further 20’ you arrive at a door.

In comparison to the other doors you’ve encountered so far in Stonehell, this one is markedly different. It is made of stone rather than iron-banded timber. Furthermore, the masonry is clearly of very high quality - certainly superior to the stonework you’ve seen elsewhere in the dungeon.

Additional mapping information: you also notice that the northerly corridor after the pit trap mirrors the southerly one. After heading north for 10', it also turns to the east.

---
Day 2, 10:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 15, 2024 5:21 pm
Looking over the door, "This is interesting. Might be a good sign for treasure. Can anyone hear anything on the other side though that stone?"
OOC:
Swan will give her 1 in 6 chance to hear noise.
Feb 15, 2024 7:38 pm
Ricard also lends his ear to the door...
Feb 15, 2024 11:19 pm
A stone door ... could it be the entrance to a crypt? Why the change in door? 'tis strange. Tiberious steps back and allows the others access to the door. Be wary once we open the door. Is anyone a priest? We may need the favor of a diety if it is a tomb.
Feb 16, 2024 10:43 am
OOC :attempting listening by the door 2 in 6 chance

"dwarven knowledge might prove useful here, this door is of a superior craft"

Lanhkmer leans at the door waiting a silent moment to focus his senses
Last edited February 16, 2024 10:44 am
Feb 16, 2024 4:42 pm
Rolling listening checks for Swan, Ricard and Lanhkmer ...

Rolls

Listening checks for Swan, Ricard & Lanhkmer - (1d6, 1d6, 1d6)

Feb 16, 2024 4:46 pm
Pressing their collective ears against the stone door, Swan, Ricard and Lanhkmer can all hear muffled voices on the other side. The door is too thick and too well-fitted to make out the words, but there is definitely a dialogue taking place beyond.

---
Day 2, 10:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 16, 2024 8:57 pm
When the others listen Fenwick inspects the door, wondering why it's different and comparing it to the carved faces, she's seen in the other area.
Feb 16, 2024 11:05 pm
Swan whispers, "There is others beyond. Lets go the other way as this door is too difficult to open fast." She is motioning to go to the more northern passageway. Possible to go around and hit this door from another angle.
Feb 17, 2024 11:34 am
MinMin says:
When the others listen Fenwick inspects the door, wondering why it's different and comparing it to the carved faces, she's seen in the other area.
The carved ogre-mouth archways that you encountered previously were effective but crude. There was no refinement to the features, and the stonework was rough with a myriad of chisel marks on the surface.

In contrast, the door in front of you is simple but immaculate. The straight edges are perfectly straight. The door’s surface is perfectly flat - so much so that it appears almost polished and reflects your lantern's light. It fits within the accompanying stone door frame so accurately that the crack between the two is barely perceptible.

The ogre mouths were carved by a competent stonemason. This door has been produced by a master stonemason.
GeneCortess says:
Swan whispers, "Lets go the other way as this door is too difficult to open fast."
On the contrary. Stonehell’s usual doors are difficult to open because they are not particularly well made and the timbers have warped over the years. This door is so well crafted and engineered that it looks like it will open very smoothly and easily.

---
Day 2, 10:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 17, 2024 6:42 pm
Swan says, "On the other hand that door is rather crafted well. It may open easy an allow us a surprise attack. Let try it." With change of mind Swan is going to try to open door and rush in to surprise whoever is talking on the other side.
Feb 18, 2024 10:35 am
Architectural Wonder
Swan pushes firmly against the stone door and it does indeed open smoothly and silently.

Beyond is a rectangular chamber. Within it are five dwarves. One of the dwarves, a particularly stout fellow with a long braided beard and a balding head of red hair, is deep in concentration, scribing on a parchment. The other four dwarves, all equipped with warhammers and shields, are chatting idly amongst themselves. All five dwarves are wearing chainmail armour.

The focus of the older dwarf’s attention is the room’s stonework. The walls are carved with exquisitely detailed images of dwarven gods, whilst the floor is adorned with intricate patterns. Like the door, the masonry within the room is of the highest craftsmanship.

Mapping information: rectangular room, 20’ x 30’. The door that Swan has just opened is in the northern section of the western wall. There is a further exit, which heads west, in the southern section of the western wall.

---
Day 2, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Check the dwarves for surprise - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Feb 18, 2024 10:36 am
The dwarves are surprised by Swan's sudden appearance ... the older dwarf is too engrossed in his studies of the stonework, whilst his chatting companions have let their guard down.
Feb 18, 2024 11:28 am
Lanhkmer thinks if such a direct approach was the best option, but anyway there they are.
"well, salute to you all, Master Dwarves"
Feb 18, 2024 5:15 pm
Swan is caught but the situation says abruptly, "Wow. That door does open easily." and gives up her surprise.
Last edited February 18, 2024 5:16 pm
Feb 19, 2024 3:02 am
Ricard also relaxes his stance upon entry, the dwarves not seeming particularly threatening to him. He nods a short greeting but lets Lanhkmer and Swan do the talking.
Feb 19, 2024 6:11 pm
Architectural Wonder
I’ll make a reaction check for the dwarves. Lanhkmer's courteous introduction negates Swan’s rather rude interruption, so there’s no situational modifier to the roll. And Lanhkmer has no Charisma modifier.

---
Day 2, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Dwarves reaction - (2d6)

(55) = 10

Feb 19, 2024 6:21 pm
Architectural Wonder
The four dwarf guards look rather embarrassed at being caught unawares, but quickly form a protective arc around their scholarly colleague.

The dwarf inspecting the stonework barely acknowledges your arrival. He glances up briefly from his work, peering at Lanhkmer over a pair of wire-rimmed eyeglasses that are perched on the end of his nose, grunts, and then returns to his studies. "Quite remarkable …," he mutters to himself under his breath, as he transcribes an image from the wall onto a piece of parchment.

---
Day 2, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 19, 2024 6:37 pm
Swan asks, "Would you take it kindly to let us pass through and enjoy your artwork."
Feb 19, 2024 7:35 pm
"It really is beautiful, " Fenwick comments, eyes skimming the walls. "I'm afraid I don't know enough of the theology, what's depicted here?"
Feb 20, 2024 10:53 am
MinMin says:
"It really is beautiful, " Fenwick comments, eyes skimming the walls. "I'm afraid I don't know enough of the theology, what's depicted here?"
"Yes Master Dwarves, we'd gladly learn something from you about this place and those fine stoneworks"

OOC: my charisma is just 10, but someone who's better than me can try to gather better info from them
Feb 20, 2024 5:56 pm
Architectural Wonder
The dwarf brightens at the interest of Fenwick and Lanhkmer in the focus of his study. Gesturing at the particular scene on the wall that he is meticulously copying he explains "Here we see Grimbeard Cragheart, the Dwarven God of Obstinacy, stoically defending the Great Forge from a horde of filthy elves"

With a sideways glance at Fenwick, his explanation tails off. "Ahem … well … different times of course. Nevertheless, you have to admire the craftsmanship. It rivals anything you’ll find in Khaz'Adraghim. How it came to be here is something of a mystery. Was it carved by dwarven inmates long ago? Or does it even predate Stonehell?"

---
Day 2, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 20, 2024 6:03 pm
Swan asks, "Would you have a token of your workmanship to show others your fine work. This isn't to sell but to show." Appears that Swan is taking in some interest in the dwarven works.
Feb 20, 2024 6:07 pm
Fenwick appears to take no offense, though she self-consciously brushes a bit of dust from the dungeon from a strap on her breastplate before stopping herself.

"Ah, that is what I was going to ask-- would a prisoner have been able to carve it? Seems like they would have found him other work to do---unless it came before or after the prison was in use. But your people would know if there had been some Dwarven settlement here, wouldn't they?"
Feb 20, 2024 11:51 pm
"Seems awfully close to the entrance to pre-date the prison," says Ricard lowly,

"But what would I know? Have you been further in?"
Feb 21, 2024 4:17 pm
Architectural Wonder
GeneCortess says:
Swan asks, "Would you have a token of your workmanship to show others your fine work. This isn't to sell but to show."
"Oh, miss, you misunderstand. This is not my work. I am but a humble scholar, a keeper of records. This stonework is centuries old."
MinMin says:
"Ah, that is what I was going to ask-- would a prisoner have been able to carve it? Seems like they would have found him other work to do---unless it came before or after the prison was in use. But your people would know if there had been some Dwarven settlement here, wouldn't they?"
"Sadly, reliable records from Stonehell’s time as a prison are scarce. Many unfortunates went in, few came out, and even fewer came out sane. I think the most likely explanation is that the work was done by dwarven inmates. But how, and why, is a mystery I have yet to get to the bottom of."
dominion451 says:
Have you been further in?"
"Not much further. At least not further down. I’ve heard rumours of other such stonework elsewhere in the dungeon. If you find any, I’d be very grateful if you could direct me to them. Naturally, I’d reimburse you for your efforts."

---
Day 2, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 21, 2024 8:11 pm
"Not much further. At least not further down. I’ve heard rumours of other such stonework elsewhere in the dungeon. If you find any, I’d be very grateful if you could direct me to them. Naturally, I’d reimburse you for your efforts."

" well... I think all of the presents would be happy to assist your researches if we happen to stumble upon more fine stoneworks on our exploration, which brings me to the question... are you stopping here or would you consider joining us in these deeps??
Feb 22, 2024 4:23 am
I, for one, would be more than happy to share the whereabouts of any other masterpieces. If course, this place is filled with dangerous threats. Finding stonework like this will be life threatening. I am sure you have taken that danger into account in the size of your reward. How much are you planning to pay for directions? I will even provide mapped directions.

Tiberious pulls out the parchment where he's tracked their progress so far. Have you seen beyond these rooms? We have come across a couple of traps that have thinned our group. Have you seen other such traps elsewhere in these halls?
Feb 22, 2024 5:10 am
"It is magnificent!" Gabbro says politely, pretending to admire the beautiful murals of dwarves killing elves. His past experience has led him to be leery of monoracial groups, be it all elves, all dwarves, all humans, or <shudder> all halflings. But he's reassured at the relatively polite welcome they've received. "May I ask if you've already explored beyond that door?" he asks, pointing to the southwest door. "We'd love to know what's behind it. If you haven't been that way, we can explore it and come back here to tell you all about it. I imagine your work capturing all the details of the craft on display here will keep you occupied for some time..."
OOC:
Is the door to the southwest also so exquisitely made as the one we came through to the northwest?
Last edited February 22, 2024 5:13 am
Feb 22, 2024 5:39 am
Swan has moved near the door quietly. And stands there awaiting to hear.
Feb 22, 2024 1:56 pm
Architectural Wonder
The dwarf takes Tiberious’ parchment, pushes his eyeglasses up his nose, and studies the map.

"Hmmm … well, you’ve explored further west than we have. But if you head south from here and then turn east at the forest room, you’ll reach Kobold Korners. That’s where we’ve been staying. It’s pretty squalid, but the food and board are cheap and there seems to be a general acceptance amongst Stonehell’s denizens that it’s a neutral zone. If you do find any interesting stonework elsewhere in the dungeon, that’s the best place to find us if we’re not here. I’ll pay one hundred gold for each example of Dwarven stonework that you find. And we make no claim on any treasure provided that it’s not of Dwarven origin."

Turning to Lahnkmer: "Our studies keep us here for now, but we’ll gladly accompany you if you find any of our stonework elsewhere in the dungeon."

Pointing to the southeast section of this room: "Oh, and we discovered a secret door over there. I wouldn’t go through it though - the place seems to be teeming with orcs."

Mapping information: sorry, I wasn’t clear previously - there’s no door at the southwest exit. It’s just a corridor that runs west for 20’ before reaching a corner section and turning south. The secret door is in the southern section of the eastern wall.

---
Day 2, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 22, 2024 2:04 pm
Swan moves to do down the sw corridor. She deems there is no more knowledge to be gained here. She looks on to where we are going next. She likes to get some more exploring in before lunch. "Forward we go."
Last edited February 22, 2024 2:07 pm
Feb 22, 2024 6:20 pm
Ricard resumes his position and makes ready to leave.

"Kobold corner huh? Seems like something we should check out."
Feb 22, 2024 6:34 pm
"Thank you for your guidance," Fenwick tells the Dwarves. "And best of luck with your studies. We will be sure to check in later and tell you of any other works we discover."

She follows after Swan and Ricard.
Last edited February 22, 2024 6:35 pm
Feb 22, 2024 7:30 pm
Swan agrees with Ricard, "That was my thoughts too. Possible supplies there as well. Those orcs might be trouble."
Feb 22, 2024 8:03 pm
Lanhkmer rolls his hand over his head mimicking grateful and respectful greetings to the dwarves.
"your knowledge has helped us all, farewell..."

To the fellows adventurers "lead the way!"
Feb 23, 2024 6:11 am
Tiberious nods in agreement. We can probably gather a lot of information at Kobold Korners. I agree that would be a great place to make our next stop.
Feb 23, 2024 8:54 am
Swan and Ricard lead The Hellions out of the southwestern exit from the dwarves’ room. The passage continues west for 20’ before arriving at a corner section and turning south. After a further 20’ you arrive at a crossroads.

To the east: a 10’ corridor opens out into a chamber that is being used as a trash heap. There’s a chittering noise coming from within, as well as an obnoxious smell of dung and decay.

To the west: a 20’ corridor opens out into a larger area that extends beyond the range of your lantern’s light. From what you can see, the floor is covered with dust and loose rubble.

To the south: the passage continues for 20’ before arriving at another crossroads.

---
Day 2, 10:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Feb 23, 2024 2:32 pm
Always have some passages behind us. Just the way it is. "Keep going this way. Looks to be the best way to Korners." Swan continues south.
Feb 23, 2024 4:17 pm
"The dwarf said to turn east as the forest room, right? Whatever that is, doesn't look like any of these. So we keep going south."
Feb 24, 2024 2:02 am
As long as someone's still probing the floor ahead with a spear, Gabbro is happy to continue south to the second intersection.
OOC:
I gasped with a little bit of anxiety when I read how far we came without explicitly checking for traps...!
Feb 24, 2024 8:42 am
Lanhkmer volunteers to be that scouting one, but he has no pole or spears with him
Feb 24, 2024 9:50 am
spaceseeker19 says:
OOC:
I gasped with a little bit of anxiety when I read how far we came without explicitly checking for traps...!
Don't worry - as long as Ricard is at the front of the marching order (which he is) and has his spear equipped (which he does) I'll assume he is routinely probing ahead, looking for traps, and make any rolls accordingly.

If that situation changes, please let me know.
Feb 24, 2024 10:25 am
You continue cautiously south for 20’ and arrive at the second crossroads. The passageways to the east, south and west all stretch into the darkness beyond the range of your lantern’s light.

---
Day 2, 10:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 24, 2024 2:32 pm
Swan looks over the crossing and continues forward. (Drive the mappers out of paper.)
Feb 24, 2024 4:10 pm
OOC:
I bought some pretty big graph paper.
The dwarves said to turn east at the forest room. I think our best bet it to continue south ... at least until we run into a room with a forest underground. He raises an eyebrow at this thought. I did not realize until now how strange that sounds. A forest, growing underground.
Feb 24, 2024 9:20 pm
"Yeah, I was wondering the same thing and if it'll be a traditional forest or something more ominous. But it seems like it may be the 'visitor's area'- where we can set up camp with the kobolds instead of leaving every time we find something."
Last edited February 25, 2024 12:31 pm
Feb 24, 2024 10:33 pm
That option of setting up a camp is inviting Fenwick (MinMin).
Feb 25, 2024 9:18 am
The passageway south continues for 40’ before arriving at a third crossroads.

To the east: a corridor extends beyond the range of your lantern’s light, although you can see a door in the northern wall 30’ ahead. At the start of the corridor, a message is scrawled on the wall:

Open Sore Tribe - Keep Out!

To the south: the corridor continues for 10’ before reaching a corner section and turning to the west.

To the west: a corridor extends beyond the range of your lantern’s light. You can hear the sounds of dripping water and activity coming from the darkness beyond.

You pause to take your hourly rest (unless you tell me otherwise).

---
Day 2, 10:50 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 25, 2024 10:45 am
Swan says, "I hear water. Lets go that way and gets some water and take short break. East probably heads into the Orcs." Swan motions to go west.
Last edited February 25, 2024 10:46 am
Feb 26, 2024 2:06 pm
Ricard agrees the water sounds promising and moves to head West with Swan, testing the floor all the long.
Feb 26, 2024 2:18 pm
Fenwick finds herself a bit confused as she doesn't see anything here that matches with the dwarves' description, but the passage no longer continues south and to the east where they were supposed to turn it doesn't look welcoming and the sign implies it's not a neutral zone. Have they gone too far, did one of those dark rooms they passed contain a forest?

Regardless, Swan's suggestion that they refresh their water and get their bearings sounds like a good one. She follows the party, also tapping the butte of her spear on the ground as she walks
Last edited February 26, 2024 2:19 pm
Feb 26, 2024 4:30 pm
You head west from the third crossroads. After 40’, you reach a corner section at which the dungeon construction changes from one of worked stone to natural cave. Directly ahead of you, to the north, the route opens out into a larger cavern. You can’t see its full extent from your current position, but you’ve arrived at the easternmost section of the southern wall, and it appears to be roughly 20’ wide in the north-south direction.

It is from this cave that the sound of dripping water is emanating. The cavern is generally damp and bedecked with stalactites and stalagmites. Unusually, the stone has a definite blue tint to it.

From the west, but not yet in view, you hear the sounds of a sizable group approaching. They are not making any attempt at being stealthy, and are conversing in a language that none of you understand.

---
Day 2, 11:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Feb 26, 2024 4:40 pm
Swan says as she backs up to the good stonework, "We can't hide well. Let's fall back to good stonework. Perhaps they will go away." Hopefully they will not see our light as they must be using infravision.

She adds on, "If we go back to the previous crossing and go west on it. We might be coming up on their backside. If not, then we find a spot to rest a bit."

Gotta love mappers.
Last edited February 26, 2024 4:46 pm
Feb 26, 2024 4:48 pm
OOC:
Clarifying for maps: we're in a little eastern offshoot (20' north-south) of a larger cavern that extends beyond the reach of our vision but we can see opens out to the north? Approximately how far away from this entrance does the northern wall disappear: 10, 20, 30'?

Now a practical question: are the blue stalagmites tall and numerous enough that our view of humanoids could be obscured even if they approach within the range of our torchlight? Also, are individual stalagmites tall enough for a PC to hide behind?
Feb 26, 2024 5:44 pm
Yeah, sorry, the layout wasn't easy to describe, but your map should look something like this (sorry for the blurry photo!):

https://i.imgur.com/to6tZ69.jpeg

You're currently in the small cave-like section at the end of the western corridor.

And, no, the stalagmites/tites aren't really big enough to conceal anyone.
Feb 26, 2024 7:36 pm
"If we have to hide we must leave all right now, we don't know with whom we're dealing yet, and probably trying to hide ourselves here won't work"
Last edited February 26, 2024 7:37 pm
Feb 26, 2024 10:13 pm
"Yes, hurry. Lets do as Swan suggests, go back to the north/south corridor, and retreat slightly north in hopes they'll pass us by--I don't think these are kobolds."
Feb 26, 2024 10:22 pm
Swan says as we are moving, "Doing all these turns should loose them and give us a safe spot for a bit."

Swan is going back to the 3rd intersection and then proceeding north to the 2cn intersection and then making a left going west about 30' in if possible, to shelter out our light from hitting the second intersection making us harder to follow. I suggest no checking for traps on the way as we need to move fast to lose who ever might be following us. Besides most of the way we have already checked for traps.

Hopefully the way we move to is clear and safe. Or at least something we can deal with. Korner would be nice but not happening. Going eastward probably heads into Orc country.

And WOOT. More mapping!

By the way is there a spot that tells us how many EXP we have each and how many to next level. I just feel the need. :) Avoiding combats give some exp too? Don't they? It is solving the combat situation. I have heard it is only half the full exp but better than nothing.
Last edited February 26, 2024 10:36 pm
Feb 27, 2024 4:31 pm
You retreat quickly to the second intersection and then proceed 30’ due west before halting. A further 30’ to the west (i.e. 60’ from the intersection) you can now see a side passage leading off to the north.

From the noise that they are creating, it seems that the group that was approaching you through the Blue Cave heads east along the Open Sore Tribe corridor.

---
Day 2, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 27, 2024 7:13 pm
"I say we wait to be sure they've passed and go all the way south past the corridor they came from to where the passage turns and see if it keeps heading further south." whispers Fenwick.
Feb 27, 2024 9:33 pm
(Game wise we have a 10 minute break right here) Can do that in the middle or so of this 60' corridor.

After rest, "We can take a looksie further down this passageway while we are here before we head south again looking for Korner." Take the turn and head north.
Feb 28, 2024 4:09 pm
You already took your hourly rest @ 10.50.

So, we have one suggestion for returning to the third intersection and heading south. And another for continuing west down this corridor to investigate the passageway heading north.

What's the group decision?


---
Day 2, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 28, 2024 4:22 pm
OOC:
Okay. I didn't get that we spent 10 minutes someplace earlier. All cool.
Swan would just like to continue the way we are moving right now as we left the unknown others behind. It hasn't been very long so, going back eastward might well run into them (our neighborhood orcs are her thoughts there.) is her thoughts. She doesn't care to let them know we are around just yet. Gotta love new mapping.

Also, may well head us to the other side of that portcullis room area.
Last edited February 28, 2024 4:28 pm
Feb 28, 2024 9:03 pm
GeneCortess says:


Swan would just like to continue the way we are moving right now as we left the unknown others behind.

Also, may well head us to the other side of that portcullis room area.
Gabbro likes that idea; we originally went into the Dwarven Art room with the idea of finding a way to go west and get behind the portcullis...

"Let's just take a look at that passage over there" (pointing west) "and see where it goes."
OOC:
Mapping question: does "side passage" mean that this corridor continues west past the northern opening, too, or can we not see that far yet?
Last edited February 28, 2024 9:10 pm
Feb 29, 2024 5:32 am
OOC:
Tiberious would prefer to continue looking for the Forest Room, but is fine to follow this passage (north?) to see where it leads.
Feb 29, 2024 3:56 pm
OOC:
no preference
Feb 29, 2024 4:20 pm
You proceed west for a further 30’ to investigate the passage that branches to the north. However, you find that this side passage only extends for 20’ before terminating at a dead end. From your position in the main corridor, you can see that the wall at the end of the northern passage has a glyph carved into it. Gabbro, Fenwick and Tiberious suspect that the symbol might be magical, but it is not familiar to them and they have no idea as to its intended meaning or purpose.

To the west, the corridor you’ve been following from the second crossroads continues for a further 10’ before opening out into a doorless chamber, the floor of which is littered with broken statues.

---
Day 2, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Feb 29, 2024 4:48 pm
Swan will step in the room with the broken statues to investigate it. What were the statues of before they were broken?
Feb 29, 2024 6:50 pm
Lanhkmer is fascinated by the glyph itself, taking all the time required, he actively looks for traps and also for secret doors in the sorroundings of the Glyph.
"Not a dwarven masonry masterpiece, but maybe they (dwarves) will appreciate the infromation about this too"
Last edited February 29, 2024 6:51 pm
Feb 29, 2024 7:04 pm
Swan says while there, "I don't know but it surely ended our movement that way."
Mar 1, 2024 8:38 pm
Gabbro follows Swan into the western room with the broken statues, uneasy about the possibility of a glyph being a trap. ::Then again:: he thinks, ::Lanhkmer could be right about the dwarves' interest...You're just being paranoid. None of the other traps have been set up in dead-end side passages like that; they want traps to be in the trafficked areas...::
Mar 2, 2024 2:27 am
As Swan investigates the statue room, Ricard stands watch near Lanhkmer as he examines the sigil.
Mar 2, 2024 9:52 am
Lanhkmer - as part of your search are you planning to touch the glyph, or are you only going to search around it?

Meanwhile, Swan and Gabbro head into the room with the smashed statues. Various low plinths with only feet, ankles and lower legs remaining are arranged around the chamber. The other remnants of the statues are scattered on the floor - a collection of broken limbs, torsos and heads. The statues are a mixed collection, mainly humans, with the odd dwarf and elf, male and female. None of the figures depicted are recognisable to you.

Mapping information for the Smashed Gallery: rectangular room, 20’ x 50’. Swan and Gabbro enter through the eastern wall, 10’ north of the southern wall. There’s a doorless exit directly opposite through which a passageway continues west for 20’ before a flight of steps heads downwards.

---
Day 2, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Mar 2, 2024 9:58 am
As he checks for traps, Lanhkmer finds something!

In the first 10’ section of the short northerly corridor, the thief notices a pressure plate on the floor and several small holes in the wall to his left and right.

Now that he has noticed the pressure plate, it is easy for him to stride over it. Will he continue towards the far wall with the glyph in order to inspect it?

---
Day 2, 11:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 2, 2024 6:30 pm
"Here... don't step on this plate if you don't want to get holed from both sides" the rogue point at the plate on the floor, then at both sides of the wall where the the small holes suggest darts of some sort will be shot out if one is not too cautious.

"now, what do we do about this glyph? D'ya think it will be too much daring to touch it?"

OOC to DM: it's hard for me to resist from touching the glyph, but I'm also concerned of any eldricht danger of course...I'm thinking about it
Last edited March 2, 2024 6:33 pm
Mar 2, 2024 7:15 pm
Fenwick follows Lanhkmer and Ricard toward the glyph, careful to step around the trap as instructed.

"I really want to touch it," she says, her hand drifting idly toward the glyph as she talks until she catches herself and hastily snatches it back. "But I don't think we should. I can't read it or sense its type of magic--but logically, just based on its placement, if I were going to put a big flashy magical sigil in a dead-end hallway, it'd do something like serve as a lock or a gateway that opens for the right people and punishes the wrong ones."

She shrugs. "I'm totally making that up though, and I'm really curious. But probably our best bet is to just ask someone if they know what it does, since it's a pretty obvious landmark. Like if we ever find those kobolds that live around here."
Last edited March 2, 2024 7:15 pm
Mar 2, 2024 7:18 pm
As the others consider what to do, Fenwick pulls a pen from her pack and makes a careful copy of the design on a piece of parchment.
Mar 2, 2024 7:21 pm
"For what it's worth, I wouldn't touch it."

Ricard offers his two copper's worth of advice and then steps a pace away from the mouth of the corridor Lanhkmer is working in.
Mar 2, 2024 7:57 pm
Swan stands patiently awaiting the investigation of the glyph and such before she headed off to the broken statue room.
Mar 2, 2024 11:04 pm
Tiberious makes his way around the trap and takes a look at the glyph. It could be a protection glyph. I have heard of wizards using them to keep people out.

He turns and looks back down the hall. The trap would stop those making their way towards this wall. Would they set a protective glyph on the wall as well? I would hazard a guess that what ever is behind this wall is quite valuable to someone.

Tiberious inspects his map. the room of dust and rubble could butt up against whatever is behind here. The room of broken statues may also do the same. I recommend we look for secret doors in those rooms.
Mar 3, 2024 7:32 am
Hearing Lanhkmer mention the trap, Gabbro nods to himself. ::Ah, of course. The glyph isn't the trap; it's the lure to draw people into the trap. That explains why it wouldn't be in a highly-trafficked area.:: Confident that they'll be done with the trap in moments, Gabbro turns back to the room of broken statues...and the stairs!

Gabbro comments to Swan: "Well, this looks like a better way down to level 2 than the well, huh?" He grins, and then examines the floor to see if there's any sign that people come through here frequently, like any path cleared in the rubble and dust. "I wonder if this is the way to the acolytes' quarters..."
Mar 3, 2024 11:34 am
Being careful not to touch the glyph, Lanhkmer searches the wall around it (this takes 1 turn). He finds nothing.

Gabbro - the path to and from the stairs seems reasonably well travelled - at least as well as any other corridor in the dungeon you’ve encountered so far.

Mapping information for the stairs - without actually descending them, you can see that they travel down westwards for 10’ before arriving at a flat (no stairs) corner section. They then continue down in a northerly direction for 10’ before descending into the depths below.

---
Day 2, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Lanhkmer searching the glyph wall - (1d6)

Secret Roll

Mar 3, 2024 11:43 am
As Gabbro surveys the stairs, he hears rattling and clanking sounds echoing from below. The noises are getting louder, so whatever is creating them is ascending the steps!

---
Day 2, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 3, 2024 3:37 pm
Swan says, "Nice that we don't have to do the well now. I was thinking we go deep south to try to find the Korner or check out the rubble room to see if there is a way to bypass the portcullis? Might be some treasure more on the other side of the portcullis."
Mar 3, 2024 4:32 pm
Tiberious searches the wall of the room with the broken statues. He focuses on the northernmost section of the eastern wall.
Mar 3, 2024 5:24 pm
Fenwick completes her sketch of the glyph and carefully moves over to the statue room besides Gabbro.
Mar 4, 2024 12:46 am
"Nice line work," Gabbro whispers to Fenwick, admiring her artwork, then adds, a little louder to include Swan, too: "How badly do you think it would mess up whatever's coming up the stairs if we rolled some big stone heads on 'em?" He looks meaningfully at the some of the larger bits of broken statuary.
Last edited March 4, 2024 12:47 am
Mar 4, 2024 12:55 am
Swan replies back, "I would rather not try to set a trap there. We do plan to use it ourselves. Let's just check out that rubble room fast to see if it goes on behind the portcullis room."

Swan leads off to head to the rubble room.
Mar 4, 2024 1:07 am
"It's not a trap...!" Gabbro whispers at Swan's retreating back, but when he realizes she's already walked out of earshot, he then turns to continue with Fenwick, "We get ready to roll some heads on 'em now, if they're enemies, or we flee. What do you think?" He gets a sly look on his face. "They might be kobolds!"
Last edited March 4, 2024 1:08 am
Mar 4, 2024 1:09 am
"If we're not going to run now, we should hold here," Fenwick whispers to those nearby, figuring if she can hear others coming, they can also be heard. She points down the steps with her spear. "If we control the landing we can spread out while they'll be in each other's way coming up the stair."
Mar 4, 2024 12:12 pm
or we could carefully get all closer to the glyph, if those noises are made by any threath, the trap could be our ally when they get closer and step on the plate"
Mar 4, 2024 3:41 pm
McButterpants says:
Tiberious searches the wall of the room with the broken statues. He focuses on the northernmost section of the eastern wall.
I’ll assume that Tiberious performs his search at the same time that Lanhkmer is searching the wall with the glyph so that it doesn’t take an additional turn.

Unfortunately, Tiberious finds nothing; the wall appears solid.

The rattling noises continue to get louder until, from around the corner at the bottom of the first flight of steps, 30’ ahead of you, an animated skeleton clad in tattered clothing and wielding a rusty short sword appears out of the gloom. A second and third quickly appear behind it, and it sounds like there are even more still ascending from below.

Your current positions are as follows, as best as I can ascertain them from your most recent posts:

- Gabbro and Fenwick are just beyond the westerly exit from the Smashed Chamber, gazing down at the skeletons.

- Swan and Tiberious are in the Smashed Chamber.

- Lanhkmer is in the short northerly passage having just completed his search of the far wall, with Ricard watching on.

What do you do? The skeletons move more slowly than you and you’re not going to be surprised given the noise they have made. So you still have a chance to escape if you move immediately. Otherwise, we’ll be rolling for initiative.

Rolls

Tiberious searching the wall in the Smashed Gallery - (1d6)

Mar 4, 2024 5:08 pm
Fenwick will take Lanhkmer's advice ans retreat behind the trap into the glyph room hoping they won't follow. She tugs at Gabbro's arm as she passes.
"Come on, there's too many to take by ourselves."
Mar 4, 2024 6:25 pm
OOC:
are the stairs such that the skeletons would have to ascend single file?
Mar 4, 2024 6:59 pm
"...given the absence of men of faith, fighters...we're in your hands!"

Lanhkmer retreats as close as possible to the cul de sac where the glyph is placed, unsheating his short sword and hoping he will not have to use it.
" worst case scenario, let's lure them to the trap"
Last edited March 4, 2024 6:59 pm
Mar 4, 2024 7:10 pm
Undead skeleton, great she thinks and the reason she brought a warhammer. She would rather have attacked them with our favor and not on the run which is what is going to happen here. She also knows she can't outrun them probably so losing then in the maze of passage is best. Just like she did early with the Orcs.

"Run to the foyer where we can escape if needed. Don't let them trap you." she suggests as she is changing out her handaxe for a warhammer.
Mar 4, 2024 8:04 pm
dominion451 says:
OOC:
are the stairs such that the skeletons would have to ascend single file?
No, just like you in a 10' wide corridor, they can move two abreast.
Mar 4, 2024 8:22 pm
Ricard sees Swan prepare to run and gets ready as well.

"Lanhkmer, we gotta go" he whispers to the thief...
Last edited March 4, 2024 8:22 pm
Mar 5, 2024 2:01 am
Tiberious turns away from the wall in disappointment. If there is a passage from here, I do not see it. This wall looks solid ...

He turns and notices that something is climbing the stairs. He realizes that they are skeletons - long dead bodies clothed in tattered, rotten clothing. The bleached bones gleaming in the lantern light. MOVE! We need to get out of here! He rushes for the eastern hall, but hesitates long enough to grab a broken statue piece and throws it at the creatures ascending the stairs.
OOC:
I have no idea what you would consider the damage on this improvised weapon, but I'll roll a Missile Attack
OOC:
edit: HAHAHAHA ... this is why Tiberious runs
Last edited March 5, 2024 2:02 am

Rolls

Missile Attack (Statue Piece) - (1d20)

(5) = 5

Mar 5, 2024 3:01 am
With the others fleeing as she approaches the glyph room, Fenwick changes her heading and follows after.
Mar 5, 2024 4:41 am
As soon as the skeletons appear, Gabbro tosses a stone head down the stairs and then, seeing everyone else fleeing, runs after the rest of the party, grumbling. "We'll never get a better tactical situation than this one..."
OOC:
No idea if you want to treat bowling as a missile weapon, but here's a roll in case you do.

Rolls

Bowling for skeletons - (1d20+1)

(10) + 1 = 11

Mar 5, 2024 6:09 pm
Gabbro’s and Tiberious’ makeshift attacks do little to halt the mechanical advance of the skeletons - eight in total - as they rattle their way up the stairs.

Deciding that discretion is the better part of valour, the Hellions beat a hasty retreat east, comfortably outpacing the advancing undead.

You soon arrive back at the second intersection … what’s the plan?

---
Day 2, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 5, 2024 7:25 pm
"I still say we head south and around that corner we stopped at; of course, I usually have terrible ideas!"
Mar 5, 2024 7:43 pm
Lanhkmer follows the others as the noise of the "visitors" becomes louder

OOC: if we are at the intersection east of the glyph area I'd say let's get back to the dwarves area, it's too dangerous to continue further east, we don't know what's in there
Mar 5, 2024 10:08 pm
Swan says as we hit the second intersection, "Undead tend to follow hard. Let's get to the foyer so we have an escape if they are still coming. Last thing you want is to get boxed in. Swan will continue up to the foyer to listen and see if they are still coming. She still has her warhammer for skeleton business handy.
Last edited March 5, 2024 10:09 pm
Mar 6, 2024 5:23 am
OOC:
Going all the way back to the foyer is a lot of distance. It also puts us far away from where we said we were going. I agree with Fenwick. We should head south and check the area beyond the corner.
Mar 6, 2024 4:06 pm
OK … so we have two votes for heading north and two votes for heading south. Any advance?

Would a more informal and immediate communication channel such as Discord assist with this sort of decision-making? For when you need to reach a consensus on conflicting viewpoints. Or would you prefer to keep everything consolidated here at Gamers Plane?


---
Day 2, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 6, 2024 5:43 pm
"I'm more thinking we go with Fenwick's route or back to the dwarves so we can ask directions to the forest room."
Mar 6, 2024 10:10 pm
OOC:
I'd be fine consolidating here, since I'm probably not going to respond any faster on Discord during the day etc. And also feel free to just move on without my vote once you have a majority--Fenwick will make suggestions but will generally go with the group rather then trying to change their mind once it's made up. Here she happens to agree exactly with what Ricard proposed though-- south or to the dwarves to re-compare maps.
Mar 7, 2024 12:53 am
"Back to the dwarves it is, then!" Gabbro points north, then says apologetically to the other elf, "I want to go south, too, but it's the same distance to go to the Dwarven art gallery, and somewhat less likely that we'll run into hostile things coming at us from the other side. Let's see which way the skeletons go, then we'll deal with them or check out the south passage after they've passed."
Mar 7, 2024 1:14 am
"I'm fine with that. Either I misunderstood their directions, or they have a weird definition of a short walk south. And you never know, maybe they'll be interested in this glyph we found."
Mar 7, 2024 3:47 am
OOC:
Tiberious is happy to go back to the dwarves and get directions.
Mar 7, 2024 5:21 am
Swan just says, "Let's go."
Mar 7, 2024 5:14 pm
"back to the Dwarves looks like our best option, otherwise be ready to crush those bones" Lanhkmer invitiation adresses to the fighters
Mar 7, 2024 5:58 pm
You retrace your steps north, back to the dwarves and their architectural wonder. As far as you can tell, the skeletons do not pursue you. Certainly, anxious glances over your shoulders don’t bring any sight of them.

It’s been nearly an hour since you left the dwarves, but not a lot has changed. The older dwarf is still squinting at the stonework and scribing on his parchment. His guards continue to watch over him and are noticeably more alert than they were for your first arrival.

---
Day 2, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 7, 2024 6:54 pm
Fenwick waits politely until the older dwarf pauses in his studies so as not to interrupt.

"Hello again, we've done some brief exploration and we found this symbol worked into one of the walls fairly nearby. It didn't strike me as Dwarven, but I was curious if it would be of interest to you or if you may be familiar with its meaning since I was unable to interpret it?"

She shows him her sketch of the glyph.
Mar 8, 2024 4:07 pm
"Pfff …," snorts the dwarf in derision. "Amateur work. Look at all those swirls and curves. Not a single decent straight line or sharp corner among them. You’re right, it’s not Dwarven. It looks like something your lot might have done. Probably something to do with trees, or plants, or such like."

---
Day 2, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 8, 2024 7:58 pm
"I hate trees, they think they're so damn tall. Always lookin' down on us."

Ricard let's his mind drift for a moment to his mistrust of all things arboreal before coming back to his point.

"Must be why we can't find that forest room you mentioned. Hate to bother but can I ask how exactly to get there from here?"
Mar 9, 2024 1:10 pm
The dwarf plucks the map from Gabbro’s hand, adjusts his eyeglasses, turns the map the right way round, and studies it. He then jabs his finger repeatedly at the depiction of the third intersection. "There!" he exclaims, "I told you south and east, and you headed west! What on earth did you expect to find?". He turns to his comrades, who all tut and shake their heads in despair.

Placing the map against the wall for support, he continues. "Now, we went that way," he says, pointing to the corridor marked as "Open Sore". "That’ll take you directly to the forest room. Or, I think you can also head south from the intersection before turning east. It’s just that there are more portcullises on that route."

He rolls up the map and, quite firmly, hands it back to Gabbro as if passing a relay baton.

---
Day 2, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 9, 2024 4:03 pm
"Nobody knows direction underground so well as a dwarf, we're grateful to ya."
Mar 10, 2024 12:19 am
" and thanks again Master Dwarves..." Lanhkmer shows his appreciation to the short folks, then looks at the fellows adventurers " we should move without hesitation now"
Last edited March 10, 2024 12:19 am
Mar 10, 2024 3:19 pm
Open Sore? That sign said to keep out. I guess we cannot believe everything we see or hear. We should head that way. I am certain we will find out some more information about this place. Rumors flow with wine and ale. Tiberious says with a smile and shakes his wine flask.
Last edited March 10, 2024 3:20 pm
Mar 10, 2024 4:08 pm
"Yeah, we didn't get the sense that the Open Sore tribe would be friendly, they don't exactly sound like they'd be... pleasant to encounter. But it' s safe to pass that way?" Fenwick asks, before suddenly being struck by something else they said. "Who controls the portcullises? Can people go the other route if they have someone's favor?"
Mar 11, 2024 4:05 pm
"The ‘Open Sore’ are a tribe of orcs apparently. Never bothered us though. But then they wouldn’t would they? They're not stupid enough to try it on with dwarves."

His gaze lingers on you for a while. "Hmmm, well, I’m sure you’ll be fine."

He continues: "I don’t think the portcullises are controlled. I assume they’re a legacy from Stonehell’s days as a prison. It’s just that their mechanisms are broken and they no longer stay open. You can lift them if you’re strong enough, or there are enough of you. Just a bit of an inconvenience."

---
Day 2, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 11, 2024 8:20 pm
well again thanks, Master Dwarves..."

then addressing to his fellow adventurers :
"I don't know if trying to deal with an orcs tribe would be a clever move, unless we'll present ourselves with some sort of gift or similar, then again their reaction would be unpredictable, and maybe going to find a work around for the porticullises sounds like a better plan, if you ask me..."
Last edited March 11, 2024 8:21 pm
Mar 11, 2024 8:51 pm
"I'm still inclined to find the forest room and the safe area managed by the kobolds beyond-- if most visitors to the prison stay there then this orc tribe can't be too dangerous and I believe we'd only be passing by the edge of their territory, not entering it, right?"
Mar 12, 2024 12:10 am
"I guess we will find out, we have to find that trade post one way or the other."

With a half bow to the dwarves, Ricard makes ready to leave.
Mar 12, 2024 12:16 am
Swan is waiting at the doorway quietly.
Mar 12, 2024 12:39 am
Then it is agreed. To the Forest Room. Tiberious says. The Orc tribe could be a problem. We could take the safer route and continue south. I am sure that all of us can work together to raise the portcullises.
Mar 12, 2024 4:36 pm
Having clarified the dwarf’s directions, you head back south to the third intersection.

Are you now going to head east, along the corridor marked "Open Sore Tribe - Keep Out!"? Or continue south towards where there are apparently more portcullises to navigate? Or are you going to do something else?

---
Day 2, 11:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Mar 12, 2024 5:31 pm
OOC:
East I believe
Mar 13, 2024 2:24 am
As the party heads back south, at a leisurely pace to make sure we don't catch up to the skeletons as well as checking for traps, Gabbro comments "Funny how that southern passage turns west but ends up going east to this Forest Room, according to the dwarves." He hums for a moment. "I guess that's what you get after centuries of different builders work on a place...lots of things that don't make sense."

When the party arrives back at the third intersection, Gabbro leans over to ask Tiberious a quiet question: "I've been wondering: how do the walking dead like those skeletons perceive things? They don't have ears or eyes...can they hear us, or see us, or what? I figure you might know, from your study of magic." He shrugs. "It would help us to know how to hide from them in future...which might come in handy, since they either went east or south from here, and those are the two directions we're considering..."
OOC:
My vote is east, following the sign and the "more direct" route, even though the skeletons probably went this way, too.
Last edited March 13, 2024 2:26 am
Mar 14, 2024 4:00 am
Tiberious looks at Gabbro perplexed They are magical entities. I do not think they perceive anything. The magic animates them and moves them forward. The how is a mystery to me as well ... though I do wish I knew the spell that animated them. We would have an army of them clearing out this dungeon in short order. Tiberious smiles and winks.
OOC:
East is my vote as well
Mar 14, 2024 6:06 pm
You head east along the "Open Sore" corridor. 30’ beyond the third intersection, there is a door in the northern wall of the corridor. 10’ further along from that door, there is a side passage that heads south (or you can continue east).

The southerly passage continues for 20’ before arriving at a corner section that turns west.

Looking east, you can see a door in the northern wall a further 30’ ahead of you, at which point, immediately opposite the door, the passage turns south. You can hear grunted conversations in an unfamiliar language coming from this direction.

(There’s quite a lot going on there from a mapping perspective! I’ll check your efforts once you’ve updated).


---
Day 2, 11:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 14, 2024 7:56 pm
"Man, I really feel like these dwarves could give better directions-- I'm beginning to wonder if they're just messing with us. Should we take one of these paths south, because they mentioned that another passage farther south met up with the forest room? If so, maybe we take this closer one since whatever I'm hearing from down the passage doesn't sound like Kobold?"
Last edited March 15, 2024 12:24 pm
Mar 15, 2024 2:23 am
I think it is best to take this first passage south. I am worried about what we might find south of that next turn. Tiberious shrinks back from the grunting further east.
Mar 15, 2024 12:04 pm
McButterpants says:
I think it is best to take this first passage south. I am worried about what we might find south of that next turn. Tiberious shrinks back from the grunting further east.
"I'm of the same advice,let's always carefully check the floor/walls for traps"
Mar 15, 2024 4:21 pm
You turn to the south, following the passage for 20’ before you reach a corner section that turns to the west. That turn is immediately followed by another corner section that turns back to the south. You pause at this point for your hourly 10-minute rest.

After that second corner, the corridor continues due south for 40’ before opening into an octagonal chamber. The walls of this chamber are covered in flaking murals of trees and forest glens. Against the south-east wall, there is a pile of dirt and wood. Portcullises guard exits to the east and west. To the south, there is an open exit at which a dwarf is standing. He is similarly dressed and equipped as the scholar dwarf’s retinue in the room with the stone carvings.

The flame in your lantern gutters, as if it is about to run out of oil.

Mapping information: octagonal chamber, 30’ x 30’. The "flats" of the octagon are to the north, south, east and west. You enter the chamber through the northern side. The exits to the east and west are barred by portcullises. The exit to the south is open - it continues due south for 30’, beyond the range of your lantern’s light.

---
Day 2, 12:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Mar 15, 2024 9:26 pm
"So then it is the magic that is doing the perceiving? Because the skeletons seem to respond to stimuli..." Gabbro realizes belatedly that the others are talking about something other than the mechanics of animated dead. "Oh!" He lowers his voice. "We could take the first or second southern passage, but neither one seems to turn in the direction we want: east. I'd be just as likely that we take one of these northern doors." A thought occurs to him. "Do any of you think that the voices we're hearing could just be patrons of the tavern?"
Mar 16, 2024 10:48 am
@Gabbro - it looks like our posts crossed. I've assumed the party has taken the first southern passage to the Chamber of the Woods based on the others' posts. However, if you want to back up and investigate any of the doors to the north, let me know.
Mar 16, 2024 5:03 pm
OOC:
chamber of the woods sounds like just where we wanna go
Mar 18, 2024 4:30 pm
OOC:
OK, amending the previous post
"So then it is the magic that is doing the perceiving? Because the skeletons seem to respond to stimuli..." Gabbro realizes belatedly that the others are talking about something other than the mechanics of animated dead. "Oh!" He lowers his voice. "It looks like we've found some of the portcullises that those dwarves mentioned. Anybody want to try lifting them, or should we head south?" Then the elf notices that the visual quality of the world around him was changing. It takes him a moment to identify the cause. "Wha..? Oh, you should probably put more oil in that lantern, or light a torch."
Last edited March 18, 2024 4:30 pm
Mar 18, 2024 7:01 pm
Swan takes another flask of oil out and refills the lantern. It appears she has more flasks if needed. She comes prepared. "Sooner or later I will run out of this oil."
Last edited March 18, 2024 7:02 pm
Mar 18, 2024 10:36 pm
Fenwick puts on a friendly smile and approaches the dwarf.

"Ho there, friend. Would you happen to be part of the team performing artistic studies of the mine's carvings? If so we had the pleasure of meeting some of your companions." she says. "You'll have to forgive me, as apparently I get all sorts of turned around indoors. Which one of these passages leads to Kobold Korners?"
Mar 19, 2024 4:59 pm
GeneCortess says:
Swan takes another flask of oil out and refills the lantern. It appears she has more flasks if needed. She comes prepared. "Sooner or later I will run out of this oil."
OK - noted. Make sure you've updated your inventory.

At Fenwick's approach, the dwarf puts a forefinger to his lips in a "be quiet" gesture and beckons you with some urgency to follow him to the south. You can see that the passageway in that direction extends at least 30’.

---
Day 2, 12:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 19, 2024 5:03 pm
Ricard moves to follow the dwarf with his shield raised in caution...
Mar 19, 2024 5:12 pm
Fenwick cuts short her greeting, and tugs at the closest of the Hellions, pointing to the dwarf and hoping they'll get the message.

She grips her spear and follows the dwarf, careful to step where he steps to avoid unknown traps in this area. She moves slowly, and will pause to let any of the others move into their typical front line positions if they wish to do so.
Mar 19, 2024 7:12 pm
Lanhkmer slowly hands his short sword and proceeds closer to the dwarf, as he steps close enough he bows on his knees and tries to listen to noises, focusing on the direction that goes over the dwarf standing
Mar 20, 2024 2:43 am
As the others slowly file into the southern corridor after the dwarven mime, Gabbro quickly looks over the pile of dirt and wood until it's his turn to follow. Does it look like cut lumber, like broken braces for a mineshaft, or just chopped up branches or other bits of vegetation? Has the dirt been freshly turned, or has it been sitting like this for some time?
Last edited March 20, 2024 2:43 am
Mar 20, 2024 6:22 pm
Chamber of the Woods
spaceseeker19 says:
As the others slowly file into the southern corridor after the dwarven mime, Gabbro quickly looks over the pile of dirt and wood until it's his turn to follow. Does it look like cut lumber, like broken braces for a mineshaft, or just chopped-up branches or other bits of vegetation? Has the dirt been freshly turned, or has it been sitting like this for some time?
The wood and dirt look like repair materials - perhaps awaiting an upcoming job or the leftovers from a task recently completed. The wood is salvaged lumber - a mixture of different types and lengths. The dirt, presumably, is used as some sort of filler or render.

As Gabbro prepares to follow the dwarf south, he notices that there’s something not quite right about his appearance. Parts of the dwarf's body seem to occasionally flicker or blur as if he’s not entirely substantial. None of the other Hellions spot this.

---
Day 2, 12:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Mar 21, 2024 5:58 am
Gabbro taps Tiberious on the shoulder and whispers "Do you notice anything...illusory about our guide? Or insubstantial, like he's not fully there?" Having said this, Gabbro raises his voice and addresses their guide from the back of the group. "Hey, where are our manners? We haven't been properly introduced! I'm Gabbro Donsean; perhaps you've heard of my family? What are you called, master dwarf?"
Last edited March 21, 2024 6:00 am
Mar 21, 2024 4:27 pm
Chamber of the Woods
The dwarf repeats his "be quiet" gesture and beckons the party wordlessly, and ever more frantically, to follow him away from the chamber to the south.

---
Day 2, 12:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 21, 2024 4:47 pm
"Sorry, I didn't catch that. What did you say?" Gabbro looks at the others. "Have any of you heard him say anything?"
Mar 21, 2024 5:46 pm
"He's trying to be quiet!" Fenwick hisses back in a stage whisper, unaware of their guide's odd qualities. "Maybe you could try it before we alert something dangerous?"
Mar 21, 2024 11:28 pm
Gabbro whispers back to Fenwick (but the others can easily hear): "He doesn't look like he's quite all there, does he?" He points to the back of the dwarf, and how he and Fenwick's darkvision allows them to see through that back, even without Swan's lantern light. "Also, he's not just trying to be quiet, he's completely silent as a ghost!" Realizing that he's spoken loud enough for the others to hear, he adds: "You're all seeing that, right? Or rather, not seeing it?"
Last edited March 22, 2024 3:44 pm
Mar 22, 2024 12:48 am
"Not all there? What're you talking about?" Fenwick replies in exasperation, turning to study the dwarf more closely.
Mar 22, 2024 3:31 am
I can't see through an illusion any better than you can Tiberious says to Gabbro. He considers the situation, then shrugs. Best way to tell ...

Tiberious walks up next to the dwarf and places a hand on his shoulder. What is up ahead? He whispers
OOC:
Is the dwarf corporeal?
Mar 22, 2024 3:10 pm
The dwarf seems solid enough as Tiberious places his hand upon his shoulder. He’s certainly not an illusion or incorporeal.

Looking more closely, the dwarf’s minor visual anomalies are almost as if he is in some way camouflaged or "cloaked". It’s hard to understand or interpret. It’s not something you have come across before.

The dwarf flinches slightly at Tiberious’ touch but remains silent to all questioning. He’s now 20’ south of the Chamber of the Woods, urging you to follow his lead.

---
Day 2, 12:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Lanhkmer, Thief 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 22, 2024 3:45 pm
OOC:
Has the dwarf made any noise at all?
Mar 23, 2024 12:45 pm
spaceseeker19 says:
OOC:
Has the dwarf made any noise at all?
He's not spoken a word, nor uttered any noise. However, he does make the normal sounds of movement - footsteps, etc.
Mar 23, 2024 5:24 pm
Ricard stops in his tracks,

"We are being led away from our goal by the nose! Let this spectre speak otherwise I say we leave it be."
Mar 23, 2024 9:43 pm
Tiberious stops and let's the dwarf move ahead I agree with Rikard. Something is not right. He looks strange, as if he is not all there.
Mar 24, 2024 1:39 am
Swan says, "What the difference. Lead us to a new area."
Mar 24, 2024 2:49 am
"But we really want to know where the bazaar is, this apparition is likely leading us away."
Mar 24, 2024 3:04 pm
Gabbro stops with Ricard, Tiberious, and Lanhkmer (who is presumably still on his knees?), but he addresses his hissed whisper to the ones still following the mystery dwarf: Fenwick and Swan. "This not talking is suspicious, and the leading us through the dungeon is suspicious, let alone in such a hurry. What happens to us when we hurry? We get hit by traps!" He sighs, tries another tack. "Say there's a reason for his silence. Maybe he needs to be quiet to not alert some guard or sound-sensitive monster; he could've whispered that to us. Say he's mute and cannot speak; we didn't ask him to guide us anywhere. Fenwick, you just asked him if this was the correct passage to get to Kobold Korners; that could've been answered with a nod or a shake of the head! If he was a guard, why has he left his post? It's like he was expecting us, and how could that be?"
OOC:
As a player I'm confident that this is some kind of trick, trap, or ruse, and Gabbro is pretty suspicious. But as a player I'm also aware of something that hasn't occurred to Gabbro yet: because we've already followed the dwarf, we may already be in the trap; I'm waiting to see if a net drops on us or a chute opens at our feet or something...
Last edited March 24, 2024 3:04 pm
Mar 24, 2024 3:54 pm
Fenwick sighs. "I can't imagine if we needed the element of surprise we've maintained it with all this arguing. Mister dwarf, I guess you'd better somehow explain what the danger is or where you're taking us or we won't be joining you. " She watches the dwarf to see if he does more than repeat his earlier pantomime.
Mar 24, 2024 6:14 pm
"God dam, you guys are so noisy." Slaps Dwarf on the back. "He will get us to the Korners."
Mar 25, 2024 4:35 pm
The dwarf shrugs in an "I give up" sort of way. With a shake of the head, he draws his warhammer and hurries away to the south.

Is anyone going to follow him?

---
Day 2, 12:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 25, 2024 4:44 pm
"Huh, weird. Brave guy if he needed our help, but it's not like he should've been expecting anyone to wander by, so hopefully he can handle whatever it is himself." She shrugs. "So...that seems to rule out going south. Think the other dwarves said we were supposed to head east from here. Maybe we try lifting that portcullis? Probably should check around it for traps first."
Mar 25, 2024 5:18 pm
"Uhhh, to be honest I really thought the dwarf was a trap... Now I feel like maybe not!"
Mar 25, 2024 9:52 pm
Swan shrugs her shoulders and takes off right behind the dwarf.
Mar 26, 2024 3:12 am
Tiberious sighs Alright. I guess we will continue to follow the dwarf. Please note that he drew his weapon. We should all prepare for battle. He pulls his dagger and falls in behind the first line of defense.
Mar 26, 2024 3:46 am
As we continue, Gabbro scans behind the group, just to see if there's anyone else creeping up behind the party...
Mar 26, 2024 10:42 am
Fenwick joins Gabbro, but she walks more slowly now, careful to constantly check the floor in front of her with her spear because they've lost their guide and she's uncertain of the traps in this area

"Sure, I want to follow the dwarf and everybody argues. I agree we maybe shouldn't trust him and..." she trails off in irritation gesturing exasperatedly in front of her with her weapon.
Mar 26, 2024 1:33 pm
Checking that that coast is clear behind you, you set off southwards following the silent dwarf ...

---
Day 2, 12:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 7/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 5/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Mar 26, 2024 1:43 pm
There’s a 30’ stretch of corridor between the Chamber of the Woods and a new room to the south that the dwarf scurries towards. However, at the mid-point of that corridor, Swan gets that familiar sinking feeling in her stomach as the floor beneath her and Ricard gives way, plunging both of them into a pit trap beneath. The other Hellions manage to halt their advance before they too fall in.

Ahead of you, the dwarf turns, a look of ecstasy upon his face as if he’s drinking up the pain that he has just lured the two unfortunate fighters into.

---
Day 2, 12:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 2/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Swan damage from falling into pit trap. - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Ricard damage from falling into pit trap. - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Mar 26, 2024 3:02 pm
"That's it." Gabbro has HAD it with this sketchy dwarf! "You like pain? How about this?"
OOC:
Of course it's one point.
Last edited March 26, 2024 3:04 pm

Rolls

Sling shot, damage - (1d20+1, 1d4)

1d20+1 : (18) + 1 = 19

1d4 : (1) = 1

Mar 26, 2024 4:17 pm
"Damn it! Last time I don't listen to my gut!"

Ricard removes the rope from his pack and tosses one end up the hole.
Mar 26, 2024 6:24 pm
Swan says through pain, "That dwarf better not be up there when we are." Swan is 2 out of 6 HP now.
Mar 26, 2024 9:09 pm
Fenwick raises her shield before her but keeps her spear tip back and continues to tap at the floor ahead of her as she skirts around the edge of the pit, positioning herself to block the dwarf or any as of yet unseen assailants from attacking Gabbro or Tiberius. This dwarf is clearly a jerk, but fortunately he doesn't seem to have killed anybody...yet. Maybe Gabbro's attacks will scare him away, she isn't about to charge at him headlong since he obviously knows how to use traps to his advantage.
Mar 28, 2024 4:22 am
Tiberious grabs the end of the rope and tries to hold his composure. He struggles to keep a straight face, but a giggle escapes him. He tries to hold back, but soon is laughing. I am truly sorry my friends he says through fits of laughter, barely able to hold the rope I am not laughing at your pain. I just cannot help myself. Come, pull yourselves up quickly and we will teach this dwarf a lesson
Mar 28, 2024 3:55 pm
OK, a quick summary of the current situation …

Lanhkmer has wandered off somewhere and is nowhere to be seen. Fortunately, Sister Jessica has just stumbled across you and joined the party (as I have said previously, I’m not concerned with matters of continuity when it comes to players leaving and joining; I’m treating this as an old-school-style "open table").

Ricard and Swan are both at the bottom of a 10’ deep pit, injured but still alive.

Fenwick, Gabbro, Jessica and Tiberious are on the north side of the pit.

The dwarf is on the southern side of the pit. Gabbro’s sling stone distracts him from savouring the suffering of Ricard and Swan. He turns tail and runs away into the darkness of the chamber to the south.

---
Day 2, 12:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Swan, Fighter 1: 2/6
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 28, 2024 4:23 pm
"Yeah, you'd better run!" Fenwick shouts after the dwarf.

She'll hold position guarding against approach from the south as the others work on freeing Ricard and Swan, in case he's gone off to find help.

"You guys okay? It's really too bad we don't have much in the way of healing magic."
Mar 28, 2024 7:02 pm
Though we can presumably inch our way around the open pit as we've done with others, Gabbro recognizes that they won't be able to do it in time to catch the blackguard dwarf. So he helps Tiberious with the rope, helping to anchor it so Swan and Ricard can climb out again. As he does so, he addresses the magician. "This is serious, man! That person was either one of the dwarves we met, or they were impersonating one. That could mean that the dwarves are not to be trusted, or that there's someone or something in here that can mimic others well enough to fool all of us. I don't like either one."
Mar 28, 2024 8:39 pm
When get up, she shoves the rope into Tibs chest, "Make yourself useful laughing boy." She looks to the others, "Let's get that body we left and head to town."
Mar 29, 2024 6:48 pm
Ricard climbs out, takes back his rope from Tiberious and sighs. Nothing had been gained from this expedition and the warrior was loathe to make the long journey back to town empty handed.

"I would rather find the trade outpost first, could be that they have safe spaces to recover without the long trip home and a potential fight with the tax men outside. That said, if you feel like you have to head back then I suppose there's nothing to be done."
Last edited March 29, 2024 6:48 pm
Mar 29, 2024 7:08 pm
Swan replies back, "We are in no shape to explore to find anything. Dealing with these Dwarves have now left us hurt."
Mar 29, 2024 7:20 pm
"Meh, I could go on, don't turn back on my account."

Ricard pats the bruise he got from the fall; it was tender, but nothing he couldn't walk off.
Mar 29, 2024 7:26 pm
"Well, I'd suggest we try heading east from the forest room like we were told-- if there's somewhere safe to rest there, you'll be in less danger than if we risk the bandits and others on the trip back to town." Fenwick says. "If our directions prove to be crap again and we don't find it immediately to the east, the we'll go ahead and leave the prison to get you help?"
Mar 29, 2024 7:42 pm
"I will get the body and head up. If you find that you know where to find me." Swan is heading to the grand foyer.
Mar 30, 2024 2:55 pm
Like he did before with the previous pit, Gabbro gouges a scrape in the floor to mark the corner of the trap, but addresses Fenwick as he does so. "So should we try to open the portcullis, or go down the "Open Sore" passage that the dwarves told us to take?"
Mar 30, 2024 4:19 pm
"Hmm? In my, granted, often-faulty memory the dwarves told us it was okay to head past the Open Sore sign to find the forest room, which we did. I thought the kobold 'inn' was east of the forest room. But like most of their directions, I don't know if that actually means out the eastern portcullis door. The fact it wasn't an open doorway and we'd have to get through an obstacle to get there is the sort of thing I would have mentioned as part of my directions. Another option is we need to head south and then turn east to get there.

Remember, to get to the forest room itself which the dwarves had described as being along the main corridor to the 'south', took first going east beyond the Open Sores, then south again, then west a bit...

So, the idea that that going 'east' to the kobolds meant first following our traitorous dwarven guide to the south and then turning east somewhere along the way made sense to me at the time, which is why I was inclined to follow him until you pointed out he seemed hella suspicious. But maybe there's really a simple answer this time and we just follow the path straight to the east through the portcullis.

Then again, it seems equally likely that to these dwarves 'east' is through the west portcullis, north or south a while, west some more, and eventually at the end a bit to the east. For a people so famed for their engineering and architecture, I'm beginning to wonder what a dwarven compass looks like."
[ +- ] Editted summary of the path we took 'south' from the dwarves' location to arrive at the forest room:
Last edited March 30, 2024 4:21 pm
Mar 30, 2024 4:47 pm
"Do we trust these dwarves? Wasn't it a dwarf that led us into these traps?" Jessica offers.
Mar 30, 2024 5:00 pm
"Not entirely, but up until this one just dropped some of us in a trap and started dancing, the things they've told us have generally been true just not always clear except in retrospect," Fenwick replies. "Plus there's a question of whether the evil dwarf and art dwarves are working together. They kind of dressed the same, but evil dwarf acted really weird and there's a chance he wasn't actually a dwarf-- we've seen some other illusions and stuff."
Mar 30, 2024 7:25 pm
Not all dwarves are cut from the same cloth. There was something strange about this one. He appeared to have some kind of magic about him. We can only hope that we meet up with him again and exact some revenge.

Tiberious takes a sip of water and considers the path ahead I recommend we continue on, but check the path ahead carefully. There appears to be many traps down these halls. Remind me to pick up some chalk next time we are in town.
Mar 30, 2024 8:02 pm
"I spoke...imprecisely. What I meant was, should we lift the portcullis to head east, assuming that the room with the murals is the "Forest Room," or should we continue further east along the "Open Sore" corridor?" Gabbro examines the portcullis to see if there's sign of it having been lifted recently.
Mar 30, 2024 8:37 pm
Tiberious steps in beside Gabbro to help, as best he can, with lifting the portcullis.
Mar 30, 2024 10:25 pm
"You probably want to check that for traps before we lift it," Fenwick suggests. "But yeah, I thought we go east from here. If we want to check on those voices we heard near the Open Sores, I think we want to make sure Swan and Ricard's wounds are tended first. "
Mar 31, 2024 8:54 am
The area around the portcullis does seem heavily trafficked. The portcullis itself, whilst weighty and lacking an obvious opening mechanism, looks like it can be raised with sheer brute force.

Beyond the portcullis, a corridor leads due east for at least 30'.

---
Day 2, 12:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Mar 31, 2024 8:44 pm
"Maybe the portcullis offers some sort of protection for the market, let's check."

Ricard lends his back to the lift...
OOC:
not sure of roll so adding an couple...

Rolls

Open doors 3 in 6 - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Strength check (13) - (1d20)

(17) = 17

Apr 1, 2024 7:59 am
The portcullis is very heavy, but between you, you manage to raise it sufficiently to allow you to pass. It clunks shut behind you when you release it.

Ahead of you, the passage continues due east for 30’ before arriving at a T-intersection.

Beyond the intersection to the east, the passage extends for at least another 30’ into darkness.

Heading south from the intersection, a side passage also continues for at least 30’, although you can see a door in its western wall 30’ ahead. You can also hear sounds of a fight to the south - chittering and squeaking noises - although you estimate that this is at least 100’ away.

---

With the departure of Swan and her lantern, you’ll need another light source. Tiberious - please remove Swan’s lantern from your inventory. How are you now going to illuminate your way?

Please also update your marching order in the "Marching Order" thread, allowing for the incoming Pickles the halfling.


---
Day 2, 12:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 1, 2024 1:35 pm
Fenwick will advance slowly and cautiously to the middle of the T, checking for traps with her spear, and see if she can make out anything significant in either direction with her infravision.
Apr 1, 2024 1:52 pm
"Sorry I don't have torches or a lantern for the humans. Next time I'll have a better idea what to bring." Gabbro peers at the door down the southern passage. "That leads back the way we came, so probably not Kobold Kaverns (although I still think that might have been the voices we heard back in the corridor up north), but the passage and door do lead in the same direction as the room the dwarf" - everyone can hear the sarcasm in Gabbro's voice when he refers to the sadistic trickster as a "dwarf" - "fled to after I hit it with a rock. Do we want to go that way, or continue east?"
OOC:
Can we assume that Fenwick and Gabbro are already at the intersection, since you've provided the description of what we see already, or was that on the assumption that the party has produced light to show us what you've already described can be seen from the intersection?
Last edited April 1, 2024 1:54 pm
Apr 1, 2024 3:01 pm
"I don't either, I figured they'd bring enough for themselves. My instinct is to try heading east from here, at least far enough to see if that brings us to a safe point or not and then try that room you're interested in--but we may need to find lights for the humans first."
Apr 1, 2024 3:13 pm
"...and halfling, too..." Gabbro hisses, jerking his head back toward Pickles. Then, louder: "Yeah, that sounds good to me. What do the rest of you think?"
Apr 1, 2024 3:58 pm
spaceseeker19 says:
OOC:
Can we assume that Fenwick and Gabbro are already at the intersection, since you've provided the description of what we see already, or was that on the assumption that the party has produced light to show us what you've already described can be seen from the intersection?
We can assume the two elves have scouted east to the intersection, whilst those without infravision are fumbling around for a light source back at the portcullis.

The 60’ range of your infravision allows you to see a little further.

Beyond the intersection to the east, the corridor continues for 30’ before reaching a corner and turning to the south.

South from the intersection, you can see a door in the western wall after 30’ (already described), an archway in the eastern wall after 50’ and a side passage in the western wall after 60’.

---
Day 2, 12:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 1, 2024 4:44 pm
"I have six torches," Jessica offers, "But no way to light them."
Apr 1, 2024 7:54 pm
"Hmm, interesting." Fenwick looks at Gabbro. "Don't suppose you know any light magic? If not, do you remember any exposed sources of flame anywhere that could light a torch? I'd rather not pass through the brigands camped outside to go get some flint, but I don't think I really remember any. I'm kind of coming around to the idea of checking the room with all the voices, since where there are voices there may be lights--unless everyone talking can see in the dark and they come charging out at our mostly blind party."
Apr 2, 2024 1:14 am
Hold on. I have something. there is rustling as Tiberious takes off his pack and digs through his items.

Ah, there it is. the room lights up as Tiberious sparks the flint Where is the torch? I cannot see. He reaches out and grabs for the torch held up by the new person. He feels the rough wood of the torch handle

Okay, keep it steady. the flint sparks again a few times, then finally catches. Light fills the room and Tiberious relaxes. Thank goodness! My heart dropped when I saw Swan walk away with the only light. Who knew that darkness would be so complete.
Apr 2, 2024 1:17 am
"I have a huge bundle of torches but I seem to have lost my flint."
Apr 2, 2024 4:09 am
"Ah, light! Better, right?" Gabbro blinks a little and gestures for the others to join him and Fenwick at the intersection. "Come and see from here. We've just been discussing whether to continue down one of these passages or go back north and then take a right at the 'open sore' corridor...you know, where we heard the voices earlier? Who knows? There could be kobolds running the tavern!" He nudges Fenwick playfully. As the others join them, the elf points down the southern passage, describing the view beyond the torchlight. "Further down there on the left is an archway, a side passage to the right even further, and the corridor continues straight past what I can see from here." He looks expectantly at the group. "What do you think? Any preferences?"
OOC:
Take a look at the "1 April 2024" map; we're currently at the intersection in the lower right, just off of the room marked "Tree Murals." (Hopefully I have the distances correct, but I believe the relative positions are solid)
Apr 2, 2024 7:49 am
As his companions fumble with flints and torches Pickles steps from the shadows. Will these help? I must have picked them up along the way, probably someone left them lying around." within his small yet nimble hands the Halfling holds a lantern and tinderbox. He gives a small shrug as he lights the lantern deftly with a small smile. Would someone like to carry this? I prefer not too." He adds as he moves off after the Elves, holding the lantern up for anyone to grab.
Apr 2, 2024 2:51 pm
"East from the tree room, that's what they said. Let's follow the corridor East."

Ricard takes the halfling's lamp, lights it, and slowly makes his way to the end of the corridor to peer down the Southern passage. Once at the intersection, Ricard realizes that he can't use his spear to prod AND carry the lantern so he sets the lamp down for someone else to carry.
Last edited April 2, 2024 4:25 pm
Apr 2, 2024 10:15 pm
"Let's head east to the end of this passage and then turn south, if we take this first turn south we're closer to whatever is making all that noise, and the eastern passage in the middle looks like it would end up in the same place anyways?"
Apr 3, 2024 10:20 am
Feeing lighter for handing off the lantern Pickles follows Ricard up the hallway to see what is so interesting, staying close to the shadows where he feels the most comfortable. He looks a little complexed as the large Human places the lantern on the ground.

He brings his hand to his chin as he thinks the situation over before saying, "If someone takes a couple of ration supplies of me, I will happily carry the lantern. Cause currently I am to loaded up and will slow the group."
OOC:
If someone could happily take either 2 lots of rations or the lantern off Pickles he’ll be able to travel 90’ rather than 60’.
Apr 4, 2024 2:45 am
OOC:
Tiberious can take two rations
Apr 4, 2024 3:51 am
Pickles picks up the Lantern after rummaging through his pack and handing off a couple of Iron rations to the Wizard. Feeling appropriately weighted he falls into place.
Apr 4, 2024 3:59 pm
"Well, let us proceed to the east then. Fenwick, you want to go in front with your spear, or can I borrow it? We don't want to fall into any more pits..."
Apr 4, 2024 5:49 pm
You follow the passage eastwards from the Chamber of the Woods until the point at which it turns south. It immediately turns back to the east, continuing for a further 10’ before opening out into an oddly-shaped chamber that shows clear signs of regular traffic. Scrawled upon the wall is crude writing and an arrow that points east to the only other exit:

DIS WAY 2 DA MARKIT

Looking through the exit to the east, you see that a short 10’ corridor extends into a second room. Unlike any other area of Stonehell you’ve encountered so far, it is dimly lit by torchlight. You can see numerous kobolds milling around within this second room. All are armoured and carrying spears, but they don’t seem to be paying you any particular attention.

Mapping information: the first chamber is generally 30’ x 30’ with exits in the middle of its western and eastern walls. However, the northwest and southwest corners are diagonal rather than square. From your position in this chamber, you can’t see enough of the second chamber (the one with the kobolds) to gauge its dimensions or exits.

---
Day 2, 12:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 4, 2024 9:09 pm
"Finally, some good news!"

Ricard lowers his spear and shield and breathes a sigh of relief. He casually approaches the kobolds and asks,

"Mar-ket?"
Apr 5, 2024 11:35 am
As they move into the hall and some light Pickles doused the flame in the lantern, to save oil, then hang it off his pack. With his hands free to use his bow helped clam his nerves as the walk towards the Kobolds.
Apr 5, 2024 12:27 pm
Fenwick trades weapons with Gabbro, looks at her new one with puzzlement for a moment as she swishes it back and forth a bit experimentally, and shrugs.

Reaching the kobolds, she is somewhat concerned to see no other races present, as the dwarves had implied it might be a mingling place of sorts. But at least the sign being written in charmingly misspelled Common seems to imply their presence won't be seen as offensive.

"Well, this sure looks like the place, seems like there's no point in sneaking around and we just go in openly?"
Last edited April 6, 2024 1:03 pm
Apr 6, 2024 1:26 pm
Guard Post
You make your way through the market entrance chamber and into the guard post beyond. The kobolds seem neither surprised nor concerned by your arrival. In accented Common, one of them addresses you in a rather disinterested, officious manner. "Welcome to Kobold Korners. Hand over your weapons. Anything larger than a knife."

In the northeast corner of the room, there is a large rusty cage. Inside that cage are three rickety wardrobes containing a wide assortment of weapons - presumably arms surrendered by others.

From beyond a door in the eastern wall of the room, you can hear a general hubbub, as if there is quite a crowd in that direction.

Mapping information: square room, 30’ x 30’. You enter through the central section of the western wall. There are two doors leading elsewhere - one in the middle of the eastern wall and one in the middle of the southern wall.

---
Day 2, 12:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Apr 6, 2024 5:32 pm
Jessica looks to her allies for what they intend to do.
Apr 6, 2024 11:14 pm
Ricard shrugs and hands over his sword and spear.

"Do you have an inn? Or a tavern in there?"
Apr 7, 2024 10:16 am
Guard Post
The kobold guard carelessly tosses Ricard’s weapons into one of the caged wardrobes.

In response to the fighter’s question about an inn, the kobold gestures over its shoulder with its thumb towards the door in the eastern wall.

---
Day 2, 12:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 7, 2024 2:15 pm
Jessica hands over her mace reluctantly. She feels naked without it.
Apr 7, 2024 3:21 pm
Tiberious has been very interested in this "Kobold Korners". He only has a dagger, so he heads to the door and opens it up to look inside. Well, well, well. We finally made it. Let us check out the clientele. My guess is that a well-worn adventurer may have some stories to tell.
OOC:
Tiberiousis looking for a hardened adventurer that he can talk to about Stonehell. He's willing to spend some time, and coin, to learn some secrets.
Apr 7, 2024 3:42 pm
Fenwick notes the number of weapons that have been surrendered, the marketplace does seem popular.

"How does this work exactly?" she asks, handing over 'her' weapon with a glance at Gabbro for approval. "Do we get like a receipt or something to make sure we're the ones who leave with our weapons?"

Ricard has already asked the question she's most interested in, so she lets her eyes scan the market trying to get a feel for what's for sale and the attitudes of those doing the buying, and to see if she can pick out an obvious place where there might be temporary lodging available.
Apr 8, 2024 6:26 am
Pickles follows in Fenwick’s shadow bow and axe in hand, his sharp ears listening for the Kobold’s answer to a reasonable question and his eyes flicking over the market beyond. Not for the first time he wonders why he is not carrying a small blade.
Apr 8, 2024 3:05 pm
Fenwick says:
"How does this work exactly?" she asks, handing over 'her' weapon with a glance at Gabbro for approval. "Do we get like a receipt or something to make sure we're the ones who leave with our weapons?"
The kobold guard looks taken aback by this reasonable question. He looks at the disorganised piles of weapons already in the caged wardrobes and sighs. After placing Fenwick’s weapon with exaggerated care atop one of the smaller piles, he bends down, picks up a pebble from the floor, and hands it to the elf. "Ree-seet" he explains.
Meanwhile, Tiberious, free from such security entanglements, heads through the guard post’s eastern door. A corridor extends for 20’ before an archway opens out into a very large chamber, the roof of which is supported by stone pillars. The area is a bustling and noisy bazaar filled with various species conducting business. Around the walls of the room and down its centre are a clutter of makeshift canvas and wood stalls offering various goods and services. Each stall is manned by kobolds, both male and female. The smells of cooking fill the air

---
Day 2, 12:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Apr 9, 2024 1:36 am
"Thank you...that will uh work perfectly." Fenwick assures the kobold with a smile. Placing the pebble in her pack for safe keeping, she hurries after Tiberious.
Apr 9, 2024 3:31 pm
Gabbro nods as Fenwick hands over Druin's blade to the kobold; he follows suit with handing over her spear. Like Sister Jessica, he feels awkward and vulnerable without a weapon in his hand, and gives a little shiver. ::Let's hope this isn't all an elaborate plan the kobolds have with the dwarves to kill and rob adventurers...:: he thinks to himself.
Apr 9, 2024 3:51 pm
Following Tiberious into the bazaar, Ricard keeps his eyes peeled for anything that might resemble either an inn or a tavern...
Apr 10, 2024 5:54 am
Approaching the guards Pickles hands over his bow and axe, but retaining his arrows. "Can I have a ree-seet as well please?" He says with a cheerful smile taking the stone handed over, "Thank you, is there a blacksmith nearby?"
Last edited April 10, 2024 5:55 am
Apr 10, 2024 5:18 pm
Kobold Market
With your weapons deposited with the kobold guards, you are free to enter the market. After your relatively lonely exploration of Stonehell so far, this place is an assault on the senses. Orcs, goblins, humans and even lizardfolk all seem to mix freely, browsing the wares of the kobold stallholders. Armed and armoured kobold and bugbear guards patrol the market ensuring order is maintained.

There is a broad range of offerings across the various stalls, including a junk merchant, a cobbler, a blacksmith, a rope-maker, a fletcher, a weaponsmith, a snake vendor, a tailor, a weaver, a barber, a water seller, an armourer, a grocer, a soothsayer, a brewer and a tanner.

Asking around for an inn or a tavern, Ricard is directed towards an archway that leads east from the market. Similarly, Pickles has little trouble finding the blacksmith’s stall.



Mapping information: rectangular room, 50’ x 80’. You enter through an archway in the southernmost section of the western wall. There is a further archway in the middle of the northern wall, and a third in the eastern wall that is 40’ from the northern wall.

---
Day 2, 12:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Apr 11, 2024 4:43 pm
Having no money, Gabbro isn't interested in shopping, but he's fascinated by the amount of commerce going on here, and the logistics of it. What happens when people buy weapons from the smith? Do they get to walk out with them? Are they escorted by bugbears until they leave the market? Where are all these customers coming from, and where are they going?
Apr 11, 2024 6:00 pm
Fenwick does a quick inspection of the going rate for water since that seems something handy to resupply without needing to go above ground. She'll also peek at the junk merchant to see if the wares sold truly are junk or might contain interesting items from deeper in the prison.

She'll then join Ricard at the archway to investigate the available lodgings.
Apr 12, 2024 5:03 am
Pickles melds into the crowd and shadows walking unnoticed as much as possible, looking at the different stores and races of the market listening to conversations. After sighting the blacksmith he checks his coins and figures he is better off getting some money first, turning away he heads back to find the others spotting Fenwick at the junk shop. He appears suddenly beside the Elf with a huge smile on his face, "Anything interesting?" he asks in an innocent voice as he scans the wares.

Once done at the Junk Shop will follow Fenwick back to the Inn.
OOC:
Pickles will always listening to others conversations as he wanders, listening for anything interesting. If does hear anything he’ll stop, remain hidden and listen.
Last edited April 12, 2024 5:06 am
Apr 12, 2024 10:19 am
Kobold Market
spaceseeker19 says:
Where are all these customers coming from, and where are they going?
As a quick aside, this is an astute question. Stonehell is not a "funhouse" or "zoo" dungeon. It has its own internal logic (albeit a "fantasy" logic). So, for example, you’re unlikely to find a goblin living next to a dragon, living next to a wizard, living next to a beholder, for no apparent reason. Therefore, you can safely assume that all the groups milling around the market either reside in Stonehell or have business here. And all the groups will have their own agendas, politics and inter-relationships (that may be influenceable).
MinMin says:
Fenwick does a quick inspection of the going rate for water since that seems something handy to resupply without needing to go above ground. She'll also peek at the junk merchant to see if the wares sold truly are junk or might contain interesting items from deeper in the prison.
The kobold water seller charges 1 copper piece to refill a waterskin. Looking into the barrel from which the water is drawn, Fenwick can see that it’s not the freshest and most crystal clear liquid she has ever seen.

The junk store contains a wide variety of wares that the kobolds have scavenged. Some are useless and broken, but others are serviceable. It includes various items of discarded (or stolen?) adventuring gear, but nothing out-of-the-ordinary.

From a game perspective, there is a chance that you can find any standard item of adventuring equipment on this stall. The more common the item, the greater the chance that there’s one of those lying somewhere amongst the kobold’s junk.
Mathfuric says:
Pickles melds into the crowd and shadows walking unnoticed as much as possible, looking at the different stores and races of the market listening to conversations.
The diminutive halfling moves almost unnoticed amongst the bustle of the market, skulking to see what he can learn from the other patrons.

The goblins are a sorry sight - malnourished and wretched, even by goblin standards. Clearly penniless, they are mainly here to see what they can beg, borrow or steal.

The orcs seem to be here with an agenda other than shopping. Whilst they superficially move from stall to stall, feigning interest in the goods on offer, they focus most of their attention on a group of humans.

Those humans are shopping for supplies. They seem at ease as they move about the market, apparently oblivious of the orcs’ attention. You notice that all the humans are wearing at least one article of clothing (e.g. a scarf, a bandana, a sash around their waist) that is made from a yellow and black checkerboard cloth.

The lizardfolk very much keep themselves to themselves. It’s impossible to gauge their thoughts or intentions.
In search of the inn, you take the passage that leads east from the market. It continues for 20’, before reaching a corner section that turns north. However, before you get that far, you find the door to the inn in the southern wall of the corridor, 20’ east of the market. A sign outside reads "The Kopper Kettle". Sounds of raucous recreation emanate from within.

---
Day 2, 12:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Apr 12, 2024 3:52 pm
Fenwick starts, having not seen Pickles approach, then smiles self-consciously, and returns to her perusal of a water-damaged journal. "Not really... I was hoping some scrolls or artifacts that weren't obviously magical might have wound up here, but nope. Looks like junk. Still, some useful bits if we run low on supplies--arrows, oil, that sort of thing. Which reminds me whoever carrying the torches should probably buy a flint and steel."

She nods toward the archway. "I'm most interested in finding lodgings. Exploring may take a while and I'd like to set up camp here where we can get food and supplies and come to recover. "
Apr 12, 2024 4:08 pm
Ricard makes a mental note to buy a flint after the inn and then pushes open the door to the Kopper Kettle. Once inside, the warrior scans the room and then walks up to the bar and asks about a room.
Apr 13, 2024 6:04 am
Pickles just nods his agreement with the Elf’s appraisal of the junk shop, and is about to mention he owns flint and steel, but the Elf moves on. He shrugs and simply tags along behind Fenwick.

"Have you noticed the abundance of interest the Orcs are showing in the group wearing yellow and black checkered sashes? Well I call them a group cause they wear a similar piece of cloth, but in many varieties of fashion." Pickles starts halfway into a conversation he must have been having in his own head, and just decided to include Fenwick. "It is pretty obvious that the Orcs are not here to shop. Like that one is not even looking at items in the shop . . .", He points out a brute of an Orcs standing arms folded and staring at a human with a yellow and checkered sash, "I mean I have seen Zombies with better acting skills. What do you think that is about? Maybe we should asked?" He stops abruptly and looks back at the group of humans . . .
Last edited April 13, 2024 6:07 am
Apr 13, 2024 3:09 pm
"Without our weapons, I hesitate to do anything that might start an argument," Jessica counsels. "Not only are we the guests here, we are unarmed."
Apr 14, 2024 7:23 am
The Kopper Kettle
Ricard pushes open the door to the Kopper Kettle and surveys the scene in front of him. As taverns go, it is the very definition of "makeshift".

A small bar opposite the doorway has been cobbled together from random odds and ends of wood, whilst the tables and chairs are an assortment of scavenged furniture (some of it originally quite fine), inexpert joinery and repurposed barrels and crates.

The clientele is of a similar mix to the marketplace, with the bulk of the noise coming from a group of rowdy hobgoblins playing a tile-laying game.

A door in the eastern wall is scrawled with the word "Bedz".

The barman, an ageing kobold in a grubby apron, smiles obsequiously at Ricard and gestures to an empty table.

Mapping information: rectangular room, 20’ x 30’. You enter through a door in the western half of the northern wall. There is one other door in the middle of the eastern wall.

---
Day 2, 12:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 14, 2024 10:44 pm
"Hmm, I had not, " says Fenwick, feeling a foolish given how obvious it is now that Pickles has pointed it out. "I have this tendency to kind of get lost in my own head. But I agree with the good Sister, I think we get ourselves out of here before things get ugly. "

She hurries across the market to join Ricard in the Koppel Kettle.
Apr 15, 2024 5:30 am
Pickles smiles before melding into the crowd and shadows again, "I’ll see you at the Inn." you hear as he disappears.

Pickles will make his way to the group of Humans and politely tug on one’s shirt.
Apr 15, 2024 4:58 pm
Kobold Market
Mathfuric says:
Pickles will make his way to the group of Humans and politely tug on one’s shirt.
The man looks around, and then down, and seems somewhat surprised to see Pickles. "Well little one, you’re not much of a pickpocket if that’s your game. Can I help you?"

Pickle’s new acquaintance is a bear of a man - tall, broad and imposing. He looks as if he belongs on a pirate ship rather than on land. A bushy black beard obscures his face, large hoop earrings dangle from his lobes, and he wears a checkered black and yellow bandana at an angle so as to cover his left eye.

---
Day 2, 12:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 15, 2024 9:55 pm
Jessica joins the others at the tavern.
Apr 16, 2024 5:32 am
Knowing that he has no money to buy drinks, food, or lodging, Gabbro dawdles in the marketplace rather than enter the tavern. He watches Pickles with a bit of alarm as the halfling accosts the human strangers.
Apr 16, 2024 10:08 am
With a disarming smile Pickles looks up mountain of a man, "Well hi, you are a lot larger up close. From back there you seemed more, umm, human size. Not so . . . " Pickles extends a hand well above his head to indicate a great hieght, "But I regress. I am Pickles." He extends a hand in greeting and continues, "I am one not to normally meddle in others business, but I feel it would be a miss not to mention that you are being watched by a large group of Orcs." Pickles indicates a few of the brutes in the crowd.
Last edited April 16, 2024 10:09 am
Apr 16, 2024 3:02 pm
Kobold Market
The human glances across at the orcs, who suddenly become fascinated by the wares of the rope-maker. "Huh, you have sharp eyes Master Pickles. Take this for your troubles."

He flicks Pickles a shiny silver coin.

The orcs look across once more, although Pickles gets the distinct impression that he is also now a target of their observations.

---
Day 2, 12:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 16, 2024 11:55 pm
Fenwick enters the tavern, decides she's unimpressed though the game of tiles looks like it might be fun to learn. She crosses the room to the barman and jerks a thumb over her shoulder at the 'Bedz' sign.

"Hello, I heard you had lodgings for rent. How much is it for a room? Oh, and how big are they?"
Apr 17, 2024 12:06 am
Pickles smiles at the big man and gives him a wave, attempting to melding into the crowd and losing the attention of the Orcs.
OOC:
Pickles will attempt to lose the Orcs in the crowd and loop around for half an hour or so, before attempting to meet up with the others.
Apr 17, 2024 4:27 pm
Ricard adds to Fenwick's question,

"And how much for ale and bread?"
Apr 17, 2024 5:55 pm
The Kopper Kettle
MinMin says:
"Hello, I heard you had lodgings for rent. How much is it for a room? Oh, and how big are they?"
"Beeg, beeg", says the elderly bar-kobold, stretching his scaly arms wide to emphasise the enormity of the bedroom (note the singular!). "1 copper, 1 copper," accompanied by the raising of a single digit.

"Ale, 1 copper," he answers to Ricard, showing a certain lack of imagination in his pricing. "No bread, but tastee keebabs - 5 copper," holding up a hand with his fingers spread wide.
I’ll assume that everyone has congregated in The Kopper Kettle by 1.20 pm, and we’ll pick things up collectively from here.

---
Day 2, 1:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 18, 2024 12:54 am
"Those must be some keebabs! Err, excuse me for a moment," she goes over to the bedroom doorway to get a look at it firsthand before she shells out any coppers. She'd been thinking the Hellions would pay for a room or two upfront to have available if they needed to rest up in after exploring; but it sounds like things are more along the lines of beds in a dormitory. In that case, it will probably make more sense to just rent them as they need them, assuming there are enough free beds.
Apr 18, 2024 3:56 pm
Dormitory
Fenwick opens the door marked "Bedz" to reveal a room that has more in common with a barnyard than your average inn. Haphazardly arranged makeshift partitions create a limited amount of privacy, but the "bedz" consist of little more than piles of straw, furs and scratchy-looking blankets.

Luxurious it is not.
From a gameplay perspective, although the accommodation is very (very!) basic, you can consider it a (reasonably) safe place to rest and recover should you need to. You certainly won’t be exposed to the regular wandering monster checks that you would be in most other places in Stonehell.

Mapping information: square room, 30’ x 30’. The only door is in the northern section of the western wall.

---
Day 2, 1:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 18, 2024 9:09 pm
As Pickles slips into the Inn he pulls out his newly acquired coin and smiles. He bounces up to the bar and places it down, "An ale and food my good Kobold" he says with a smile.

After receiving his order he will carry it over to an open table, place his pack under his feet and eat while waiting for the others to join.
Apr 19, 2024 3:34 pm
Ricard returns from examining the "bedz" and follows Pickle's lead, placing six copper on the bar for an ale and a kebab after which he joins Pickles at the table.
OOC:
I don't think it's time to sleep yet, is it?
Apr 19, 2024 5:11 pm
Jessica pays for an ale and a kebob and joins the others at the table.
Apr 19, 2024 9:14 pm
"Right, definitely a use them as we need them sort of situation. " She returns to the bar, hands over a gold piece for an ale, kebob, and change, and joins the others at their table.
Apr 20, 2024 10:06 am
The Kopper Kettle
The kebabs turn out to be roasted rat-on-a-stick. The ale has an earthy, mushroomy flavour. However, whilst both taste unusual, neither is unpleasant.

Just as you’re finishing your lunch, two orcs come through the front door of the tavern. Both wear leather armour, have sheathed daggers on their belts, and sport facial tattoos that mimic seeping wounds. Pickles is fairly certain that these are some of the orcs that were watching the humans in the marketplace earlier.

The orcs approach the party and in gruff, clipped tones pose the question "You lookin’ fer work?"
A note on coinage: I’ll let you receive your change in the most coin-efficient way. So, for those paying with a gold piece, you’ll receive 9 silver and 4 copper in change. Remember, 100 coins take up one encumbrance slot, so it’s the number of coins, not their value, that determines their encumbrance.

---
Day 2, 1:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 20, 2024 11:38 am
As the Orcs approach Pickles lowers his head a tries not to make eye contact, he leans into Fenwick. "Orcs who stork humans." he coughs quietly
Apr 20, 2024 8:54 pm
"I'm intrigued," Gabbro replies, apparently the only one sitting there without some refreshment. "What kind of labor are you looking to hire?"
Apr 21, 2024 2:45 am
"I would say that depends on two things," Jessica responds. "What's the job and what's the pay?"
Apr 21, 2024 8:31 am
The Kopper Kettle
"The Boss’ll giv’ you the details. He’ll make it worth yer while though."

The orc continues: "We can take you now. Or head over yerselves when yer ready."

Pointing to the tattoo on his cheek: "Open Sore Tribe. You were spotted passin’ through earlier, so you know where to find us. Don’t leave it too long mind - the Boss isn’t know for his patience, and he's expectin' you."

---
Day 2, 1:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 21, 2024 3:39 pm
Ricard holds his tongue as the others converse with the orcs, the warrior would have likely refused had he been inclined to speak to an orc, but now it seemed the dungeon would make strange bedfellows indeed.
Apr 23, 2024 1:58 pm
"Given our luck with directions so far," Fenwick mutters under her breath to Gabbro in Elvish. "We may want to follow them now if we're interested."

She quickly finishes off her rat kebab.
Apr 23, 2024 4:38 pm
"Well, if we're going to go, it should probably be now." Jessica rises from her seat and grabs her gear.
Apr 24, 2024 11:54 am
Pickles nervously smiles before finishing his drink and shouldering his pack, "I hope the pay is worth it." He murmurs while jumping into step with Sister Jessica, quickly taking a bite of Rat-o-Stick to stop any further comments.
Apr 24, 2024 1:00 pm
Fenwick finishes her ale and moves to join the others as they assemble. She fishes the pebble out of her pack to exchange for her weapons.

"Do you think this is a trap?" she whispers to Pickles as she moves besides him. (He had after all been watching the Orcs and humans interact.)
Apr 24, 2024 2:15 pm
Ricard finishes his drink and stands with the others.

"We just go to listen, and we don't kill men for money."
Apr 24, 2024 5:29 pm
The two orcs lead you out of The Kopper Kettle and back across the marketplace to the guard post, where you collect your weapons. Pickles relights his lantern and you follow the orcs back into the gloom of Stonehell.

The path you take is largely familiar - through the market entrance area to the Chamber of the Woods (there’s no sign of that dwarf), and from their north. However, at the ensuing T-junction, you turn east (rather than heading back west to the crossroads with the "Open Sore Tribe - Keep Out!" sign) and follow a corridor that eventually arrives at an orc guard post.

The guard post is lit with smoking torches (so Pickles can douse his lantern once more). It’s crudely furnished, and a moth-eaten bearskin rug covers the central area of the floor. A pale of oil stands in the room’s northwest corner. Seven orcs are congregated here, one of which is a particularly tough-looking character wearing a flamboyant gold necklace. Two of the orcs have short bows, and all are equipped with swords.

The orc you spoke to in the Kopper Kettle gestures towards a door to the south. You can hear guttural oinks and general sounds of commotion beyond. "Through there," he gestures. "Ask for the Boss and they’ll tell you where to go."

Mapping information: Extending what Gabbro’s map already shows east of the T-Junction … after the 10’ southerly corridor section that’s already drawn, the corridor opens into a square 20’ x 20’ room (the guard post). You enter through the eastern half of the northern wall. There is a door in the northern section of the eastern wall. And in the western section of the southern wall, a 10’ corridor ends at another door (the one to which the orc directs you).

---
Day 2, 2:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 24, 2024 6:41 pm
Ricard heads through the southern door as directed and asks the first orc he sees for the boss.

"We heard you had work that needed doing and coin to pay with."
Apr 25, 2024 4:42 am
Pickles thinks a little over Fenwick’s question, answering only as the enter the Orc’s den. "I’m not sure. The Orcs showed no aggression towards the Humans, but that may have been due to being in the market, but we’ll have to see how this plays out. I will meld into the shadows and see what I can find out."

As the move into the Boss’s ‘Office’ Pickles finds a convenient shadow and slips into it. While he waits for everyone to forget about him, he listens to the guards chatter.
Apr 26, 2024 1:41 pm
Tiberious follow in behind Ricard. He does not say anything, but surveys the room and the people in it.
Apr 26, 2024 2:23 pm
Fenwick is glad to think that Pickles believes the orcs aren't necessarily being duplicitous, though she's concerned with what they would want.

She will proceed through the indicated doorway cautiously, looking to introduce herself to this Boss and learn more about how he even knows who they are to be asking for them. Seems more likely he's searching for adventurers in general and they were the ones willing to take the offer.
Apr 26, 2024 5:25 pm
Orc Barracks
The door that leads south from the Orc Guard Post takes you into a barracks area. A series of rough-hewn wooden bunks are arranged around the edge of the room, and a collection of barrels are clustered in the northeast corner.

The floor in the centre of the chamber has been cleared and two orcs, stripped to the waist, are engaged in some "friendly" wrestling whilst being cheered on by their colleagues (five other orcs, including another of apparently superior rank wearing a heavy gold chain).

Hanging from a hook on the southern wall of the room is a bloodied gnome that bears the wounds of orcs at "play". You can see that he is barely alive - his walnut-coloured flesh is gashed and burned and his hair has been singed from his head.

The orcs cease their wrestling match upon your arrival, looking distinctly non-plussed at being disturbed. Nevertheless, in response to Ricard’s enquiry, they point towards the only other exit from the room - a door in the centre of the eastern wall.

Pickles - please make a Halfling Hide in Shadows test (2-in-6 chance) to see if you are able to blend into the background.

Mapping information: square room, 30’ x 30’. You enter through a door in the middle of the northern wall. The only other visible exit is a door in the middle of the eastern wall.

---
Day 2, 2:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 26, 2024 10:17 pm
Ricard follows the direction and enters the eastern door.
Apr 26, 2024 10:37 pm
"Whoops, sorry to interrupt boys, don't stop on our account," says Fenwick hastily, hurrying into the other room.

Well, that's not ominous or anything. Hopefully they'll be able to avoid joining the gnome.
Apr 26, 2024 10:43 pm
Jessica is very clearly aghast at what she sees. She knew of the barbarities of the orcs, but to see it on display like this... Still, she manages to hold her tongue and follow the others.
Apr 27, 2024 3:11 am
Pickles finds a convenient shadow in the barracks and attempts to meld with it . . .

Rolls

Fade into shadow - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Apr 27, 2024 9:56 am
Orc Barracks
The battered gnome looks at you imploringly as you cross the barracks towards the door in the east wall. His lips part in an effort to speak, but no sound emerges.

Pickles lingers in the shadows in an attempt to hide, but it quickly becomes clear that the orcs have seen him. The patrol leader, the one with the gold chain, gestures for the halfling to hurry along and follow the rest of the party.

Orc Chieftain’s Room
The door in the eastern wall of the barracks opens into a short 10’ corridor, which in turn leads into a larger room. Within are three imposing orcs. The chieftain, sporting an ornate and extremely valuable-looking platinum circlet, sits upon an oversized wooden throne. To his left, sits his companion, her sapphire nose ring sparkling in the torchlight. And on the chieftain’s right, is a large and alert-looking guard who, like the other patrol leaders, wears a heavy gold chain around her neck.

The other furniture in the room includes a timber bed with an owlbear skin covering, a massive stone table, and a large iron-bound wooden chest.

"Ah," announces the chieftain as you enter, "our visitors are here. Welcome to the home of the Open Sore Tribe. I understand that you are looking for work?". His deep, but clear and virtually accentless Common speech seems most un-orc-like.

Mapping information: rectangular room, 20’ x 30’. You enter through the middle of the western wall. There are no other visible exits.

---
Day 2, 2:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 28, 2024 6:23 pm
Ricard bows to the chieftain,

"Not so much looking, sir, but rather we were told you had a task that requires our assistance. In the name of civility we have come to help."
Apr 28, 2024 7:17 pm
Jessica stands quietly, wondering to herself if there was anything that she could do to help the poor gnome.
Apr 28, 2024 10:16 pm
Fenwick is impressed with the level of wealth on display in the room, as well as the refined nature of the Boss' speech, the Open Sore Tribe may be more than the brutish bunch she'd been expecting.

Not trusting herself to not say the wrong thing, she does a little curtsy after seeing Ricard bow--very awkwardly and probably unrecognizable in her armor--and decides to wait to see if he gets a response.
Apr 28, 2024 11:38 pm
Gabbro surreptitiously eyes the signs of prosperity on display. ::And here I am, not even able to afford a drink...::

The elf tries to mask his unease at being surrounded by the usually-chaotic orcs by gabbing. "We come seeking our fortune, as I imagine most visitors to Stonehell do. I think we're all curious what work you could have for us that you couldn't do just as well yourselves. And what the pay is."
Last edited April 28, 2024 11:47 pm
Apr 29, 2024 12:47 am
Realising he was not melding as wished for Pickles pretends briefly to admire any nearby wall hangings, "Very lovely, interesting." he says before gulping as the Gnome comes into view and scooting after his companions.
Apr 29, 2024 4:01 pm
Orc Chieftain’s Room
"Let me explain the little task I have for you," the chieftain begins.

"There are a group of humans who live somewhere above Stonehell. Go by the name of the Ghost Beggars. They seem to be little more than roadside thieves, but they do have a scam by which they charge adventuring parties such as your good selves for safe passage through the canyon. If you haven’t met them yet, you soon will."

"Anyway, reliable sources tell me that the leader of the Beggars, one Zorrel Gnast is looking for something in Stonehell. He seems sufficiently preoccupied with finding this thing that it must have some value. I’d like you to find out what he is looking for. If you can do this, I have five hundred gold coins waiting for you."

"I’ll also offer up to the same amount again for any intelligence on the Beggar’s operation - where they’re based, layout, numbers, how they come and go from Stonehell, and so on."

"As my generosity apparently knows no bounds, I will also grant you unhindered passage through Open Sore territories. If you really are intent on seeking your fortune in Stonehell, you may find that concession more valuable than the coin."

To Gabbro: "In light of the nature of the task, I’m sure you can appreciate how it might be easier for a group such as yourselves to gather this information. There are likely to be certain trust issues if Sores were to approach the Beggars directly, and some of my tribe are not known for their subtlety."

"So, do we have a deal?". You see the patrol leader to the chieftain’s right tense at this final question.

---
Day 2, 2:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
Apr 29, 2024 7:41 pm
Fenwick shrugs.

"Sounds fair to me. We've met these Ghost Beggars already, and they're bullies who I'm not too fond of, " says Fenwick. "So, I don't have any objections to telling you anything I find out about them. "
Apr 29, 2024 8:56 pm
Jessica frowns but nods her head. "I agree to your terms." Turning to her friends, she adds, "I think that we should do this, if for no other reason than the ability to move freely through Open Sore territory. The fewer enemies we make, the better, and if those who would be an enemy are actually an ally, then that's better yet."
Apr 29, 2024 9:55 pm
"We'll do it, on one condition."

Ricard straightens up subtly, raising his chin ever so slightly.

"Give us that gnome out there, I need a squire and it looks like your boys are about done with him anyway. We'll find out what they want and how they work."
Last edited April 29, 2024 10:12 pm
Apr 29, 2024 11:01 pm
Gabbro nods thoughtfully. "Yeah, we have no love for these 'Ghost Beggars.' Is there anything else you can tell us about them? Numbers? Identifying marks, costume, insignia? Any details about this Gnast character we should know?"
Apr 30, 2024 11:37 am
Pickles listens to Orc leader and his companions as they discuss the job at hand, only signaling his approval of the job by nodding like one of those supporters standing behind a politician. The conversation fades into a collection of blah this and blah that, as his thoughts wander and his face showing the internal confusion . . .

Are these ‘Ghost Beggars’ the same as the nice guy that gave him the silver coin, or are they a different group. It is always hard to tell the tall ones apart. The Elves make it slightly easier by having pointed ears, but the flat ears all have the same bland, flat faces. Only the changing shades allows one to tell them apart.
Last edited April 30, 2024 11:38 am
Apr 30, 2024 5:06 pm
Orc Chieftan’s Room
dominion451 says:
"We'll do it, on one condition."

Ricard straightens up subtly, raising his chin ever so slightly.

"Give us that gnome out there, I need a squire and it looks like your boys are about done with him anyway."
The orc chieftain shrugs. "OK, it’ll save us the job of disposing of the body. He’s all yours. I’ll get the boys to cut him down."
spaceseeker19 says:
Gabbro nods thoughtfully. "Yeah, we have no love for these 'Ghost Beggars.' Is there anything else you can tell us about them? Numbers? Identifying marks, costume, insignia? Any details about this Gnast character we should know?"
"They wear yellow and black as their colours. I only know Gnast by sight. Tall fellow, bushy beard, one eye. He’s hard to miss. In terms of numbers, I don't know. I've heard tales of them coming off worse from one of their recent attempts to rob a caravan, but that they've since bolstered their numbers by teaming up with a group of highwaymen."

---
Day 2, 2:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
May 1, 2024 11:42 am
Upon the description on the humans wear yellow and black he calls out, "Bingo!" He quickly clamps a hand over his mouth as the Chieftain describes the giant man he met in the market place. He moves over to Fenwick and tugs on their armour, "They’re the ones at the market . . . " he says in hushed tones before quickly cutting himself off. He seems ready to burst and ready the leave.
May 2, 2024 12:37 am
Tiberious remains at the back of the group and considers the request. This "item" obviously has a lot of value. We might be better off claiming it for ourselves He thinks to himself.

He let's the others do the talking with the chieftain. There will be hell to pay when he finds out we have double crossed him. We will have to prepare for the backlash
May 3, 2024 2:18 am
"Good work, Pickles, it sounds like we've got a lead already! " Fenwick repeats her bow to the orc leader. "In which case, we'll just collect our gmome from the other room and be on our way."

She turns to leave and heads to the other room of no one stops her.
May 3, 2024 9:44 am
Pickles gives the Chieftain a wave before skipping after Fenwick and Tiberious, keen to be out of there and to help the poor Gnome. He reflected on how noble Richard had been asking to rescue the tortured soul.
May 3, 2024 3:23 pm
You are dismissed by the orc chieftain and escorted back to the guard post. Moments later, you are joined by the poor gnome who has been unhooked from the barracks wall. He is in a sorry state, battered and bedraggled, but he’s upright and capable of walking.

"Thank you … my friends," he croaks, clearly finding it difficult to speak, "You have my … undying ... gratitude. The name’s ... Johann. Could I ... trouble you for ... a drink of ... water?"
It is up to you what you do with Johann. He is currently weaponless, unarmoured and badly injured, and is considered to be a level 0 NPC. However, he would happily join the party as someone’s retainer if asked (no hiring roll required). If he does so, he will become a level 1 Gnome (as per the Old School Essentials "Advanced" rules).

---
Day 2, 2:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Johann, Gnome 0: 1/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
May 3, 2024 3:38 pm
Fenwick will share her waterskin with Johann.

"Let's head back to the Korners to get him cleaned up and ask after the Beggars."

"How did you end up here?" she asks the gnome.
May 3, 2024 3:59 pm
Jessica does her best to dress the gnome's wounds.
May 4, 2024 3:11 am
Ricard looks over the bady wounded Gnome and sucks air through his teeth. He passes off his waterskin to the thirsty gnome upon request.

"Think nothing of it. What say we get you fixed up a bit, I have need of your services if you are willing. Nearly impossible to strap this armor up without help you know. And the bearing of torches is most necessary as well."

Ricard offers a chuckle and a half smile to Johann to ease the tension.
Last edited May 4, 2024 3:14 am
May 4, 2024 10:32 am
Johann drinks from the waterskin, tentatively at first, but then in longer draughts, panting between gulps.
WhtKnt says:
Jessica does her best to dress the gnome's wounds.
Inspecting his wounds, Jessica can see that Johann has suffered a myriad of minor injuries - burns, cuts and bruises - but there doesn’t appear to be anything immediately life-threatening. A couple of days of uninterrupted rest should do much to revive him.
MinMin says:
"How did you end up here?" she asks the gnome.
"I’m an adventurer, just like you. My party was ambushed by orcs in the magnetic cave. I became separated from the rest of them in the scuffle, but they just scarpered and left me for dead, the bastards."
dominion451 says:
"What say we get you fixed up a bit, I have need of your services if you are willing. Nearly impossible to strap this armor up without help you know. And the bearing of torches is most necessary as well."[/b]

Ricard offers a chuckle and a half smile to Johann to ease the tension.
Johann smiles back weakly. "I fear I’m good for little else at the moment. The orcs stripped me of my equipment and took my spell book. But, if I can serve in any capacity I will willingly do so. I owe you my life."

---
Day 2, 2:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Johann, Gnome 0: 1/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
May 4, 2024 2:41 pm
"Magnetic cave?" Gabbro asks with some interest as the party walks with Johann back to Kobold Korners. "Would you tell us more about that? We've explored a fair bit of this level of Stonehell, but haven't seen anything yet that I would describe as 'magnetic.'" Gabbro makes a mental note to show Johann the map and see what details he might add, just as soon as they arrive back at the relative "safety" of the Kobold Korners. "We'd also like to hear more details about your interactions with the orcs." The elf looks meaningfully at his companions. ::We all know that orcs are not to be trusted, but this talk of ambushing another adventuring party probably gives us all second thoughts about any sort of alliance.:: "Knowing more might help us avoid falling into a similar trap in the future."
May 5, 2024 10:12 am
"There’s a series of caverns just west of here," describes Johann. "The first one we found had a distinct blue tint to the stone - a bit unusual, but seemingly natural. But the next cave was just weird. You could feel a sort of tingling in the air as you approached and then, all of a sudden, one of our fighters and our cleric found themselves pinned to the wall of the cave, their metal armour held by a strong magnetic force. It was quite a job to prise them away again, and that’s when the orcs attacked us."

"As for the orcs - they seemed to be in high spirits. From the little I could understand, I think they must have recently raided somewhere - I saw quite a lot of loot carried into the chieftain’s room."
Are you heading directly back to Kobold Korners now, or is there anything you would like to do first?

---
Day 2, 2:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Johann, Gnome 0: 1/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
May 5, 2024 11:57 am
Pickles follows along close behind Johann, listening intently to his tales. "Wow, a cave that pins you down. That is a Wizard’s dream, they could stand there all day flinging spells as their flowing cloaks and Wooden Staves. Very cool." Pickles eye glaze a little as he visions it in his head, completely oblivious to the fact he wears metal. "Did you mention you can do spells? And I will happily purchase you a dagger once we are back in town." He adds with a grin.
May 6, 2024 2:32 pm
Ricard knocks on his breastplate with one mailed first,

"Doesn't sound good for me. Is it weird that I want to try it? Heh heh."
OOC:
I think we're going straight back to put our gnome to bed after which we can head back out for a bit, please correct me if anyone else has a different idea.
May 6, 2024 10:04 pm
"Sounds pretty cool! Well, except for the getting stuck to a wall and killed part," says Fenwick.

Now she'll have to look out for bluish stone along with the usual floop traps, sigh.
OOC:
I agree, Ricard.
May 7, 2024 12:13 am
OOC:
I agree.
Jessica is dubious. She doesn't fancy being stuck to a wall and unable to defend herself.
May 7, 2024 5:26 am
Pickles follows along with wide eyes listening to Johann’s tales . . .
OOC:
Sounds a solid plan.
May 7, 2024 5:56 pm
Mathfuric says:
"Did you mention you can do spells?
"Of course," replies Johann, a hint of indignation in his voice. "Us gnomes are famed for our mastery of the illusory arts. Although not ... ahem … when we have lost our spell books."
Mathfuric says:
"And I will happily purchase you a dagger once we are back in town." He adds with a grin.
"You are too kind, my cheerful friend. And, of course, I will repay you as soon as I have the coin to do so."

It takes you two turns to retrace your steps to Kobold Korners via the Chamber of the Woods (navigating its closed portcullis) and the kobold guard post. Having surrendered your weapons once more, you are free to enter the marketplace.

---
Day 2, 2:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Johann, Gnome 0: 1/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
May 7, 2024 6:14 pm
"Let me know if you need me to chip in a copper or two to get Johann a bed and some food or water, " Fenwick says to Ricard.

She will do a quick pivot about the center of the marketplace, looking to see if any of the Ghost Beggars are still present at its stalls (though she won't approach any).
May 7, 2024 8:50 pm
Gabbro points out to everyone where the blue cave is on the map; some of the party have been the edge of that area already; knowing that, we can avoid going there until we're good and ready.
OOC:
The blue cave is to the west of the intersection with the sign reading "Open Sore Tribe." When we entered that room the first time, we heard voices - possibly the same orcs returning with loot? - and fled rather than encounter anyone in the dungeon.
May 8, 2024 12:29 am
As they enter the markets Pickles steps up beside Johann, "I can’t replace your spell book, though you may find one at the junk exchange they had a massive range of odd things." Pickles pauses very briefly as if trying to recall the image of the shop, "But I can give you something to help buy a weapon, plus some rations to help with your recovery. Would you like us to help you shop and get accommodation?"

Pickles pull out 3 gold pieces and 2 standard ration packs from his pack, handing them to Johann.
May 8, 2024 11:07 pm
Gabbro scans the crowd with Fenwick (and any of the rest of the party nearby) and adds, softly: "So...how do you think we should proceed? Do we try to collar one of the Ghost Beggars as they're leaving Kobold Korners, do we go back to the surface and confront them in their cave, or do we just continue exploring and play it by ear as opportunity presents itself?"
May 9, 2024 4:02 am
"If they are still around we could buy them a drink, see what the liquor loosens."
May 9, 2024 3:28 pm
Kobold Market
Johann thanks the party for their generosity, bows, and heads towards the Kopper Kettle in search of bed, board and a chance to recuperate.

Those who have donated coins or rations to Johann, please update your character sheets accordingly.

Scanning the current occupants of the market, you can see a pair of humans sporting yellow-and-black checkered bandanas amongst the assembled crowd. They are standing outside the soothsayer’s tent, apparently debating whether the advertised two copper entry fee is worth paying.

---
Day 2, 2:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
May 9, 2024 11:09 pm
Pickles a little excitedly points out the Humans before skipping off towards them, "Hello. How are you?" Pickles calls out, waving as if he know them.
May 10, 2024 12:21 am
Ricard puts on his best easy smile and saunters up alongside Pickles.

"Hey there, not many men around here, I'm Ricard and this is Pickles, care to have a drink and swap stories? My treat."
May 10, 2024 12:30 am
Jessica's brow furrows as she watches Pickles and Ricard interact with the men. She doesn't trust the strangers and is more than a little concerned that getting too chummy with them might give away their advantage.
May 10, 2024 3:41 pm
A reaction roll seems appropriate in this situation. I’ll give you a modifier of +1 for Pickles’ friendly approach, and a further +1 for Ricard’s offer of a drink. Pickles’ and Ricard’s charisma modifiers cancel each other out.

Rolls

Ghost Beggars' reaction roll - (2d6+2)

(21) + 2 = 5

May 10, 2024 3:49 pm
Kobold Market
Oh dear - unlucky! That's "Unfriendly, may attack".
Pickle’s and Ricard’s offer is met with sneers and derision from the two Ghost Beggars. "Save ya’ money scumbags - you’re gonna need it to pay us on the way out."

They turn away and resume their discussions on the merits of the soothsayer.

---
Day 2, 2:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
May 10, 2024 4:09 pm
Ricard shrugs,

"Didn't figure you lot for the tea-totalling type, guess they don't let you ladies drink in the gang, eh?"

The warrior is clearly trying to provoke a reaction though he does not show it in his face. He turns to head back to his group to further strategize.
May 10, 2024 7:15 pm
As Ricard and Pickles return to the group, Gabbro asks again: "So? Now that we've tried being nice, do we try to grab one of them as they're leaving Kobold Korners, do we go back to the surface and confront them in their cave, or do we just continue exploring and find some treasure first to draw the robbers in to us for an ambush?"
May 10, 2024 7:40 pm
Jessica does a quick head count. "Six of us, five who could be useful in a fight... no offense, Tiberious. I'm not sure that I like these odds."
May 11, 2024 1:59 am
Ricard nods in agreement with Sister Jessica,

"I always try to avoid fair fights, just don't like the odds. Picking this bunch off and beating the info out of one of them is probably our best bet, but we'd need a good ambush."
May 11, 2024 5:03 am
Pickles is a little deflated at the welcome, or unwelcome, of these Humans. The big guy with one eye, Zorrel Gnast he thinks the Orc Chieftain called him, was much nicer. If only he had been there, oh well. Pickles sighs as he joins the group, "An ambush is best I think as well. First we need bait for our trap, so some treasure would be good."
May 11, 2024 6:16 am
Kobold Market
dominion451 says:
Ricard shrugs,

"Didn't figure you lot for the tea-totalling type, guess they don't let you ladies drink in the gang, eh?"
One of the Ghost Beggars snatches a dagger from his belt, and lunges towards Ricard, snarling. His comrade just manages to restrain him. Within moments, two bugbear guards are on the scene to ensure the scuffle doesn’t escalate.

"We’ll see ya up top … we’ll be waiting!" the brigand shouts after the departing Ricard.

---
Day 2, 2:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7
Tiberious, Magic-User 1: 5/5

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Link to Tiberious' mega-maps ...
May 12, 2024 5:00 am
"So we either follow them to find out where we can set an ambush - risky, because we'd probably been seen following them - or continue trying to find treasure, so that we can draw them out, like Pickles said." Gabbro smiles. "Which way do you want to look?" He refers to the maps. "I'm a little curious to know what is north of the market, myself, but there's lots of places we haven't explored yet."

In the back of his mind, Gabbro considers the thought that the Open Sore tribe attacks people who have collected treasure...which group is more likely to come after them when they have some valuables at last?
May 13, 2024 1:14 pm
"I'm all for ambushing these jerks," says Fenwick."Not sure how we position ourselves to get the jump on them, though. From what they said it sounds like they're headed back towards the surface. We could try to wait along the path to the main entrance if we think they'd take it? Supposedly we can cut through the tribe's territory which is to our advantage, but I'm not sure we know enough about what's where for that to help us."
May 13, 2024 6:03 pm
"Wonder if we could lure them into the magnetic cave our new friend mentioned..."
May 14, 2024 5:22 am
"Hmm. I like that idea, Ricard, but I don't see how we could lure them in without going in first ourselves...and pretty much all of our weapons are ferrous metal, so we'd just be disarming ourselves." Gabbro then considers Fenwick's suggestion. "There are just the pair of them here at the moment...though the others are probably not too far, as they were just here a little while ago. We could just try to get to the Grand Foyer first and lie in wait for them there..." Gabbro frowns, recognizing how vague that sounds.
May 14, 2024 3:34 pm
dominion451 says:
"Wonder if we could lure them into the magnetic cave our new friend mentioned..."
Gnast was wearing plate mail armour when Pickles met him earlier. The two Ghost Beggars that you just encountered in the market are wearing leather armour.

---
Day 2, 2:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
May 14, 2024 5:18 pm
"So the problem I see is that we don't know where they're headed or what path they'll take-- otherwise, I would say we pick a location like the Forest room or the main stairs we think they'll pass through, " says Fenwick. "But a better plan might be to pick the location that suits us best and have someone lure them in by making them chase after. Of course, that puts someone in danger-- unless one of us is really good at illusions or the like?"

She looks around hopefully.
Last edited May 15, 2024 1:47 pm
May 15, 2024 7:25 am
Pickles looks a little nervous as he speaks up, "I could possibly get them chasing me into the forest room, I have the best chance of hiding from them once in there. I am sure I could just keep talking to them until they become frustrated, but we need to figure out some bait first."

He pauses briefly before continuing, "Though that angry one did not take much to irritate, he could be a good target."
Last edited May 15, 2024 7:27 am
May 18, 2024 5:18 pm
"I'm fairly certain they would chase me anywhere I ran in a blind rage," offers Ricard thoughtfully...
May 19, 2024 9:20 am
Kobold Market
As you deliberate on your next course of action, the two Ghost Beggars turn and start to head towards the south-westerly exit from the marketplace.

---
Day 2, 2:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
May 19, 2024 11:22 am
Luther spies the group of adventurers from across the market. This must be the ones I have been being led too he thinks to himself. He has been traveling many days guided by a feeling he can only explain as divine. From what he has seen so far there is much evil in this place to be eradicated.
He approaches the group "Well met my good travelers, I am Brother Luther. I have been led to you."
May 20, 2024 1:31 am
"Hello, Luther...er, Brother Luther." Gabbro says, only mildly surprised that another adventurer has appeared. "Do you know anything about the Ghost Beggars?"
OOC:
As we've done in the past, we're just taking the new arrival into the group.
Last edited May 20, 2024 1:32 am
May 20, 2024 6:51 am
Pickles raises an eyebrow at the new arrival before shrugging, he was more one to believe in luck than divine intervention. "Welcome." he says warmly with a smile and an extended hand. "Nice of you to joins us, more the merrier my mom always said."

He turns to the others, "I’ll suggest we follow those two." He remarks as he points at the leaving bandits.
May 20, 2024 10:01 am
Luther address the Elf, "I know nothing of these Ghost Beggars you ask about. Also just Luther will be fine." Then looks to halfling," Howdy there my small friend."
Last edited May 20, 2024 10:14 am
May 20, 2024 2:33 pm
"I'm game," Gabbro responds to Pickles' suggestion, then turn to address Ricard, "You ready? Let's reclaim our weapons and follow them...recognizing that they could be setting another trap for us." As they set out, Gabbro tries to fill Luther in on the situation, adding in a low voice: "Luther, the Ghost Beggars are a gang of bandits who extort a 'toll' from adventurers when they're leaving Stonehell. There's a bounty on their leader. Those two" he nods at the two that the group is following, "are Ghost Beggars, and they just tried to start a fight with us. We're going to see what we can see."
Last edited May 20, 2024 2:34 pm
May 20, 2024 11:35 pm
Luther acknowledges the elf. "May I have your name good elf?" he listens to the tale. "This will never do we can't have people doing this to others. I will do what I can to help." He thinks to himself though that this can't be the reason he was led here.
May 21, 2024 3:28 pm
Maintaining a discrete distance, you see the two brigands collect their swords from the Guard Post, light a torch, and head westwards into the darkness towards the Chamber of the Woods.

If the plan is to follow them, please let me know how you plan to do that. It’s very easy to follow their torchlight but, equally, it’s going to be difficult to conceal any light source of your own. I guess the key questions to consider are:

- What sort of distance are you going to maintain between you and them?
- How are you going to see where you are going in the darkness?


---
Day 2, 2:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
May 21, 2024 8:50 pm
Ricard clasps arms with the new priest and welcome them into the group. As for following the Beggars, Ricard decides to leave the strategy to those with better minds. He is willing to trudges along in the dark after the Beggars but equally ready to simply rush them...
May 22, 2024 12:22 am
Is there another way to get to forest room and get there before them? I am for however you guy want to handle it.
May 22, 2024 12:40 am
"Maybe just rush them in the right, left turn area just after the next room before the hall?"
May 22, 2024 2:06 am
"Led to us?" Fenwick asks Luther. "I guess we're already starting to get quite the reputation around here."

As Pickles points out the Beggars leaving, she curses softly and hurries to retrieve her weapons from the market's guards. "We don't want to let them get too far ahead!"

She'll wait for the pair to get just out of sight, and then follow after, trying to keep them at least in the range of her hearing, and allowing any of the other Hellions to pass her if they want to take up the lead.
May 22, 2024 4:25 am
Only pausing to grab his Bow and Axe, Pickles strides out large to keep up. "If we rush the might be best to do it as they approach the Portcullis leading into the Forest room, so they can not run away."
May 22, 2024 3:15 pm
You collect your weapons from the kobold guards and head west in pursuit of the Ghost Beggars.

Peering around the corner at the point at which the passage turns north and then immediately west again, you see the two brigands arriving at the portcullised entrance to the Chamber of the Woods 70’ ahead. Between them, they prepare to lift the heavy metal gate.

---
Day 2, 2:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
May 22, 2024 5:14 pm
"Seems like as good of time as any. Get em fighters." If they rush I will move to block ant possible other route.
May 22, 2024 10:16 pm
Ricard draws his blade, planning to strike with the flat side. He leans forward to dash...
OOC:
pending results of the subdual question in OOC
May 23, 2024 11:29 am
Pickles slides an arrow from the quiver and notches it. He focuses on his breathing and slows his heart beat, he knows he will have to remain calm and collected to ensure his shots do not stray.

’None vital parts, none vital parts.’ he thinks to himself as he waits for the signal . . .
May 23, 2024 11:14 pm
Jessica appears relieved that the plan is to capture and not outright kill. She readies her mace and when the elves have made their move, she will surge forward to attack with the others.
May 24, 2024 1:43 am
Luther will also be ready with mace in hand to rush in with Ricard and Jessica.
May 24, 2024 4:46 am
Gabbro finishes describing what he sees to the others in a whisper, then nods to Fenwick. "Let's go. The rest of you, follow in a moment."
OOC:
When we "retrieved our weapons," I'm assuming that Fenwick took Druin's Blade again, and Gabbro took Fenwick's Spear (the trade we'd made earlier) because he was going to be in the front rank, testing the floor for traps with the longer weapon. We can adjust if that's not the case.
Gabbro sneaks forward in the darkness, expecting that Fenwick will be right behind him. When he gets just outside their light, he launches the attack with a stone flung from his sling, aiming at the Ghost Beggar on his left (or whichever one is actively trying to lift the portcullis). The attacks are to subdue.
OOC:
For the purposes of this roll, I'm going to assume that they're AC5 (just choosing a random number). Gabbro's THAC0 is 19.

Edit: So that's a hit on AC1 or higher...but only 1 point of damage. Again.
Last edited May 24, 2024 4:49 am

Rolls

Sling attack AC14, damage on a hit - (1d20+1, 1d4)

1d20+1 : (17) + 1 = 18

1d4 : (1) = 1

May 24, 2024 3:16 pm
OK, let’s just rewind slightly and check for surprise. Ordinarily, the Ghost Beggars would be surprised on 1-2 on a d6. However, as Gabbro and Fenwick have approached from complete darkness, and the brigands are preoccupied with trying to raise the portcullis, I’ll double that chance to 4 in 6.

---
Day 2, 2:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Surprise check for Ghost Beggars - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Secret Roll

May 24, 2024 3:41 pm
Unlucky - that’s a 6, so no surprise.

Somehow the Ghost Beggars hear your approach. They spin away from the portcullis (which is still closed) to face you, drawing their swords. Both are wearing leather armour. One has a shield in his off-hand (so AC 6). The other has a torch (so AC 7).

Please can someone roll for The Hellion’s initiative on 1d6.

To clarify the situation … Gabbro and Fenwick are 30’ away from the brigands. The rest of the party is 70’ away.

Please can everyone declare their actions for the first round. Only Gabbro and Fenwick are within melee range for this round. The rest of you will have to spend a round closing in order to engage in melee. At most, three of you can fight side-by-side in the corridor.

Gabbro - I will let you keep your successful subduing sling attack if you wish to do so. Or you may declare a different action in the light of how events have unfolded.

Rolls

Ghost Beggars' initiative for Round 1 - (1d6)

(5) = 5

May 24, 2024 3:59 pm
I will rush up with mace and shield to lend a hand since I have a blunt weapon.
OOC:
Does anyone have a + on initiative rolls? They should probably roll for the group.
May 24, 2024 5:40 pm
Fenwick slows her approach as the enemy spins to face her, she glances sideways at Gabbro, notes they're both carrying other people's weapons, and comments in Elvish, "Huh, how'd we both manage to end up on the front lines?"

Then she steps towards the enemy on her side of the passage and slashes at them with her sword.
Last edited May 24, 2024 5:41 pm

Rolls

Party Initiative (1d6) - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Melee Attack (1d20, THAC6=13) - (1d20)

(12) = 12

Sword--the fabled "Druin's Blade" (If applicable) - (1d8)

(2) = 2

May 24, 2024 7:46 pm
Jessica moves in swinging.

Rolls

War hammer attack & damage - (19-1d20, 1d6)

19-1d20 : - (6) + 19 = 13

1d6 : (2) = 2

May 24, 2024 8:15 pm
Looks like three are already there. I will stay behind them in case someone gets hurt and needs swapped out or I get a opportunity to attack.
OOC:
Remember we want to subdue them so don't slash or stab at them. Use the flat of the blade or back out and let someone with a mace or hammer in.
May 25, 2024 5:24 am
As Gabbro releases his stone Pickles steps forward moving towards the Ghost Beggers’, raising his bow and taking careful aim at the one with the torch. He slows his breathing, drawing the string to his chin as he looks down the shaft. Time slows as he moves closer and closer until the point of release . . . Twang
OOC:
Pickles will move forward until within 50ft (short range +1) before firing.

Rolls

Attack roll (9 to hit) - (1d20)

(16) = 16

Arrow damage - (1d6)

(6) = 6

May 25, 2024 8:00 am
Brawling with the Beggars - Round 1
The Beggars win initiative 5 vs 3.

The two Beggars advance 30’ east to engage Gabbro and Fenwick in melee. Both attack with their short swords …

Rolls

Beggar 1 (AC 6) attack and damage vs Gabbro - (1d20, 1d6)

1d20 : (4) = 4

1d6 : (4) = 4

Beggar 2 (AC 7) attack and damage vs Fenwick - (1d20, 1d6)

1d20 : (3) = 3

1d6 : (5) = 5

May 25, 2024 8:24 am
Brawling with the Beggars - Round 1 (continued)
The Beggars’ attacks are clumsy and the two elves sidestep them easily.

The Hellions are up. We’ll work through the round in the proper order: movement -> missiles -> spells - > melee.

In terms of movement:

Gabbro and Fenwick remain where they are, engaged in melee.

Pickles doesn’t need to move. The Beggars have already moved within short range of his bow.

Jessica advances. Her encounter movement (30’) is insufficient to allow her to reach the Beggars (40’ away), so she can’t attack this round.

Luther hangs back in a support role.

Waiting for Ricard to declare his actions.

Thanks for all the attack rolls … we’ll resolve those once the movement phase is complete.


---
Day 2, 2:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
May 25, 2024 12:09 pm
I will move close enough in support so I can attack if need be.
OOC:
Don't forget we are trying to subdue them not kill them.
May 26, 2024 9:04 am
Brawling with the Beggars - Round 1 (continued)
OK, to keep things moving, I’ll assume that Ricard advances 30’ alongside Jessica to close to within 10’ of the brigands.

Missile attacks …

Pickles fires his short bow. He gets +1 for his dexterity, +1 as a halfling and +1 for short range. However, because there are so many Hellions between him and his target, there will be a -4 penalty due to "cover". So the net bonus is -1. Nevertheless, his modified roll of 15 hits. The arrow embeds itself squarely in the chest of Ghost Beggar 2, killing him outright (it’s not possible to "subdue" with an arrow).

There are no spells so we’ll move on to melee …

Gabbro strikes the remaining Beggar with the haft of his spear. The blow catches the brigand on the side of his head, causing him to stagger backwards.

Fenwick follows up with Druin’s Bane, but his attack is wide of the mark (I wasn’t sure whether Fenwick was striking to subdue or not, but as he missed it didn’t matter).

That concludes Round 1. End of round summary:

- Gabbro and Fenwick are engaged in melee with the remaining Ghost Beggar, who is slightly subdued.
- Ricard and Jessica are a further 10’ back, with Luther just behind them.
- Pickles is 40’ back at the kink in the passage.

Someone please roll The Hellion’s initiative for Round 2 and everyone declare their actions.

---
Day 2, 2:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Ghost Beggar’s initiative for Round 2 - (1d6)

(3) = 3

May 26, 2024 11:53 am
Luther looks on ready to spring into action as he hears a solid impact and sees the protruding from the chest of a beggar as they slump to the floor. Nice shot Pickles but no more we are after answers. Subdue the remaining no slashing or stabbing.

Rolls

Hellions initiative - (1d6)

(3) = 3

May 26, 2024 12:55 pm
Brawling with the Beggars - Round 2
Initiative is tied, 3 vs 3. So both sides act simultaneously.

However, let me first check the brigand’s morale as that might bring the combat to a swift conclusion...

---
Day 2, 2:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Brigand’s morale check - (2d6)

(36) = 9

May 26, 2024 12:57 pm
Seeing his comrade fall to the ground courtesy of Pickles' deadly bowmanship, the remaining Ghost Beggar drops his weapon and raises his hands in surrender.

---
Day 2, 2:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
May 26, 2024 2:10 pm
Gabbro keeps his spear poised to club the upright Ghost Beggar in case he tries anything. "Who has some rope?"
OOC:
Out of curiosity, which one of these two was the one who threatened Ricard earlier?
May 26, 2024 3:04 pm
Luther goes trough his pack real quick to get rope. Here you go. Tie him up and lets move to a different room
Last edited May 26, 2024 3:48 pm
May 26, 2024 5:25 pm
Jessica kneels beside the fallen Ghost Beggar and checks for a pulse, to no avail. She closes his eyes and stands grimly. "At least he didn't suffer."
May 26, 2024 5:54 pm
Luther comes up behind Jessica thinking to himself his sect would never waste a prayer on a purveyor of evil. We should also stash this body out of sight somewhere if possible.
May 26, 2024 8:54 pm
"Lucky for you we're in a merciful mood, " Fenwick tells their captive, keeping her sword leveled at them. She kicks the dropped weapon away toward one of the other Hellions, but leaves the rope work to someone stronger or at least better with knots.
May 27, 2024 12:31 am
Ricard stands above the captured Beggar and draws his small utility knife from his belt. He checks the edge of the blade with his thumb absentmindedly.

"Should have let me buy you that drink."

Ricard kneels in front of the Beggar and looks him in the eyes.

"I heard you were looking for something down here, what is it?"
May 27, 2024 2:25 am
mathias0077 says:
Luther: "We should also stash this body out of sight somewhere if possible."
"Well...I know of a pit really close by..." Gabbro winks as he takes the rope and ties up the surviving Beggar.
OOC:
Since we haven't explored the other side passages yet, it's probably best if we go through the portcullis with the two of them.
Last edited May 27, 2024 2:26 am
May 27, 2024 2:44 am
Luther nods A pit would do very well especially if it is a pit trap. We should get moving though before any of his friends wander through.
May 27, 2024 6:52 am
Pickles keeps an arrow notched as he moves to join the others, he waits patiently about ten feet from them as they tie the Bandit up. He keeps guard until they move. His senses keen after such a clean strike, his eyes wide and observant, his breathing surprisingly calm and controlled.
May 27, 2024 7:53 am
spaceseeker19 says:
OOC:
Out of curiosity, which one of these two was the one who threatened Ricard earlier?
The one that is still breathing.
dominion451 says:
Ricard kneels in front of the Beggar and looks him in the eyes.

"I heard you were looking for something down here, what is it?"
The Ghost Beggar stares back blankly at Ricard, a look of terror on his face. Shaking his head, he replies "We weren’t searchin’ for nuthin’, honest. Just on the lookout for a couple of people, but they weren’t there. S-s-sorry about earlier, didn’t mean any offence."

You drag the trussed-up brigand and his dead colleague through the portcullis and into the Chamber of the Woods.

---
Day 2, 3:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

May 27, 2024 10:57 am
As we move into the Chamber of the Woods Luther will move to the south entrance and take up guard keeping alert for any sounds coming from that direction.
May 27, 2024 2:26 pm
"Who were you looking for, and why?" Fenwick asks sharply
May 27, 2024 3:19 pm
Gabbro will check the killed Ghost Beggar for valuables or useful items, and wad the corpse's cloak to try to sop up the blood. ::It'll be better if there isn't an obvious blood trail to the pit when we dump the body.:: The elf studiously tries to ignore any self-evaluation that would notice how far he's fallen, and how coldly he now looks at murder.
Last edited May 27, 2024 3:21 pm
May 28, 2024 6:30 am
MinMin says:
"Who were you looking for, and why?" Fenwick asks sharply
"There’s a group of guys - short, wiry, kind of nervous looking. They live on one of the lower levels, but they’re occasionally seen in the market or the tavern. The boss has asked us to keep an eye on them, try and find out where they live. But every time we try to follow them, they give us the slip. That’s all I know, honest!"
spaceseeker19 says:
Gabbro will check the killed Ghost Beggar for valuables or useful items.
Gabbro finds a money pouch on the dead brigand that jangles promisingly.

---
Day 2, 3:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

May 28, 2024 6:39 am
As the group moves off Pickles puts his Bow and arrow away, helping with the body and clean up seeing as it was of his doing. "I only meant to wound him, sorry about the mess." he says a little glumly, as they drag the body around to the pit.
May 28, 2024 8:41 pm
Jessica watches impassively, her mouth twisted into a frown. What kind of people have I fallen in with? She understood there was time to kill and accepted Pickles' explanation that it was an accident, but the casual nature with which they went about their business gave her some concern.
May 28, 2024 9:43 pm
"You're talking about men, right? Not gnomes or dwarves-- well no one would describe a dwarf as wiry..."
May 28, 2024 10:27 pm
Luther asks from his watch position. Which way do these wiry fellas go?
May 29, 2024 3:54 pm
MinMin says:
"You're talking about men, right? Not gnomes or dwarves-- well no one would describe a dwarf as wiry..."
"Yes, yes, humans … men mostly, but sometimes there’s a woman with them."

mathias0077 says:
Luther asks from his watch position. Which way do these wiry fellas go?
"They always head south from the market’s guard post, towards a big staircase that leads down. We’ve never managed to follow them much beyond those stairs though. They’re just too quick, or too sneaky."

---
Day 2, 3:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
May 30, 2024 12:44 am
Fenwick takes a step back, motions to the others and whispers to those who gather around: "Do we take this guy with us? We can't let him go now or it'll alert the Beggars. I don't really like the alternative. Maybe we make him guide us, but I'm not sure we could trust him not to lead us into a trap. His whole story could be bunk for all we know. "
May 30, 2024 1:01 am
Maybe after all the info is gathered gag him, hog tie him and leave him in a out of the way place.
Last edited May 30, 2024 1:25 am
May 30, 2024 3:47 am
Arriving back from dumping the body Pickles joins the off to the side discussion. He listens quietly before adding, "Dragging him along will not make it easy to sneak after these wiry people. So yes let us hog tie him, and I know just the place to hide him. I will just need Ricard’s help as muscle. Maybe the rest of you either search south of the guards hut or the market for these wiry people." He smiles an innocent smile to the Clerics, before heading off to chat with Ricard.
May 30, 2024 4:56 am
Ricard is quiet while the others ask their questions though he never breaks eye contact with the Beggar. Finally, he takes a deep breath and asks once more.

"I'll give you a last chance to tell me of what your boss is searching for down here. There is an item, I know he wants it, I don't believe that you have no idea what it is."

Regardless of what the man says, Ricard breaks off when Pickles wishes to converse...
May 30, 2024 10:12 am
Pickles joins Ricard beside the Ghost Begger, and a very calm and quiet voice says.
May 30, 2024 2:53 pm
dominion451 says:
Ricard is quiet while the others ask their questions though he never breaks eye contact with the Beggar. Finally, he takes a deep breath and asks once more.

"I'll give you a last chance to tell me of what your boss is searching for down here. There is an item, I know he wants it, I don't believe that you have no idea what it is."
The Ghost Beggar pleads desperately: "I don’t know, honest. We were just told to watch those people and try and find out where they live. Maybe they have something the boss wants. But, if so, he never told us what."

The brigand glances nervously at Pickles and seems on the verge of tears. Whilst, of course, you can’t be certain, you get the impression that he is telling the truth.

---
Day 2, 3:00 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
May 30, 2024 8:05 pm
Ricard says nothing to the Beggar but simply walks off with Pickles to discuss. After hearing the halfling's proposal, Ricard nods once with a Stony face.

"Don't worry Pickles, I'll handle it."

After returning to the group and the bound Beggar, Ricard shrugs and pulls the man to his feet.

"Alright, fine, I suppose if you knew you would have said by now. We're gonna walk you around a couple corners so you can't follow us and then I'll leave you with a knife to cut yourself free."

Ricard and the halfling begin to escort the Beggar towards the pit...
May 31, 2024 6:19 am
Pickles shrugs, "You know best, I’ll keep my bow out in case he decides to follow us back." the Halfling adds. He then tags along with Ricard skipping as he goes.
May 31, 2024 11:34 am
"That sounds like a good solution, hopefully it takes anyone a while to find him and gives us a head start, " says Fenwick as the pair lead the prisoner away. She asks Gabbro to pull out his map. "So, our only directions are south from the market guard post to a big stairway and then down. Sounds pretty clear, but not much detail on where to go when, err if, we find the stairs. "
May 31, 2024 3:42 pm
Gabbro considers. "If we're trying to get Open Sore rewards, we're supposed to find out about the Ghost Beggars' operation and/or find out what Zorrel Gnast is so eager to find. It seems like all we know now is that they're keeping tabs on still another group - possibly a band of thieves - that come up from level 2 sometimes." He points to the spot the GB described. "I suppose that isn't enough information to warrant any kind of reward. Still, it's good to know that there is probably a third way down to level 2."
Last edited May 31, 2024 8:29 pm
May 31, 2024 3:58 pm
"Since we don't have any ties to the Ghost Beggars, I was wondering if this other group might talk to us. Maybe we could figure out what they have, assuming they're the ones who have it and they aren't a distraction, and that whatever they have is common enough knowledge they'd mention it to strangers...Does seem like a bit of a long shot though. "

Fenwick shakes he head. "Why didn't we have you do the questioning? We should've asked that guy about their numbers and territory and I plain forgot in the heat of the moment!"
May 31, 2024 8:34 pm
Gabbro looks shocked, embarrassed...and a little pleased. "Me?!?? Oh, no, no, no! I'm sure I don't have any special insight into what to ask..." He looks around, blushing a little. Then his jaw drops. "Wait - it just occurred to me. Maybe the short, wiry people aren't just thieves...do you think they might be acolytes of some kind?? If so, that could connect with the secret message we found in the cave when the first group of Hellions arrived: 'the jewels await you two levels down in the chamber past the acolytes' cells'...!"
Last edited May 31, 2024 8:35 pm
May 31, 2024 9:56 pm
I will head toward the pit and call out to Ricard. Hold up with the beggar. Fenwick has a good point. We need to question him more about their operation. Numbers, guard post and the such.
Jun 1, 2024 12:36 am
"Secret message? What was that--it sounded kind of poetic. But, yeah, it could be. I don't think the Beggar ever called them thieves, just wiry guys. And we came down the main stair to enter and then where he found them could even be two levels down?"
Jun 1, 2024 11:00 am
Chamber of the Woods
Ricard and Pickles return to the rest of the party without the Ghost Beggar.

Luther - please deduct a suitable length of rope from your inventory - say 10’ - to account for that used to tie up the Ghost Beggar.

All - please confirm who is now holding the lantern - I think Tiberious had it previously.

A quick reminder of the description of the Chamber of the Woods, as not all the characters were here previously …


30’ x 30’ octagonal chamber with exits to the north, south, east and west. Those to the east and west are barred by closed portcullises (that can be lifted). The walls are covered in flaking murals of trees and forest glens. Against the southeast wall, there is a pile of dirt and wood.

So, what next? If the decision is to head towards the second level, do bear in mind that Stonehell is a "traditional" dungeon in which the hit dice of the monsters (and the rewards) increase with depth. I'm not trying to dissuade you … just pointing out the risks so everyone is clear.

---
Day 2, 3:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jun 1, 2024 11:03 am
Some behind-the-screen dice rolling ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jun 1, 2024 11:10 am
Chamber of the Woods
Away to the west, on the far side of the closed portcullis, you hear sounds of chittering and squeaking. Some creatures are approaching from that direction, although they are currently beyond the range of your lantern’s light.

---
Day 2, 3:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jun 1, 2024 1:07 pm
I am for whatever the group decides, there is still plenty here to investigate by the looks of the map. I tighten the grip on my mace as I here the sounds of chittering and squeaking. I think to myself rats?
Jun 1, 2024 4:41 pm
"What say we get back to exploring the dungeon for a while, eh? All this business with orcs and beggars has left a bad taste in my mouth. They will all still be there when we decide to follow up but for now... I vote we seek treasure."

Ricard readies his blade and steps between the noise and the party.

"Preferably sooner than later..."
Jun 1, 2024 6:01 pm
Fenwick shrugs. "I'm inclined to go meet the scrawny guys, but I'll follow wherever you guys lead." She begins backing away from the noise back towards the Korners, careful of the earlier discovered pit trap.
Jun 1, 2024 11:15 pm
"I'd say that we should get on with exploration, but keep our eyes and ears open for more clues we can follow up on. What is that noise?" she asks suddenly, noticing the chittering.
Jun 1, 2024 11:56 pm
I am up for exploring. Ars we gonna face these sounds or leave them at our backs as we move out?
Jun 2, 2024 12:08 am
"Do any of you know of creatures that spit acid or anything?" Gabbro asks nervously, preparing to thrust Fenwick's spear through the grate of the western portcullis at whatever kind of beasts appear.
OOC:
I don't recall who is carrying the lantern, I just know that it wouldn't be the elf in front.
Jun 2, 2024 10:22 am
Chamber of the Woods
Out of the darkness to the west, a pair of giant ferrets come barreling towards you. They are clearly aggressive, hissing and bearing their ferociously sharp teeth. Their 3’ long bodies are lithe and slinky; the closed portcullis is going to provide little impediment to them - they'll easily be able to slip through the gaps to reach you.

The aggressive ferrets are intent on attacking you, so we’ll move straight into combat. They are currently 30’ west of the Chamber of the Woods, on the far side of the portcullis. Neither side was making any attempt to be stealthy, so no surprise. Someone roll initiative for The Hellions, and everyone declare their actions for Round 1.

---
Day 2, 3:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Giant ferret initiative - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Jun 2, 2024 11:00 am
Luther moves up mace and shield at the ready To left side of the portcullisFighters lets form a semi circle and try and keep them against the portcullis so the ranged fighters can still shoot at them
OOC:
Dang a 6, anyone have a bonus for the roll?
Last edited June 2, 2024 11:08 am
Jun 2, 2024 12:56 pm
Pickles had just smiled and shrugged at Ricard’s explanation about the Beggar, "An Uncle of mine had once told me of a village of Halflings whom had shown pity upon a Bandit. I had asked which village was this? To which he replied not one that existed anymore." The small warrior turned straight away and skipped back to the group.
Joining the group Pickles listened patiently for a spell, before being distracted by the chittering, instinctively he draws his bow and shirking back as they scream out of the dark . . .

Rolls

Initiative - (1d6+1)

(1) + 1 = 2

Jun 2, 2024 8:25 pm
Ricard follows Luther's lead and takes up position on the opposite side of the gate so that he and the cleric are across from each other.
Jun 2, 2024 11:38 pm
Fenwick joins the semicircle fanned out in front of the portcullis; with her sword at the ready.
Jun 3, 2024 3:57 am
Jessice steels herself for the assault and readies her mace to return any attack.
Jun 3, 2024 4:56 am
Gabbro will brace his spear. If he's still conscious by that time, he'll try to skewer a ferret as soon as he can.
OOC:
THAC0 is 19, of course. If Gabbro is able to brace the spear, the ferrets are considered to have charged, AND the attack hits, the spear damage should be doubled.

Edit: well, that's a moot point.
Last edited June 3, 2024 4:57 am

Rolls

Gabbro spear attack, damage - (1d20, 1d6)

1d20 : (1) = 1

1d6 : (1) = 1

Jun 3, 2024 6:36 am
OOC:
There seems to be a theme to our rolls so far this battle.
Jun 3, 2024 4:23 pm
Fighting with the Ferrets - Round 1
The giant ferrets win initiative, 6 vs 2.

The pair of ferrets flow through the holes in the western portcullis as easily as water through a grate. They emerge into the centre of the hastily arranged semi-circle of Hellions.

As there is no obvious "front line", I will say that each ferret has an equal chance of attacking any of the five Hellions surrounding them.

1 = Fenwick
2 = Gabbro
3 = Jessica
4 = Luther
5 = Ricard


---
Day 2, 3:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 7/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Giant ferret 1 (who?, attack, damage) 1d5, 1d20, 1d8 - (1d5, 1d20, 1d8)

1d5 : (1) = 1

1d20 : (12) = 12

1d8 : (8) = 8

Giant ferret 2 (who?, attack, damage) 1d5, 1d20, 1d8 - (1d5, 1d20, 1d8)

1d5 : (2) = 2

1d20 : (19) = 19

1d8 : (3) = 3

Jun 3, 2024 4:36 pm
Fighting with the Ferrets - Round 1 (continued)
The first ferret heads straight for Fenwick. It opens its jaws wide, lunging at the elf’s right arm, but fortunately misses - had it landed, that bite would have been the end of her.

The second ferret scampers towards Gabbro (they clearly don't like elves), inflicting a painful bite to his lower left leg (3 points of damage).

The Hellions are up - I wouldn’t mess around with these things - they are vicious!

With hindsight, I shouldn't have called for your actions until after the ferrets had acted. So, Gabbro, you may modify your previously declared action if you wish to do so. The previous rolls stand if you still decide to attack.


---
Day 2, 3:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 3, 2024 4:58 pm
"Agh!" cries Fenwick, as she barely manages to beat the ferret's jaws away with her shield. "These things are a lot bigger than the cute ones back home!"

She stabs at its exposed neck with her sword.

Rolls

Attack (1d20, THAC0 - 19) - (1d20)

(17) = 17

Damage, Druin's Blade (if applicable, 1d8) - (1d8)

(5) = 5

Jun 3, 2024 5:02 pm
Committed to action now, Jessica swings at one of the ferrets.

Rolls

Jessica attack and damage - (1d20, 1d6)

1d20 : (12) = 12

1d6 : (3) = 3

Jun 3, 2024 9:50 pm
Ricard lashes out with his blade at the ferret nearest him...

Rolls

Attack, Damage - (1d20+1, 1d8+1)

1d20+1 : (14) + 1 = 15

1d8+1 : (4) + 1 = 5

Jun 4, 2024 12:04 am
At the sight of the ferrets slide through and attack Gabbro I will move up behind it and bring my mace crashing down on it spine. I will then put up my shield.
OOC:
That was terrible
Last edited June 4, 2024 12:34 am

Rolls

to hit, damage - (1d20+1, 1d6+1)

1d20+1 : (2) + 1 = 3

1d6+1 : (2) + 1 = 3

Jun 4, 2024 3:47 am
As the giant Ferrets snap and claw at his companions, Pickles shifts back and thanks his lucky stars he is not on the frontline. With a smooth practiced action he draws and notches an arrow, slows his breath aiming for the one on Fenwick . . .
OOC:
6 to hit AC10 with all modifiers.

Rolls

Attack vs Ferret - (1d20)

(12) = 12

Damage - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Jun 4, 2024 5:10 am
Gabbro tries to back up, fending the ferret back with his spear, to make more room for someone with a better close-in weapon.
Jun 4, 2024 1:14 pm
Fighting with the Ferrets - Round 1
The ferrets are AC5, so you all need 14 to hit them.

The battle is over almost as soon as it’s begun. A brutal and bloody encounter. Fenwick takes out one of them with Druin’s Bane. Ricard and Pickles dispatch the other between them.

---
Day 2, 3:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 4, 2024 3:07 pm
"Th-thank you!" Gabbro says, through gritted teeth, to the others who dispatched the ferrets. He takes an experimental step; it's painful and he has to limp slightly, but he decides he's good to continue. He wishes he'd kept the dead man's cloak to use as a bandage, though. "Are...are these pelts worth anything, do you think?" He considers. "I wonder what made them so angry? Lack of food, or do you think they have a nest nearby?"
OOC:
Note that Gabbro is still at 4/7 HP.
Jun 4, 2024 3:38 pm
"Nasty buggers," Jessica says, looking over Gabbro's wound. She bandages it as best as possible and puts away her war hammer. "Does anyone else need aid?"
Jun 4, 2024 4:14 pm
"Yeah, I don't know but if that thing got it's jaws on me, I was a goner," says Fenwick. "I wonder if the kobolds would just buy the things whole as meat and fur and save us the skinning?"
Jun 4, 2024 10:35 pm
Ricard sets about slicing open the bellies of the creatures to see if they'd swallowed anything interesting...
Jun 5, 2024 4:38 am
Pickles stows his bow, happy to see the creatures fall. "If there is a nest nearby I hope these were the adults!" He exclaims as he approaches the group. "Though I do feel if you could have trained one, it would have the making of a fine riding beast. Imagine hurling into battle on the back of one, teeth nashing."

He moves in behind Ricard, "Anything interesting?" He scans the entrails and to see if he can recover his used arrow.
Jun 5, 2024 3:11 pm
dominion451 says:
Ricard sets about slicing open the bellies of the creatures to see if they'd swallowed anything interesting...
Good thinking, but sadly no; you find nothing but the oversized innards of an oversized ferret.

@Pickles - you can recover the arrow that is embedded in the ferret.
Jun 6, 2024 1:01 am
Ricard snorts at the image of Pickles riding one of the oversized marmots and his shoulders shake with the effort.

"Nope, nothing in the gut. These guys must have been starving."
Jun 6, 2024 9:56 am
Good one Pickles that surely would be a sight to see you riding one of these things.
OOC:
Are we moving on?
Jun 6, 2024 10:09 am
"Eww," says Fenwick as she observes the effect of Ricard's investigation. "So, I guess we can rely on you if we need to do any skinning? Since we're only a few steps from the Korners, I still say we drag them back there to see if we can sell their fur or meat, then go explore the rest of this floor for signs of the Beggars?"
Jun 7, 2024 3:16 am
"I agree with Fenwick. We should make what we can from them, otherwise someone else will."
Jun 7, 2024 4:08 am
"Suits me."

Ricard hoists one of the corpses and makes ready to head back to the market.
Jun 7, 2024 10:47 am
Back to Korners then. Luther will grab the other corpse.
Jun 7, 2024 5:08 pm
You head back east to Kobold Korners. As you hand your weapons over at the entrance, the guards don’t seem to take any notice of the two large, bloody animal corpses that you’re carrying; it’s as if it’s an everyday occurrence.

Relieved of your weapons, you’re waved through into the market proper.

---
Day 2, 3:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 7, 2024 11:46 pm
"Maybe we can sell these to one of the vendors..."

Hyde looks around the bazaar for anyone selling meat...
Jun 8, 2024 8:23 am
Your enquiries about who might be interested in buying two animal carcasses quickly establish that the "Rat Kebab Kafe" is your best bet. Despite its name, it seems the owners are not too fussy about the meat that goes into their products.

You are directed through the market’s eastern exit, past the Kopper Kettle, to a door that is just beyond the corner where the passage turns north. You can hear a clattering of crockery and squeaks coming from within.

Opening the door, you find a room in which rather too many crude tables and chairs are crammed into the available space. Eight kobold cooks and servers are looking after the clientele, which includes groups of orcs and hobgoblins. In one corner you can see five giant rats in cages waiting to be cooked.

The chef wanders over when he sees what you’re carrying and offers you ten copper pieces for the pair of ferrets.

Mapping information: the door to the Rat Kebab Kafe is in the eastern wall of the corridor that runs past the Kopper Kettle, immediately after the corner section where it turns north. The Kafe itself is 30’ x 20’. The only door you can see, the one that you enter through, is in the northern section of the western wall.

---
Day 2, 3:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 8, 2024 6:05 pm
"There's sixty pounds of good, fresh meat between the two of 'em! We want a gold piece fer each one! You'll make ten times that fer as small as you make yer skewers!"

Ricard knows his ask is high but hopes that high out of the gate will negotiate to fair in the middle. His stance is assertive, but with room to budge...
Jun 9, 2024 3:45 pm
Kobold chef’s reaction roll for Ricard’s haggling over the price for the ferret carcasses …

Rolls

Kobold chef reaction - (2d6-1)

(42) - 1 = 5

Jun 9, 2024 3:45 pm
Gabbro nods approvingly: it's a good bet that the Rat Kebab Kafe is a high-end restaurant doing great business, given that they are keeping live rats for people to pick for their supper like lobsters in tanks.
Jun 9, 2024 3:50 pm
Rat Kebab Kafe
The chef snorts at Ricard’s mention of gold. "I ain’t never seen a gold coin, let alone got a couple spare for these mangy specimens. I pay two copper apiece for the rats, so you’re already gettin' a good price. Though lookin’ at 'em, I think I might 'ave been a bit generous … there ain’t much meat on 'em, they’re all skin and bones. Let’s call it eight coppers."

He spits on his small scaly hand and proffers it to seal the deal.

---
Day 2, 3:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 10, 2024 5:39 am
"You're a very funny creature, it's not just the meat but the pelts as well, you know damn well you can get your money back on those alone! Two silver each, that's more than generous."
Jun 10, 2024 7:24 am
Rat Kebab Kafe
"Deal!" he barks happily, clasping Ricard’s hand with his own.

However, the four silver turns out to be 40 copper. "Ain’t got anything bigger," he apologises. A quick glance in his cashbox confirms this is the case.

Ricard - remember to add the 40 copper to your character sheet. A single inventory slot can hold 100 coins, regardless of denomination.

---
Day 2, 3:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 11, 2024 5:37 am
As the deal is done Pickles booms a smile at Ricard, "Nicely negotiated Ricard! I thought he had you on the ropes when mentioning skin and bones, but like a Halfling wrestler you showed nothing but heart to win the day." He slaps the Dwarf on the back before adding, "I have some space in my bag if you require."
Jun 11, 2024 10:38 am
"Thanks for handling that Ricard!" Fenwick says.
Last edited June 11, 2024 9:01 pm
Jun 11, 2024 3:26 pm
MinMin says:
"Where's that door go?" Fenwick asks the chef, pointing at the other exit.
You can only see one door in and out of the Kafe, i.e. the one you came through. There are no other visible exits.
Jun 11, 2024 8:22 pm
"Shall we go?" Jessica asks, clearly wanting to be out of the Kafe.
Last edited June 11, 2024 8:23 pm
Jun 11, 2024 9:20 pm
With the sale completed Pickles turns to leave, happy with their treasure collection. "Do you think there would be somewhere to exchange coins?" He asks of no one, before tapping the nearest interactive none member of the adventuring group on the shoulder and asking the same question with a charming smile.
OOC:
It might be good to exchange the copper for larger denomination, so it doesn’t take up so much space.
Jun 11, 2024 9:33 pm
OOC:
Sorry about that, I misread the entry,
disregard.
Burbage says:
MinMin says:
"Where's that door go?" Fenwick asks the chef, pointing at the other exit.
You can only see one door in and out of the Kafe, i.e. the one you came through. There are no other visible exits.
Jun 11, 2024 11:44 pm
Ricard splits up the meager haul between the six members of the party totalling 6cp each with the extra four suggested to go to the gnome.

"Aw, shoulda come back higher, he likely would have paid twice that. Shook me up with that eight-copper business har har!"
OOC:
Hope that works with everyone, if not I'll gladly edit
Last edited June 11, 2024 11:45 pm
Jun 12, 2024 12:31 am
Good show Ricard, can't expect much down here I gues.
Jun 14, 2024 8:56 am
So, what next?

---
Day 2, 3:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 14, 2024 10:45 am
OOC:
More exploring of the first level?
Jun 14, 2024 11:20 am
Pickles places his copper into his bag and shoulders the backpack. "More exploring it is." he says with some cheer.
Jun 14, 2024 3:57 pm
"Yup. Do we still start with the gaps in our map..." Fenwick pauses, frowning at the unintentional rhyme. "Nearest the main stair?"
Jun 15, 2024 4:31 am
"Makes sense to me."

Ricard pockets his earnings and makes ready to head out.
Jun 15, 2024 8:11 am
MinMin says:
"Yup. Do we still start with the gaps in our map..." Fenwick pauses, frowning at the unintentional rhyme. "Nearest the main stair?"
Can I just check that I understand correctly as there are a couple of potential "main stairs" …

Is the plan to retrace your steps to the Grand Foyer where the spiral staircase ascends to the surface?

Or do you mean you plan to look for the "big staircase that leads down" that the Ghost Beggar mentioned, which is somewhere south of the market?


---
Day 2, 3:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 15, 2024 8:53 am
OOC:
Sorry, Fenwick meant head toward the unmapped areas closest to the Grand Foyer-- though she's open to discussion.
Jun 15, 2024 11:04 am
Pickles has a glazed look come over his face as he tries to image the grand foyer, but lacking the attention span he quickly shrugs about it. "I feel heading back to the Grand Foyer and searching the unmapped area sounds fun."
Jun 15, 2024 11:45 am
OOC:
Agree with unmapped areas around Grand Foyer.
Jun 15, 2024 12:57 pm
Some behind-the-screen dice rolling ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jun 15, 2024 1:03 pm
And again ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jun 15, 2024 1:31 pm
Leaving the Rat Kebab Kafe, you begin the long trek back towards the Grand Foyer. You retrieve your weapons from the kobold guards at the market’s exit, turn north at the Chamber of the Woods, make your way through the Open Sore Tribe’s territory, and then continue north towards the room with the dwarven masterpiece stonework. You encounter a patrol of three orcs en route, but they stand aside and let you pass without trouble - it seems the chieftain’s promise of safe passage is good.

After half an hour of walking you reach the chamber with the dwarven architect and his entourage.

Here’s a quick reminder of the room description, as not all of you were with the party previously …

Architectural Wonder
A rectangular chamber. Within it are five dwarves. One of the dwarves, a particularly stout fellow with a long braided beard and a balding head of red hair, is deep in concentration, scribing on a parchment. The other four dwarves, all equipped with warhammers and shields, are standing guard. All five dwarves are wearing chainmail armour.

The focus of the older dwarf’s attention is the room’s stonework. The walls are carved with exquisitely detailed images of dwarven gods, whilst the floor is adorned with intricate patterns. All of the masonry within the room is of the highest craftsmanship.

At your arrival, the studious dwarf looks up from his work and peers over his eyeglasses at you. "Back again?" he asks rhetorically. He scans your group, lingering on Jessica, Luther and Pickles. "Although there seem to be a few unfamiliar faces - I do hope your travels haven’t been overly troublesome."

You look towards where you would expect the room’s western door to be, the one that would take you back towards the Grand Foyer. But the door has, quite simply, disappeared. You are certain that it is the direction you originally arrived from earlier today. However, there is no longer a door there. All you can see is a continuous, solid-looking, intricately-carved wall.

I'm still not sure who is carry the party's light-source. Please can you confirm and I'll add it to the party information in the post footer.

---
Day 2, 4:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 15, 2024 2:46 pm
OOC:
I will carry the lantern if need be.


Luther stands scratching his head looking at the map and ask the older dwarf Where did the door in the west wall go?
Jun 15, 2024 3:37 pm
Fenwick begins to re-evaluate her earlier theory that the maniacal dwarf who had messed with them earlier was only disguised as a part of this group to appear trustworthy.

"I love what you've done with the place, have you err, redecorated?
Jun 16, 2024 12:36 am
Gabbro stands where the door was and examines the wall: perhaps it is concealed on this side? "I think it might still be here...as I recall, it was very precise stonework that fit the wall exactly, even on the other side." He gives the wall an experimental push in that spot.
OOC:
If this opens, it suggests that it might be easier to find the other secret door - the one the dwarves hinted at - by just pushing on the wall in the southeast...
Jun 16, 2024 9:03 am
Architectural Wonder
"I know, it’s remarkable, isn’t it?" chuckles the dwarf. "The finest example of a one-way door you’re ever likely to see. One to tell the grandchildren about."

Seeing Gabbro pushing the wall in the vicinity of the concealed door, he shakes his head in wonder. "Oh, you’ll never open it, not from this side. Your only routes out of here are either back the way you came, or through the secret door over there." He gestures towards the southeast corner of the room. "Be careful though, it sounds like there are orcs on the other side and, as we’ve not been troubled by them, I’m guessing they’re unaware of the door. It would be good if we could keep it that way."

Luther - thanks. Please add the lantern to your equipped items.

---
Day 2, 4:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 16, 2024 10:57 am
Well looks like the secret door or we backtrack and check out the rubble or dung rooms. What do you all think?
Jun 16, 2024 1:52 pm
Pickles smiles at the Dwarf as his eyes scan over him, "Greetings Elder. You have yourself a marvellous room to study." a sparkle on mischievous flickers across his eye as he speaks, but gives a courteous bow to hide it. As Pickles head rises again thoughts of comparison between painting drying and studying walls quickly fade at the mention of a secret door.
"A secret door you say." The Halfling says as he turns towards the corner indicated. His body drawn towards the indicated corner, "A secret door?" His eyes scanning the for any indication. . .
OOC:
Even though he not sure where this door is, Pickles will still listen to the general area of the secret door.
Last edited June 16, 2024 1:55 pm

Rolls

Listen to door (2in6) - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jun 17, 2024 3:32 pm
Architectural Wonder
The dwarven architect shows Pickles the precise location of the secret door, and the halfling presses his ear against it. He can hear orcish voices, although he cannot understand what they are saying. Pickles estimates there are around half a dozen of them.

---
Day 2, 4:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 1: 5/7

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 17, 2024 5:13 pm
"If the dwarves ask us not to give away the secret door to the orcs then I would agree on principle. Between the rubble and the dung, my vote is rubble..."
Jun 17, 2024 5:46 pm
"I agree with Ricard, there is no sense endangering the dwarves and possibly making new enemies just for our convenience."
Jun 17, 2024 11:35 pm
"Can you open it from this side?" Fenwick asks the dwarven architect about the door that blends seamlessly into the artwork, curious. "Oh and by the way, you guys wouldn't know anything about a group called the Ghost Beggars and where we could find them, would you? We've heard they may know things about art and artifacts within the caverns."

She turns to the others, "I agree, I'd rather hunt around in rubble than dung."
Last edited June 17, 2024 11:38 pm
Jun 18, 2024 12:11 am
Rubble is definitely more preferable to dung.
Jun 18, 2024 5:44 am
Still listening to the Orcs stomping and arguing behind the secret door, Pickles simply nods his agreement to searching the rubble. Finally he pulls his ear away from the wall with a sigh, "I wish I could understand what they are saying, it would be a wonderful story.". He then moves to the exit out and taps his foot as if he was the one waiting all this time.
Jun 18, 2024 6:18 am
Gabbro joins Ricard as they lead the way back south toward the 4-way intersection. If they reach the rubble room without incident, Gabbro will advance slowly, probing well ahead of him with Fenwick's spear: first the floor leading into the room, then the floor leading to the rubble, and then the rubble (making sure to stop if there's anything untoward like the noise of a trap triggering).
Last edited June 18, 2024 6:20 am
Jun 18, 2024 5:05 pm
MinMin says:
"Can you open it from this side?" Fenwick asks the dwarven architect about the door that blends seamlessly into the artwork, curious.
"Hehe … not a chance," he says shaking his head with a smile. He then pauses, a look of concern crossing his face as the implications dawn for his own eventual departure from Stonehell. "Oh well," he says with a shrug. "I suppose we’ll build that bridge when we come to it."
MinMin says:
"Oh and by the way, you guys wouldn't know anything about a group called the Ghost Beggars and where we could find them, would you? We've heard they may know things about art and artefacts within the caverns."
"We came across them when we first arrived, up in the canyon. Said they wanted a share of any treasure we recovered. As we’re here to study rather than pillage, I didn’t pay them any notice. I’ve seen them in the tavern occasionally, but they’re not staying at the inn. I'll keep an eye out though if you think they might be able to help me with my studies."


Flaking Room
You depart the dwarves for a third time and head towards the room you spotted previously with the dusty, rubble-strewn floor. You find a chamber in a particularly poor state of repair. The ceiling is sagging. The painted frescoes on the wall are flaking. Dust and debris from the decrepit masonry litter the floor. There are no apparent occupants, nor any other visible exits. There are also no obvious signs as to why this room should be so neglected - from what you’ve seen so far, most of this level of the dungeon seems to be maintained to a certain level by the kobold work crews. But this room is an exception.

Gabbro's tentative prodding with his spear doesn't highlight anything of concern.

Mapping information: rectangular room, 20’ x 30’. You enter through the middle of the eastern wall. There are no other visible exits.

---
Day 2, 4:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 18, 2024 5:29 pm
Fenwick motions at the ceiling. "Maybe there's no cleanup because they're just waiting for that to collapse?"
Jun 18, 2024 6:13 pm
"Or maybe they think it's haunted. Those little critters are easily spooked..."
Jun 18, 2024 8:55 pm
"Maybe we should be prodding the ceiling instead of the floor."
Jun 19, 2024 3:18 pm
Flaking Room
As you survey the chamber, you start to notice something odd. The shadows cast by Luther’s lantern appear slightly askew. The silhouettes cast upon the walls seem to inaccurately reflect the objects creating them, and they dance a little livelier than you would normally expect.

---
Day 2, 4:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 19, 2024 4:31 pm
"Bloody hell, toldja it was haunted!"

Ricard draws his blade instinctively,

"Steel won't do much good against ghosts, be ready to run..."
Jun 19, 2024 6:24 pm
"Hmm, more illusions, I bet. Not really something we've had good luck with. Maybe we've seen enough and check the other room?"
Jun 19, 2024 6:48 pm
"Illusions, ghosts, or perhaps living shadows?" Jessica wonders aloud. She had heard tales of disembodied shadows that attacked of their own accord.
Jun 19, 2024 7:26 pm
"Illusion makes sense..." Gabbro pokes at a shadow with his spear, and watches the shadow of his spear as he does so, curious as to what could be causing the shadows to behave so oddly. But then he hears Jessica's question. "Living shadows, huh?" Gabbro shivers at the thought and takes a step back. "Since shadows have no heat of their own, I imagine they'd be completely invisible in the dark..." He shivers again, for the first time ever on this expedition actually glad to have light.
Jun 19, 2024 10:15 pm
Hmm that's weird Luther thinks to himself.

I will move 10' further into the room with my holy symbol out.
Jun 20, 2024 3:18 am
Pickles sharp ears listen intently to the conversation, with the talk of living shadows and illusions spiking his interest. "What’s a living shadow? I that similar to the tales of Petite Pan? He lost his shadow once and had to sew it back on. Well a girl he met did the sewing." Stops suddenly as Luther steps forward with this symbol aloft, he draws his bow notching an arrow in one fluid motion. The Haflings ears twitching as he listens for any clue or noise . . .
Last edited June 20, 2024 3:21 am

Rolls

Listening check - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Jun 20, 2024 3:31 pm
Flaking Room
There are no particular changes within the room as Luther advances, brandishing his holy symbol. Your shadows still look distorted (the silhouette of Gabbro’s spear shaft gains some rose-like thorns), but there are no signs of any third party - illusory, incorporeal, or otherwise.

Pickles’ sharp ears don’t detect any sounds from within the chamber, but he can hear a faint squeaking noise coming from the "dung" room on the other side of the crossroads to the east.

---
Day 2, 4:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 20, 2024 9:04 pm
So the dung room then?
Jun 21, 2024 1:45 am
"Seems likely."

Ricard does not relish the idea of searching the dung room but it wouldn't be the worst thing he'd done all day.
Jun 21, 2024 6:21 am
Easily distracted Pickles turns his attention to the squeaking, "There are some noises coming from there, not sure what is making the noise though." The Halfling tucks in behind those willing to take the lead.
Jun 21, 2024 11:47 am
I will move to the door of the dung room and hold out the lantern to light it up. I will be holding my shield in front of me looking over the top of it.
Jun 21, 2024 3:09 pm
Trash Heap
The chamber opposite the Flaking Room on the other side of the crossroads is, quite literally, a trash heap - a heady mix of bones, rotting food, dung and other assorted rubbish.

As the light from Luther’s lantern spills into the room, your initial impression is that the surface of the pile is shifting. But then you see the eyes. Lots of eyes, reflecting in your lanternlight. And tails.

Giant rats, at least a dozen of them, swarm amongst the detritus, their chittering intensifying at the arrival of the intruders.

You notice that one of the rats is wearing a collar with a brass tag attached to it.

Mapping information: square chamber, 20’ x 20’. You enter through the northern section of the western wall. There is one other visible exit - an opening in the eastern section of the northern wall.

---
Day 2, 4:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 21, 2024 3:55 pm
To the rat with the collar, Ricard whistles and ticks while making various 'come here' gestures like one might use to try to call over a cat...
Jun 21, 2024 4:24 pm
Jessica assumes a readiness posture upon seeing the many eyes in the darkness.
Jun 22, 2024 7:27 am
Trash Heap
Rolling for the collar-wearing rodent’s reaction to Ricard the rat whisperer … I’ll give Ricard a +2 (net +1 for his Charisma) for his friendly approach.

---
Day 2, 4:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Giant rat reaction roll - (2d6+1)

(52) + 1 = 8

Jun 22, 2024 7:31 am
Trash Heap
Ricard successfully attracts the giant rat’s attention, but it’s clear the rodent is wary and suspicious.

---
Day 2, 4:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 22, 2024 12:09 pm
Luther says to RicardMaybe offer it a morsel of food.
Jun 22, 2024 1:01 pm
Fenwick leaves the rubble room more cautiously than the others, pausing to glance back occasionally at the shadows before eventually taking up position behind Ricard and Luther. She watches them attempting rat diplomacy with a sort of bemused curiosity, sword drawn and a few steps back so she'll have room to swing at anything that gets between them. "Well, that's one way to go. Don't know why I was expecting there would be fewer."
Jun 22, 2024 3:36 pm
"Good idea Luther."

Ricard takes a bit of hard tack from his belt pouch and tosses a few crumbs to the collared rat. After that, he holds out a bit in his palm to see if the rodent will take it.
Jun 22, 2024 9:34 pm
Pickles withdraws a few step notches an arrow but holds the bow down to his side, stepping sideways into a shadow.
Jun 23, 2024 12:10 pm
Trash Heap
I’ll give Ricard an additional +2 (so +3 total) for proffering food in a final reaction roll for the collared giant rat …

---
Day 2, 4:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Giant rat reaction roll - (2d6+3)

(26) + 3 = 11

Jun 23, 2024 12:19 pm
Trash Heap
The collared rat approaches Ricard cautiously, and tentatively sniffs the food in the fighter’s open hand. However, it seems uninterested and doesn’t take the offering. Instead, it resumes its foraging amongst the rubbish.

However, the rat does get close enough to allow Ricard to read the word "Precious" on its brass collar tag.

The other rats also seem largely indifferent to your presence.

---
Day 2, 4:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 23, 2024 9:18 pm
Jessica relaxes and sighs, relieved that they do not have to fight all the rats. "Someone's pet or did it devour such and gain the collar by acquisition?"
Jun 24, 2024 3:31 am
Looking at the filth and the depth of it Pickles is a little unsure about heading that way, but he shrugs and moves forward again to join Ricard. "Looks like they might let us pass by, shall we try or head east at the next junction?"
Jun 24, 2024 12:47 pm
Ricard tries one final time to make something of the unusual rodent,

"Precious! Here Precious, come here! Precious..."

Assuming nothing happens, Ricard gives up and turns back to the group.

"Well that was a bust, where to now?"
Jun 24, 2024 9:24 pm
"What's in that direction?" Fenwick asks Pickles."It seems like it might head toward the other side of the Dwarves secret door."
Jun 25, 2024 12:43 am
"That is my thought exactly Fenwick. Are we up to facing some Orcs? Could be some treasure and could help building our relationship with the Dwarves. You can never have to many allies."
Jun 25, 2024 7:35 am
Trash Heap
dominion451 says:
Ricard tries one final time to make something of the unusual rodent, "Precious! Here Precious, come here! Precious..."
The rat lifts its head and looks at Ricard, as if recognising and confirming its name. But it makes no further approach.

---
Day 2, 4:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jun 25, 2024 5:04 pm
"That assumes they aren't from the Open Sore tribe and our allies," Fenwick responds, she nods toward the rat's nest. "So, who wants to test whether the rats react to us skirting around the wall?"
Jun 25, 2024 8:49 pm
"They (the rats) don't seem too concerned with us, I'll lead the way around the pile if you want to go."

If Fenwick is keen to skirt the pile, Ricard leads the way.
Jun 25, 2024 11:23 pm
Fenwick will hold back a step to make sure that the rats don't react negatively to either Ricard or whoever is first into line behind him entering their territory, then quickly follow after. (Just because Precious has made friends with Ricard, she isn't sure that will extend to her if she's left behind with the rates without him around).
Jun 26, 2024 12:10 pm
Pickles keeps an arrow ready at hand and skips along the wall behind Fenwick.
Jun 27, 2024 2:42 pm
Wading through piles of stinking trash whilst giant rats scurry about your feet is not a pleasant experience, but at least the rodents leave you alone. You make it across the room to the exit in the northeast corner without major incident. From that exit, you see a passageway that leads east for a further 20’ before opening out into a larger chamber from which you can hear the sound of orcish conversation.

---
Day 2, 4:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jun 27, 2024 11:03 pm
Ricard pauses at the sound of orcs. In his mind there should be a truce in play but the fighter wanted to consider the will of the group before being noticed.

"Continue in peace, or wait for the orcs to pass?"
Jun 27, 2024 11:26 pm
The orcs won't bother us? Won't they attack us? Luther is kind of confused at the moment.
Jun 28, 2024 2:30 am
Pickles taps Luther and smiles up at him. "See currently we have a safe passage with one tribe of Orcs, the Open Sores. Who have asked us to track down some sort of trinket the Ghost Beggars are looking for, the Human Bandits who wear Yellow and Black checkers, who believe that the Wiry People may have the trinket. So we don’t know if these Orcs are part of the Open Sores, cause if they are we pass safely. If not . . ." At this Pickles runs a thumb horizontally along this neck and pokes out his tounge, before giving a grin and bouncing off to stand near Ricard.
Last edited June 28, 2024 2:31 am
Jun 28, 2024 11:10 am
I see. Both factions of evil Luther thinks to himself. They will both pay in the end.
Jun 28, 2024 5:01 pm
"Great summary!" says Fenwick. "While I wouldn't be 100% surprised if these are another tribe, I get the feeling they may not just be passing through and we'd be waiting a while. Do we think they'd attack on site even if they aren't Open Sore or allied with Open Sore?"
Jun 28, 2024 8:27 pm
"Seems like the orcs in this dungeon are a bit smarter than the average of their ilk, might be willing to talk, then again, safest thing would be to pick a different path."
Jun 28, 2024 8:58 pm
OOC:
Do we have an updated map?
Jun 30, 2024 1:00 pm
"I'm inclined to give it a try, otherwise it feels like we're just kinda... circling around the edges of things?" says Fenwick, careful to keep her voice hushed. "But I don't want to walk us into a possible fight without everyone's approval."

She falls silent trying to see what she can make out from the orcish conversations.
Jun 30, 2024 1:49 pm
I also understand chaotic so I will also try to pick up some convo.
Jun 30, 2024 9:21 pm
Jessica bites her lower lip. It was a bad habit since childhood, whenever she was nervous. "I'd vote for the safer path. No sense starting fights if we don't need to."
Jul 1, 2024 4:04 am
Pickles looks the group over before saying, "I vote to move forward, and I can slip into the shadows and scout forwards." A look of concentration falls upon his face as he looks down the corridor.
Jul 1, 2024 4:39 am
"Maybe you can spot an insignia, Pickles. Scouting sounds like a great idea."
Jul 1, 2024 9:23 am
The slight Halfling slides from behind Ricard, placing his bow away as he moved into the shadows of the tunnel. Using his size to advantage Pickles moves slowly, ever so slowly, down towards the Orcish grunts until he can see into the opening space. Here he stops, calming his breath and allowing on his eyes to move . . .
Jul 1, 2024 3:45 pm
Leaving the rest of the Hellions back at the exit from the trash heap, Pickles creeps down the corridor and risks a quick glance into the ensuing chamber.

Pickles is viewing the chamber from its southwest corner. It is lit by smokey torches that provide good vision. As expected, he sees a group of orcs - at least half a dozen - congregated within. Those facing his general direction all sport the distinctive "seeping wound" facial tattoos that suggest they are members of the Open Sore tribe.

The other immediately notable feature in the room is an east-to-west wall of stones and debris that bisects the chamber.

This is all the detail Pickles can discern from his initial quick look. If he wishes to try and remain unnoticed, please make a hiding check (2 in 6). Otherwise, we’ll assume the orc guards spot him.

---
Day 2, 4:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 1, 2024 10:17 pm
Pickles scans the room keeping to the shadows best he can . . .

Rolls

Staying hidden - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Jul 2, 2024 3:22 pm
Whether it's the movement as Pickles steals a second glance into the room, or the shadow he casts onto the wall behind, something alerts the orcs to Pickles' presence.

"Oi!" shouts one of them. "Who’s there? Show yerself!"

All seven of the orc guards turn to look in Pickles’ direction. Three of them train short bows upon him. A further three draw their swords. The remaining orc starts to move towards a large gong in the northwest corner of the room.

---
Day 2, 4:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 2, 2024 11:57 pm
With hands in plain view Pickles pops out of the shadows with a grin. "Hi. No offence just making sure you were Open Sore, as we have an agreement with your Chieftain . . ." Pickles pauses and looks to be hard at thought. After a short while he turns and calls back over his shoulder, "It’s ok, they are Open Sores. Can any of you remember the Chieftain’s name?"
Jul 3, 2024 3:42 pm
Orc Guard Post
The orcs hang on Pickles’ words, waiting for him to confirm that he knows the name of their chieftain, who he is supposedly working for …

---
Day 2, 4:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 3, 2024 6:57 pm
Luther looks around at the others "This was before we met. You did get the chief's name right?"
Jul 3, 2024 9:31 pm
"His name was...The Boss" Fenwick tells Luther. She waves her hand across her forehead. "Wore a platinum sort of crown-ey thing. Really well spoken guy, attractively deep voice. "
Jul 3, 2024 9:52 pm
Hope that is good enough.. Luther whispers.
Jul 4, 2024 2:03 pm
Burbage says:


Mapping information: square chamber, 20’ x 20’. You enter through the northern section of the western wall. There is one other visible exit - an opening in the eastern section of the northern wall.

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
OOC:
I’m on a trip and away from the physical maps I’ve been drawing, but I want to make sure I’m picturing this correctly. We enter the 20’ passage that leads to the new orc room (where Pickles is) by exiting north (the opening is in the eastern half of the northern wall), but the 20’ length is to the east, correct? If I have that correct, then this new orc room lines up with the one-way hidden door in the east half of the dwarven archaeology room.

I’ll update the map this weekend.
Last edited July 4, 2024 2:06 pm
Jul 4, 2024 2:37 pm
It's a little difficult to describe, but here's a picture ... 18 is (part of) the trash heap room, 16 is (part of) the room with the orc guards in it (you're also seeing part of a southern exit from the guard post).

https://i.imgur.com/EjyppAK.png
Jul 5, 2024 2:52 pm
Orc Guard Post
The orcs with short bows apply a little more tension to their strings. Those with swords grip their hilts a little more tightly. The orc by the gong prepares to strike it. All have their attention fully focused on Pickles.

"Well, little man," growls the spokesorc, raising an eyebrow. "What IS the name of the Chieftan?"

---
Day 2, 4:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 5, 2024 3:15 pm
"The Boss," says Fenwick, stepping forward. "We're in his employ, tracking the Ghost Beggars, and free to walk his territory. Though, if you want to go explain why you've stopped us, we can wait. "
Jul 5, 2024 10:49 pm
Pickles maintained a smile at the Orc, though his eyes had a little twinkle of nervousness, and he gives a shrug. "The Boss?"
Jul 6, 2024 2:03 am
Ricard steps casually into view with his hands splayed in a non threatening manner.

"Two of your tribe met us in the market and took us to see The Boss, he never gave his name and we weren't rude enough to ask. He has hired us against the Ghost Beggars as Fenwick said."
Jul 6, 2024 4:07 am
Jessica's hand slides to the hammer at her side and tightens about the hilt.
Last edited July 6, 2024 3:21 pm
Jul 6, 2024 8:17 am
Orc Guard Post
"Oh, so there’s an elf as well! This just gets better and better," sneers the orc. "And a pair of humans. Best light the fire boys, we’re in for a fun evening!"

The orc archers pull back their bowstrings to their full extent. Flanked by his sword-wielding comrades, the lead orc strides towards you, a sadistic grin on his face.

And then, when he’s on the verge of striking range, he stops, throws back his head and lets forth a huge belly laugh. "The look on your faces! We had you going there!"

Wiping his eyes, he continues. "Of course the Chief told us about you. C’mon through."

He gives Pickles an overly firm pat on the head and waves you forward into the room.

Mapping information: square chamber, 30’ x 30’. You enter through the southernmost section of the western wall. You can see two other exits (no doors) - one in the middle of the southern wall and one in the easternmost section of the northern wall. There is also a 10’ x 10’ alcove in the northernmost section of the western wall. An assortment of stones and other debris have been piled into a defensive wall in the centre of the room.

---
Day 2, 4:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 8, 2024 3:25 pm
Ricard let's put a good humored groan and then laughs,

"Ha ha! Yeah you got me! Started writing up my will just about!"

Ricard clasps arms in greeting with the leader and steps easily into the room.

"Took out a couple of those Beggars near the pit trap a ways over, mentioned that they were dealing with some wild men down on the second level. You hear anything useful?"
Jul 8, 2024 4:52 pm
Jessica relaxes slightly, moving her hand from her hammer, but still does not let her guard down.
Jul 9, 2024 11:53 am
Pickles gives an overly exaggerated laugh at the Orcs joke, but his eyes flash a dark fury ever so briefly. "I may have wee’d myself a little, and again now with laughter." The Halfling says as his usual easy smile falls back into place. "So what awaits down these hallways? Must be dangerous to have such an intimidating group watching over it."
Jul 9, 2024 12:22 pm
"Great, the Orcs got jokes," observes Fenwick. Her companions have already covered the important questions, so out of idle curiosity she studies what the door to the dwarf room looks like from this side.
Jul 9, 2024 5:35 pm
Orc Guard Post
Ricard says:
"Took out a couple of those Beggars near the pit trap a ways over, mentioned that they were dealing with some wild men down on the second level. You hear anything useful?"
The orc guard shakes his head in a disinterested, almost distracted fashion. "There’s no shortage of wild men down below, although most seem to have lost their minds. Perhaps the Beggars are on a recruitment drive, eh?"

He slaps Ricard on the shoulder to emphasise his ready wit.
Jessica says:
Jessica relaxes slightly, moving her hand from her hammer, but still does not let her guard down.
Jessica’s not the only one. Whilst the orc speaking with Ricard seems (overly) jovial, the rest are much more guarded. She sees arrows still nocked in bowstrings and swords remaining unsheathed.
Pickles says:
"So what awaits down these hallways? Must be dangerous to have such an intimidating group watching over it."
"Ah, there’s still a bit of fallout from our recent altercation with the goblins, but nothing we can’t handle. You’ll want to be careful if you plan on heading thataways though .. it’s crawling with skeletons, zombies and such like. Those things ain’t natural and are best avoided if you know what’s good for you."

He waves his hand vaguely towards the east.
Fenwick says:
out of idle curiosity she studies what the door to the dwarf room looks like from this side.
Without the aid of an updated map, it isn’t easy to work out exactly where on the western wall the secret door is likely to be. But, in general, that wall looks pretty much the same as most other walls in this part of the dungeon - rough-faced limestone blocks in poor repair. There’s certainly no evidence of dwarven master stonework.

---
Day 2, 4:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 9, 2024 7:17 pm
Burbage says:
"Ah, there’s still a bit of fallout from our recent altercation with the goblins, but nothing we can’t handle. You’ll want to be careful if you plan on heading thataways though .. it’s crawling with skeletons, zombies and such like. Those things ain’t natural and are best avoided if you know what’s good for you."
With these words, Jessica idly fingers her holy symbol that hangs around her neck.
Jul 9, 2024 10:24 pm
Luther listens carefully and is still ready to grab his mace if this goes south. He is also glad to feel the symbol around his neck at the mention of zombies and skeletons.
Jul 10, 2024 9:50 pm
"The skeletons are to the north?" Gabbro asks, making no sudden moves and keeping his hands where they can be seen. "We'll definitely be careful."
Jul 10, 2024 10:06 pm
Pickles skips up next to Ricard and the jovial Orc, "Skeletons and Zombies you say. I had an Aunt that we thought was a zombie once, with the way she moved around, her greenish complexion, and red rimmed eyes. Turned out she wasn’t, she had contracted a flesh eating disease which was turning her slowly into a ghoul. My Uncle woke one morning with her chewing on his foot. We still laugh about it today, the look on his face as he limp down the hall away from her. Priceless . . ." Pickles laughs at his own memory before turning his smile back to the Orc, "So do you recommend one tunnel or the other?"
Last edited July 10, 2024 10:07 pm
Jul 11, 2024 12:53 am
"Is there any other goblin turf we should be careful of?" asks Fenwick.
Jul 11, 2024 1:53 am
Ricard can't help but snort a chuckle at the halfling's tale of podiatry gone wrong but he quickly regains his composure.
Jul 11, 2024 3:41 pm
Orc Guard Post
In the blink of an eye, the orc’s demeanour changes from jovial to sombre as he hangs, credulously, on every word of Pickles’ tall tale of his ghoulish auntie. At the conclusion of the story, he shakes his head in silent contemplation before continuing earnestly: "A sorry case indeed, which only goes to prove my point - you don’t want to get involved with those dead-things-that-aren’t-dead if you know what’s good for you."
Gabbro says:
"The skeletons are to the north?"
"If you’re planning on heading north, make sure you bear west. That should take you back towards the main entrance eventually. It’s the crypts to the east you’ll want to avoid."

(Pointing to the southern exit from the chamber): "That way’s off-limits so you’ve only two options, back the way you came or onwards to the north."
Fenwick says:
"Is there any other goblin turf we should be careful of?"
"Pfff … I wouldn’t worry about the Wolf Gang goblins. Pathetic creatures. If there are any still skulking about, you’re most likely to find them away to the south-west."

---
Day 2, 4:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 11, 2024 9:19 pm
OOC:
I am kind of lost. Are we over by the secret door to the Dwarves? Has the map been updated?
Jul 11, 2024 9:44 pm
OOC:
We are on the opposite side of the secret door to the dwarves. The map has not been updated, I am hoping to get my own map going the weekend (fingers crossed)
Jul 12, 2024 4:22 am
"Well, I think it's clear that we're heading north, then. We want to find that way back to the Grand Foyer so that we can exit back to the surface at some point in the future..." Gabbro smiles at the orcs, standing close enough to easily overhear. "That's where we can find out more about those Grave Robber idiots!" Gabbro tries to subtly catch Ricard's eyes and look to the north, encouraging him to come along. Together, they can lead the way out of this dangerous situation with the nervous, bowstring-happy orcs. "Let's go, right, gang?"
Jul 12, 2024 6:42 am
Pickles extends a hand to the jovial Orc, "It was a pleasure to meet you and you’re a fun guy. I am Pickles and you are?"

If the Orc shakes hands Pickles will take a mental note of the name and face, before turning and catching up with the group. Turning once to wave.
Jul 12, 2024 11:56 am
Luther looks aroundYes, let us continue on.
Jul 12, 2024 12:08 pm
"Thank you for all of the advice and, you know, not killing us," Fenwick tells the orc leader, nodding at each of his troops as well to make sure they know they're included. "I'm sure we'll come passing through again. "

Looks like the decision is to head north. Skeletons and necromancy aren't really her favorite thing, but there's probably something magical behind them, which could prove at least academically interesting.

She heads after Ricard and Gabbro.
Jul 12, 2024 2:08 pm
Gabbro has updated the map now … thanks spaceseeker19!

Orc Guard Post
"Pleased to meet yer Pickles, the name’s Gruk. You look after those fine feet of yours - you don’t want them gobbled by a ghoul!" (cue more laughter).

You say your farewells to the orcs and leave via the northern exit from the guard post.
The passage north continues for 20’ before opening out into the next chamber. You stand at the threshold and peer in. It is a large, square room with a much higher ceiling (35’) than any other space in the dungeon you’ve encountered so far. The roof is supported by six stone columns, each 5’ in diameter. Above you, cobwebs hang from the ceiling and trail from pillar to pillar. You can see one other exit leading north from the far side of the room.

Mapping information: square chamber, 40’ x 40’. You enter from the westernmost section of the southern wall. The other visible exit is in the northern wall, 10’ west of the eastern wall.

---
Day 2, 5:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jul 12, 2024 3:05 pm
"Hmm." Gabbro muses, looking at the shadows and webs hiding the ceiling from view just at the limit of the light, peering in for a moment before entering the room. "Gruk made it sound like they've entered this part of the dungeon before, but the barricade they built suggests that maybe it's been a while, and I don't like the look of those webs." He turns to Ricard and the others. "Gruk told us to bear west, and we know that the Grand Foyer entrance is almost directly west of us here, but there's no obvious western exit from this room. Do we rush through to get to the exit on the other side of the room - to avoid web-spinners dropping on us from above - or do we go slow to check for traps like we usually do?"
Jul 12, 2024 3:33 pm
"Think the webs are flammable?" Fenwick asks, scratching at her chin beneath her helmet strap. "Like what if we could stand here in the passageway but burn the webs to flush out any occupants and keep them pinned in the room? Then we'd just do our searching after we clear the room."
Jul 12, 2024 4:40 pm
Jessica now holds her holy symbol before her with her left hand (instead of her shield). Her right hand grips her war hammer.
Jul 12, 2024 5:06 pm
MinMin says:
"Think the webs are flammable?" Fenwick asks, scratching at her chin beneath her helmet strap. "Like what if we could stand here in the passageway but burn the webs to flush out any occupants and keep them pinned in the room? Then we'd just do our searching after we clear the room."
"I can't tell from here whether they're cobwebs - which are webs filled with dust, which makes them flammable - or fresh webs. I think they're cobwebs, since we can see them, but they're way above us, so I'm not sure how we'd get fire all the way up there to test it." He leans in and whispers to his fellow elf, "I, uh, I don't have any fire magic, so we'd have to throw a torch or something."
Jul 12, 2024 8:12 pm
Luther listening to the convo between Fenwick and Gabbro suggestsMaybe Pickle could shoot a flaming arrow up there.
Jul 13, 2024 9:42 am
Pickles pops his head around the corner of the door and looks up at the webs, "If we wrap an arrow in cloth and soak it in oil should do it. Maybe a couple." As he speaks he pulls out a couple of arrows and oil.
Jul 13, 2024 9:46 am
Pickles says:
Pickles pops his head around the corner of the door and looks up at the webs, "If we wrap an arrow in cloth and soak it in oil should do it. Maybe a couple." As he speaks he pulls out a couple of arrows and oil.
That seems reasonable. You won't be able to recover those arrows to use them again though. Remember to update your inventory for the oil and arrows.

I'll say it takes a turn for you to prepare the arrows.


---
Day 2, 5:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 13, 2024 9:57 am
"Anyone got some cloth? Otherwise I’ll just rip a sleeve off my shirt."
OOC:
Arrows have been removed. Will I need to make an attack roll?
Jul 13, 2024 10:07 am
No attack roll needed. There are enough cobwebs, and the ceiling is large enough, that you can't really miss. However, there is a risk that the webs won't catch fire ... does 1-in-6 for each arrow that they fail to light seem fair?
Jul 13, 2024 10:42 am
Luther will cut off a couple strips from the bottom of his robes that he wears over his armor.Here you Pickles, will this work?
Jul 13, 2024 1:25 pm
"Perfectly thank." Pickles says taking the cloth from Luther, "I will try my best to not waste them" Having wrapped the arrows in cloth and the soaking the cloth in oil, Pickles waits for the cloth to be lit before firing. The Halfling starts with two flaming arrows . . .
OOC:
1 in 6 sounds fair. How many attempts am I allowed?
Last edited July 13, 2024 1:26 pm

Rolls

First arrow - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Second arrow - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Jul 13, 2024 4:58 pm
Watching Pickles setting his arrows on fire and launching them into the ceiling, Gabbro observes, "I almost want there to be something up there, so this isn't a waste..." Then his eyes widen. "What am I saying? It'd be much better if there's nothing there!"
Jul 13, 2024 6:09 pm
"Yes," Jessica nods in agreement, "Let's hope this effort is wasted."
Jul 13, 2024 9:42 pm
At least cobwebs should catch pretty easy. says Luther as he lifts his shield above his head.
Jul 13, 2024 10:16 pm
After waiting a short time for a flame to catch Pickles shakes his head, and makes another couple of arrows which he fires into the web mess . . .

Rolls

Arrow 3 - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Arrow 4 - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jul 14, 2024 9:34 am
(It was a 1in-6 chance that the arrows would fail to light the webs, so the first two shots did the trick. No need for arrows three and four.)

High Vaulted Chamber
Pickles fires the two flaming arrows towards the roof. The old, dry webs light easily, and within seconds most of the ceiling is ablaze. But the webs are poor fuel, and almost as quickly they are consumed, leaving only a blanket of smoke towards the top of the room and a shower of dark grey ashes.

The smoke and cinders eventually dissipate, allowing you to get a clear look at the ceiling. You don’t see anything obvious lurking up there.

---
Day 2, 5:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 14, 2024 4:28 pm
"...well, that's what we hoped." Gabbro proceeds into the room, testing the floor with the spear ahead of him as he goes toward the northern exit. "Shouldn't be a surprise...spiders don't use their webs once they collect that much dust..."
Last edited July 14, 2024 5:10 pm
Jul 14, 2024 4:49 pm
Good show Pickles. Let's move on and be wary. says Luther moving to follow Gabbro.
Jul 15, 2024 5:06 pm
High Vaulted Chamber
You cautiously cross the smokey room, threading your way between the stone pillars, and arrive at the only other visible exit on the far side. Ahead of you, a corridor extends northwards beyond the range of your lantern’s light.

Luther notices that the lantern starts to gutter intermittently as if its oil reserves are running low.

---
Day 2, 5:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jul 15, 2024 5:51 pm
"Good shooting, Pickles!" says Fenwick. She crosses the floor following in Gabro's footsteps after he checks it for traps; and joins the others on the far side
Jul 15, 2024 7:32 pm
OOC:
Sorry, was backpacking over the weekend
Ricard claps Pickle's shoulder after the successful shot to clear the cobwebs and breathes a sigh of relief when the path seems clear. When the lantern starts to sputter, Ricard offers up a torch,

"I brought a bunch of these, should last us six or seven hours till we get back to Kobold Korner."
Jul 15, 2024 10:29 pm
Luther looks around at the group. Anyone have any oil? Looks like we are running out.
Jul 15, 2024 11:22 pm
Pickles back straightens a little more at the thanks of his companions, "It seems the dust on the webs did more damage than my arrows." He says with a grin as the move off across the room.

As the others talk about the lantern sputtering Pickles pulls his pack off and quietly produces a three quarter full flask of oil. "I have one more full one in my pack as well, keep your torches Ricard until we really need them."
OOC:
Removed one of my oils from inventory.
Jul 15, 2024 11:32 pm
Luther accepts the used oil flask and refills the lantern. Thanks Pickles, that should hold us for a bit.
Jul 16, 2024 12:36 am
As he and Ricard slowly progress north down the passageway, Gabbro remains quiet for a few moments, to listen for any telltale noises. The only sound is the soft scrape and tap of the spear shaft testing the floor ahead of them. Then he whispers to Ricard: "As far as I can figure it, somewhere off to the west is a passage we never explored, and a bit further north is where the 'Dragon's Den' sign was...if we don't find a way west soon, we might want to start looking for secret doors..."
Jul 16, 2024 1:55 am
"Good point," replies the warrior,

"I also don't believe we fully explored the dragon's den itself, plenty to find up ahead."
Jul 16, 2024 6:34 am
Exiting the high vaulted chamber, the corridor continues north for 30’ before arriving at a junction. To your left, a side passage leads west for at least 30’. Ahead, the passage continues north for a further 10’ before opening into a larger space. It looks like the walls of the room to the north are covered with scrawled pictures and writing, although you can’t make out the details from this distance.

---
Day 2, 5:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 16, 2024 10:09 am
Holding the lantern up Maybe we should check out this space to the north. I can dim the lantern and allow someone with dark vision to look in.
Jul 16, 2024 12:28 pm
"Looks like we've found your path west, " Fenwick notes to Gabbro before turning to Luther. "Though, I agree, we should clear the room to the north first. Be kind of funny if the dwarves were only separated from more of their art by a door they were afraid to open. "
Jul 16, 2024 12:59 pm
"I’m hopeful," one elf nods to the other, looking west, "But by all means, let’s take a look." Gabbro moves north, testing the ground as he goes, to get a better look into the ‘Scrawled Room.’
Jul 17, 2024 2:26 am
Ricard nods in agreement and stands ready to charge in should anything leap out at Gabbro...
Jul 17, 2024 5:17 pm
Graffiti-covered Room
The walls of the room to the north are covered in crude pictures, lewd slogans and various other forms of graffiti. So much so, that there’s too much detail to take in at a quick glance.

On the floor are the remnants of an old fire. There are also traces of webs, similar to those in the high vaulted chamber, in the room's corners.

Mapping information: rectangular room, 30’ x 20’. You enter through the centre of the southern wall. There are no other visible exits.

---
Day 2, 5:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 17, 2024 11:05 pm
"Hmmm." Gabbro narrates to the others. "It just looks like an old camp, like we saw...uh, like some of us saw up in the first area we entered, up in the ravine. No obvious exits; a lot of graffiti from previous visitors. A few cobwebs."

Gabbro takes a moment to scan for any infravision-visible chalk messages. Then he continues. "I dunno; we could take some time to read through it for possible information, or just go back to that passage leading west. What do you think?"
Jul 17, 2024 11:33 pm
Luther looks around at the group.Info is always good. It wouldn't take long. What do y'all think?
Jul 18, 2024 12:21 am
"Stupid question guys, but uh, these aren't dwarven runes, right?"

Ricard scratches his head quizzically as he studies the pictographs.
Jul 18, 2024 11:11 am
Pickles folds out of the shadows entering the room of scribbles, his eyes widening as he looks around. "A bit of time here could be of use, you never know what pearls of wisdom the average adventurer could leave behind."
Jul 18, 2024 2:23 pm
Graffiti-covered Room
Ricard says:
"Stupid question guys, but uh, these aren't dwarven runes, right?"

Ricard scratches his head quizzically as he studies the pictographs.
If you’re asking whether there are any parallels between these wall markings and the dwarven master stonework in the other room then, no, the two are polar opposites!
Gabbro says:
Gabbro takes a moment to scan for any infravision-visible chalk messages.
Good thinking!

Luther dims the lantern to allow Gabbro’s infravision to kick in. A symbol emerges in the faint but distinctive glow of flame chalk …

https://i.imgur.com/cXtd4wv.jpeg

You may also study the graffiti under normal light, but it will take at least a turn to sift through the "noise" and potentially uncover anything of interest.

---
Day 2, 5:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 18, 2024 3:32 pm
Noticing Gabbro's look of intense concentration, Jessica asks, "What do you see, Gabbro?"
Jul 18, 2024 3:36 pm
"Is that a symbol or a map?" Fenwick asks Gabbro, squinting at the wall.
Jul 18, 2024 6:21 pm
"Hmm..." Gabbro looks over at Fenwick and then back at the wall again. "My guess is it's a map, but if it is, I think it doesn't correspond to anyplace we've explored so far." He touches the wall, tracing the chalk outlines. "I haven't really been looking - I should have been! - but the only other place we've seen this flame chalk writing is in the cave from the ravine outside, which talked about gems on the second level. If they're connected in any way - and that's a BIG if - then it's not a surprise that we haven't seen anything like this. It might be something down on level 2."

Belatedly, after all that, Gabbro responds to the Sister: "Sorry! Let me describe it: it's a strange shape with an 'X' drawn on the left side. It doesn't look like it represents anything - it's not a picture, as far as I can tell - unless it is a map. Read as a map, it looks like a passageway or a vault with several alcoves leading off of it - three to one side, three on the other - and then a final room or chamber with a large 'X' drawn in it all the way on the left. There is a narrower rectangle leading off to the right and another one leading down from the 'X' room...here, I'll try to draw it." As best he can, Gabbro draws what he sees in the margins of one of the map sheets.
Jul 18, 2024 10:36 pm
Interesting, maybe we should go through this room thoroughly to see if there are any clues to this drawing.
Last edited July 18, 2024 10:37 pm
Jul 19, 2024 2:09 am
"We've been here ten seconds and ya found a map, I'd say it's well worth the time spent to look more thoroughly! I'll stand guard while you lot have a look."
Jul 19, 2024 12:09 pm
Fenwick will start from the area where the symbol was found and start reading through the graffiti, working to her right and leaving the other side of the wall to Gabbro and the others.
Jul 19, 2024 2:18 pm
You spend a turn (10 minutes) examining the wall for any useful snippets of information amongst the dense graffiti.

Someone, anyone, please roll me 1d4 ...


---
Day 2, 5:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jul 19, 2024 2:23 pm
Fenwick skims through the scrawled crude jokes and insults.

Rolls

Examining the walls - (1d4)

(2) = 2

Jul 19, 2024 5:37 pm
Graffiti-covered Room
Thanks Fenwick.

Collectively, you spot two potentially useful or interesting pieces of information …

Firstly, a section of the western wall is given over to a makeshift memorial. The words "In memory of those who met their fate in the halls of Stonehell" are carved into the stone. Beneath, many names have been added - some carved, some scrawled in chalk, charcoal, ink or something that looks suspiciously like dried blood. Poignantly, Ricard spots the name of his grandfather amongst the fallen.

Secondly, a rather more cryptic message reads "While not every game of chance in Stonehell is rigged, bet with caution."

You may continue to search for another turn. However, bear in mind that turns = wandering monster checks - the longer you linger, the more chance you have of being interrupted.

Also, 8.00 pm is the point at which you’ll have been adventuring for 12 hours. If you continue adventuring beyond that time, you’ll suffer a -1 penalty to all your rolls until you rest for the night. So factor that into your plans.


---
Day 2, 5:40 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 19, 2024 11:25 pm
"Huh, would ya look at that..."

Ricard yawns as he marvels over the name of his father's father.

"That's my grandpa! Drunk lout that he was, it still brings me joy to see his name here on the wall. Not sure why, maybe I'm just tired. Could be time to head back to the Korners and grab a bite and a bed, eh?"
Jul 19, 2024 11:51 pm
Seeing Ricard yawn Luther yawns also. I guess we have been at it for a bit. A meal and rest does sound good.
Jul 21, 2024 4:23 am
"I've got maybe another hour in me, before I need to head back." Gabbro considers the cryptic text. "Game of chance? Bet with caution? I have a feeling that that has to do with more than just gambling at the tavern. I figure it's some kind of trap or puzzle...they wouldn't bother writing it on the wall if they were just complaining about people cheating at dice..." Gabbro frowns. "...but I have no idea what it could mean, specifically. I don't think we've seen anything yet that required or even involved any betting."
OOC:
Our pace through the dungeon is pretty slow, as we're testing the floor for traps as we go. Should we immediately see if we can find the way back to the Grand Foyer before we go back to Kobold Korners, or take 10 minutes (one turn) more to search this room for any additional information before we leave?
Jul 21, 2024 10:18 am
Lost in the scrawling and pictures spread across the walls, Pickles only half hears the conversation. He looks up finally at the mention of leaving, "This stuff is really interesting, maybe a moment more?"
Jul 21, 2024 10:49 am
Remember, you can move more confidently and rapidly through areas you've already mapped. As a guide, it would take 3 turns (30 minutes) to return to Kobold Korners from where you are currently.
Jul 22, 2024 4:25 pm
OOC:
I'm game to stay another turn and check the graffiti...
Jul 22, 2024 10:50 pm
OOC:
Check the room again then head to the Korners. The corridor will be there when we comeback.
Jul 23, 2024 5:36 am
Gabbro agrees with Pickles, and they examine the room for another turn with Ricard and Luther (and anyone else who is looking).
Last edited July 23, 2024 5:36 am
Jul 23, 2024 9:44 am
Having already had a go at the wall and found nothing of obvious value, Fenwick will move to the door and keep watch since there seem to be enough teammates involved in the search.
Jul 23, 2024 11:44 am
OK ... can someone roll me 1d4 again for your second (and final) trawl through the graffiti ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jul 23, 2024 11:55 am
Pickles runs his fingers over an area where words seem to have been chiseled into the wall . . .

Rolls

Graffiti check - (1d4)

(4) = 4

Jul 23, 2024 5:29 pm
Graffiti-covered Room
With a further 10 minutes of study, you really get your eye in and are able to discern the following pearls of wisdom from amongst the more dubious content …

"I had it! A ruby the size of a fist was almost mine, but a giant serpent swallowed it before I could reach it."

"The little, scaly bastards can‘t be trusted. They turned on us, killed Sydel, and stole all our gold! Kill ‘em on sight"

"Be careful in the lowest depths of Stonehell. The rooms there change from time to time and
what once was no longer stands."


"This dungeon was cleared by the Circle of Six. Nothing remains below."

---
Day 2, 5:50 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jul 24, 2024 2:39 am
Pickles enjoyed reading the stories and the clatter reminded him of his on thoughts. He pauses spending the longest time reading over the giant snake and Ruby, images of finding both flickering through his mind.
Finally he turns his attention back to the group, "Time to go then?"
Jul 24, 2024 3:11 am
Ricard stretches and nods,

"Time to go."

Realizing that he has potentially let his guard down, the warrior slaps himself in the face and re-assures himself of his surroundings.
Jul 24, 2024 10:31 am
Fenwick compares notes with the others and records what they've found.

"Interesting, the lower levels sound fun. Hope that last one doesn't mean there's no treasure left. "

She then falls into step behind Ricard as they exit the room.
Jul 24, 2024 2:34 pm
"Don't worry, Ricard, we'll get you back before your bed time." Gabbro takes up Fenwick's spear again and accompanies the human fighter back in the direction they came, heading for Kobold Korners. At Ricard's glower, the elf grins and holds up his free hand defensively. "Hey, hey - I'm tired, too. Where do you think we should go next? Tomorrow, I mean."
Jul 24, 2024 3:48 pm
Some DM behind-the-screen dice rolling ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jul 24, 2024 3:55 pm
More DM behind-the-screen dice rolling ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jul 24, 2024 5:26 pm
Leaving the graffiti room behind, you begin your trek back to Kobold Korners. Neither Gruk and his guardmates, nor the giant rats in the trash heap pay you any particular attention. It’s almost as if you’re already becoming part of the Stonehell furniture.

As you head south from the trash heap towards the crossroads that takes you back through the Open Sore’s main territory and on towards the Chamber of the Woods, you hear the sounds of a large group approaching. You can’t see them (they are beyond the range of your lantern’s light), but they are clearly kobolds from the noises they are making. They sound agitated, as if they are bickering noisily and angrily amongst themselves.

---
Day 2, 6:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 24, 2024 8:50 pm
OOC:
I speak chaotic would I be able to understand them?
Jul 24, 2024 9:15 pm
"The kobolds have been friendly and we're... sort of headed to their place. Maybe we approach them openly? Or make other plans?"
Jul 24, 2024 10:27 pm
Luther looks at the group. You have more experience down here than I so I will follow y'alls lead.
Jul 25, 2024 3:02 am
Pickles hearing the agitation in the voices draws his bow, and moves off into the shadows. "If you attempt speaking to them, I’ll take heed of some sage advice the wall gave us. ‘While not every game of chance in Stonehell is rigged, bet with caution’., and I’ll cover you."
Jul 25, 2024 5:07 pm
Luther says:
OOC:
I speak chaotic would I be able to understand them?
The kobolds are speaking in Kobold so, no, Luther cannot understand them.
Pickles says:
Pickles hearing the agitation in the voices draws his bow, and moves off into the shadows.
Sure - go ahead and make a hide in shadows roll (2 in 6).

The pack of kobolds shambles into view out of the darkness, 30’ ahead of you. It’s a large group - at least a dozen - and judging by the buckets, shovels and picks that some of them are carrying, it’s a work crew on a maintenance job. Indeed, the major source of their argument seems to be who should carry a large bucket filled with a sludgy brown substance.

There are enough of them such that they fill the entire width of the corridor. It’s also clear that they are in no mood for pleasantries and are pressing forward with the full expectation that you will make way for them.

---
Day 2, 6:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jul 25, 2024 5:09 pm
"Excuse us guys!" Fenwick apologizes, urging the party against the wall and out of their way.
Jul 25, 2024 6:24 pm
Jessica follows suit, pressing against the wall to get out of their way.
Jul 25, 2024 8:39 pm
OOC:
Shadow roll
Noticing eyes tracking him Pickles just stays against the wall, still trying to meld with the shadows and acting casual.
Last edited July 25, 2024 8:43 pm

Rolls

Hide - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Jul 25, 2024 8:52 pm
Ricard follows suit and steps aside so that the work crew can pass. He doesn't make eye contact but keeps the kobolds in his periphery.
Jul 25, 2024 8:56 pm
Luther will also move to the side. Never wanting to get int he way of workers.
Jul 26, 2024 7:16 am
You stand aside to let the gaggle of kobolds pass. However, there are no such concessions from their side. Quite the opposite. They seem to go out of their way to ensure unnecessary contact is made as they barge their way through. You receive jabs from scaly elbows, your toes are trodden upon and, at a particular low point, one of the kobolds clears its throat and spits quite deliberately at Luther. This causes an outbreak of sniggering amongst its colleagues, momentarily distracting them from their bickering over the bucket.

---
Day 2, 6:10 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 26, 2024 10:12 am
Luther thinks to himself filthy little buggers but he will only commit the spitter to memory. You never know.
Jul 26, 2024 1:00 pm
That dangerous twinkle is back in Pickles eye. As the Kobolds move off the Halfling starts string an arrow, and calms his breath . . .
Jul 26, 2024 4:22 pm
As the kobolds leave, Gabbro slowly relaxes, loosening his white-knuckled grip on Fenwick's spear and rubbing his side where a kobold elbowed him. "There's clearly a lot going on here in Stonehell that we don't understand. Clearly there's an entire society built up of alliances, rivalries, detentes, and interdependences...all of which are completely opaque to us...or to me, anyway." He exchanges glances with the others. "They say that kobolds like to dig, and they tend to live underground. But those kobolds were acting like a construction crew, not people maintaining their own home. Who's hiring these guys? Where are they mining? How do the kobolds relate to the Open Sores? How do these kobolds relate to the ones at Kobold Korners? It makes me uneasy, not knowing all these relationships..."
OOC:
By the description, we're near the four-way intersection. Which direction were they coming from, and which direction did they go/are they going?
Last edited July 26, 2024 4:23 pm
Jul 26, 2024 4:36 pm
Ricard chuckles at the tough-guy antics of the kobolds but makes no move against them.

"Little bugs are lucky we need 'em and their trade post, don't let it bother ya Luther. It's good luck to get spit on by a monster!"
Jul 26, 2024 6:09 pm
Fenwick frowns at the bullying kobolds but takes no further action and looks to hold the others back from any fighting. This is most unkobold-like behavior in her eyes, and more akin to that of the mad dwarf who lured them into traps and danger--she doesn't want to let the Hellions be baited into anything.
Jul 26, 2024 6:10 pm
Gabbro says:
OOC:
By the description, we're near the four-way intersection. Which direction were they coming from, and which direction did they go/are they going?
You're between the two crossroads to the south Flaking Room/Trash Heap.

The kobolds came from the south and passed you to continue north.
Jul 26, 2024 6:49 pm
Burbage says:
You're between the two crossroads to the south Flaking Room/Trash Heap.

The kobolds came from the south and passed you to continue north.
OOC:
Now I'm really curious where they're going, to help us figure out: are they working for/with the dwarves, or the orcs?
Last edited July 26, 2024 6:49 pm
Jul 27, 2024 10:52 am
Just holding to see which version of Pickles, the jolly one or the scary one, gets the upper hand! This could play out very differently depending on whether he shoots that arrow or not ...
Jul 27, 2024 12:20 pm
OOC:
If this was edition 3 or above, I would have shoot the arrow.
The string draws back further to his chin as the squares up the back of the last Kobold, but the Halfling notices that his companions have already moved on. His arms relax and the smile returns to his lips. "I hope one us took down their details. A very unpleasant lot." he says as his arrow slips back into his quarrel and he skips after the group.
Jul 28, 2024 5:19 am
"Aw don't worry Pickle," says Ricard over his shoulder,

"Get enough of any one kind of folk together and it's a horse's arse. That's why our party is so great... diversity! Mutts are always the toughest."
Jul 28, 2024 7:24 am
The remainder of your journey back to Kobold Korners passes uneventfully. You surrender your weapons at the guard post and enter the marketplace. It’s 6.30 pm when you arrive, and the stalls are all closed for the evening. Compared to the bustle earlier in the day, it’s eerily quiet. Bugbear and kobold guards are the only others present, and the only sounds are those coming from the Kopper Kettle to the east.
How would you like to play out the evening?

Assuming you stay the night at the Kopper Kettle, we can fast-forward to the morning if you’re keen to resume your explorations. You can be assured (at least until something changes) that Kobold Korners is a "safe zone" and that you won’t be troubled by wandering monsters, etc.

Or, if there are things you would still like to do this evening, we can carry on.


---
Day 2, 6:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 28, 2024 12:06 pm
Luther says to the groupIs there maybe a historian of some sort here? Maybe they could explain the drawing and the sayings we wrote down.
Jul 28, 2024 2:22 pm
"There might be a historian to consult here in the marketplace, but they won't be available until the morning." Gabbro considers. "Or we could ask the dwarves, I suppose."
OOC:
I'm fine with skipping to the morning.
Jul 28, 2024 2:33 pm
OOC:
If the bar is closed then Ricard would just wanna eat rations and hit the sack
Last edited July 28, 2024 2:33 pm
Jul 28, 2024 4:52 pm
Fenwick's curious if there are any signs of more Beggars either drinking or sleeping in the Kettle, but beyond taking a quick glance around for them, she'll simply head off to bed and rest up for morning.
Jul 28, 2024 5:04 pm
Looks a Gabbro and the others Until morning then. I will go tend to my devotions.
Jul 29, 2024 11:40 am
Pickles will follow the others to the inn which he will scan for anyone interesting to chat too, to which he will happy chat and question for a hour or two. There after head to bed.
Jul 29, 2024 2:48 pm
The Kopper Kettle
When you arrive at The Kopper Kettle, there are four groups already present and enjoying the fine wares on offer.

The largest group comprises six Ghost Beggars, all distinguished by their black and yellow chequered scarves or bandanas. They seem subdued, staring into their drinks and barely talking to one another.

The next biggest group is the dwarven architect and his guards. The guards seem relaxed, chatting merrily amongst themselves. The architect has various sheets of parchment spread out across the table and is squinting at them through his eyeglasses.

In a dark corner, looking rather furtive and doing their best not to be noticed are a couple of Open Sore orcs.

Finally, a solitary gnoll is propping up the bar and looking very much like he doesn’t want to be disturbed.

---
Day 2, 6:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 29, 2024 3:46 pm
(To the extent that Fenwick can tell dwarves apart:) Are the dwarves sitting with the architect his guards from the art room, or is the mad, laughing dwarf from the Forest room present?

Fenwick pauses upon entering the room and whispers to the others. "This is a bit awkward. If we don't have a go at the Beggars, do you think the orcs report back that we're slacking?"
Jul 29, 2024 4:08 pm
"I don't expect that even the orcs would expect us to start a fight in what is apparently neutral ground," Jessica offers.
Jul 29, 2024 5:32 pm
Fenwick says:
(To the extent that Fenwick can tell dwarves apart:) Are the dwarves sitting with the architect his guards from the art room, or is the mad, laughing dwarf from the Forest room present?[/b]
You are as sure as you can be that they are his genuine guards.
Fenwick says:
Fenwick pauses upon entering the room and whispers to the others. "This is a bit awkward. If we don't have a go at the Beggars, do you think the orcs report back that we're slacking?"
To clarify, the orc chieftain has hired you primarily to gather information about the Beggars. Specifically, what their leader, Zorrel Gnast, is supposedly looking for in Stonehell. Also, any useful intelligence about their operation - where they are based, numbers, how they enter and leave Stonehell, etc. There’s no particular expectation that you will get involved in any direct conflict with them.
Jul 29, 2024 9:07 pm
Maybe we should show the architect the drawing.
Jul 29, 2024 10:52 pm
Fenwick says:
Fenwick pauses upon entering the room and whispers to the others. "This is a bit awkward. If we don't have a go at the Beggars, do you think the orcs report back that we're slacking?"
To clarify, the orc chieftain has hired you primarily to gather information about the Beggars. Specifically, what their leader, Zorrel Gnast, is supposedly looking for in Stonehell. Also, any useful intelligence about their operation - where they are based, numbers, how they enter and leave Stonehell, etc. There’s no particular expectation that you will get involved in any direct conflict with them.[/quote]
OOC:
Yeah, that was Fenwick trying to sound flippant, and probably not the clearest wording--by 'have a go', she didn't mean fight them, but be seen trying to press them for information, etc.--which is something I'd rather not try right now with the Open Sore tribe watching.
Jul 30, 2024 9:32 am
Pickles swans over to the bar ordering an ale, then as he turns to head over to the Ghosts he looks over to the Gnoll. With a charismatic grin he says, "Hey Buddy, rough day?"
Jul 31, 2024 1:46 pm
WhtKnt says:
"I don't expect that even the orcs would expect us to start a fight in what is apparently neutral ground," Jessica offers.
"Yeah," Gabbro agrees in a whisper, "Also, these guys are looking pretty downcast, which may be because two of their friends have gone missing. I wouldn't want to push them in any way right now, lest they break the peace in their grief." Then, noticing that Pickles has left the group:
"Where did...? Uh-oh....!"
Last edited July 31, 2024 1:47 pm
Jul 31, 2024 3:09 pm
The Kopper Kettle
Pickles says:
Pickles swans over to the bar ordering an ale, then as he turns to head over to the Ghosts he looks over to the Gnoll. With a charismatic grin he says, "Hey Buddy, rough day?"
The hyena-headed gnoll looks across and then down, searching for the source of the annoying distraction. Seeing Pickles grinning at him, he leers back, licking his chops as he visibly starts to salivate.

The gnoll shows no inclination of taking up Pickle’s offer of conversation. His only response is a low, menacing growl.

---
Day 2, 6:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Jul 31, 2024 6:30 pm
Ricard smells the danger Pickles is in and takes a few idle steps towards the bar.

"Hey Pickle, that one doesn't seem like a talker, let's get a drink eh?"
Last edited July 31, 2024 6:43 pm
Aug 1, 2024 1:15 am
Fenwick takes a deep breath and gives Gabbro, Luther, and Jessica a crooked smile. "Think it's about time for me to try something stupid as well. Let's make this interesting. Flies with honey."

She'll approach the Beggars table . "Hello, friends. I'm new to this place and I can help but notice that you guys have enough of a presence that I keep bumping into you. I don't suppose there's any chance you're recruiting?"

She nods towards an empty chair waiting for their permission to join them.
Aug 1, 2024 1:23 am
Luther looks at @Gabbro Let's go show the architect the drawing. Maybe he can tell us something.
Last edited August 1, 2024 8:55 pm
Aug 1, 2024 3:09 am
A little disappointed by the Gnoll Pickles turns to Ricard, "You maybe you’re right, poor guy could do with a friend though." Pickles turns and puts a copper on the bar, "One for having a bad day please Keep.". He then allows Ricard to lead him to a table.
Aug 1, 2024 7:56 am
The Kopper Kettle
Fenwich says:
She'll approach the Beggars table . "Hello, friends. I'm new to this place and I can help but notice that you guys have enough of a presence that I keep bumping into you. I don't suppose there's any chance you're recruiting?"

She nods towards an empty chair waiting for their permission to join them.
Upon Fenwick’s approach, the bandits look up from their tankards. Their mood seems sombre but at least, unlike the gnoll, they are willing to talk. "P’raps," one of them replies with a disinterested shrug. "That’d be down to the boss though. Just you, or your friends as well?" he says, nodding at the rest of the Hellions.

---
Day 2, 6:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 1, 2024 11:36 am
As the Bandit nods towards them Pickles perks up with a smile and gives a friendly wave back. Then nudging Ricard with an elbow he says, "Well they seem friendly enough, maybe we should help Fenwick out with some conversation." Before the Fighter can answer the Halfling heads over and plops down at the table. "Hello. I meet your boss earlier this day. Friendly guy, Zorrel, gave me a coin or two for helping him out. Big though, that was what really struck me was how big he was."
Last edited August 1, 2024 11:37 am
Aug 1, 2024 11:50 am
"Might be," Fenwick says, motioning the others over. "Don't think any of us have been having much luck down here."
Aug 2, 2024 2:16 am
"No wait..." Ricard starts but immediately realizes the futility of his effort.

With a sigh, the bloodied warrior slow-walks over to the table, offering a grimace in place of a smile as he nears.

"Evenin''" he mutters as Pickles rambles on.
Last edited August 2, 2024 2:22 am
Aug 2, 2024 7:08 am
The Kopper Kettle
"Huh … is that so?" the Beggar replies to Pickles. "Well, I’ve gotta admit, a few extra hands wouldn’t hurt in light of recent events - we ain’t had much luck ourselves. I’ll pass your interest along. Meet us here tomorrow at noon and I’ll let you know if the boss is interested."

Turning to his colleagues, he continues. "Right everyone, drain your mugs. Let’s get back to the search."

And with that, they finish their drinks and rise to leave.

---
Day 2, 6:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 2, 2024 9:55 am
"See you tomorrow then!" Fenwick says, smiling at the speaker. "And good luck with your search!"
Aug 2, 2024 9:42 pm
Pickles eyes twinkle a little as he speaks, "Oow, a search? Are you playing hide and seek? Who are you looking for? My whole Village had a game of hide and seek with some Orcs once, though a couple of my mates took it a little too seriously. I never saw them again."
Aug 3, 2024 6:48 am
The Kopper Kettle
Pickles says:
Pickles eyes twinkle a little as he speaks, "Oow, a search? Are you playing hide and seek? Who are you looking for?
"Two of our brothers haven’t reported back from their patrol. You haven’t seen them have you? They’d be wearing scarves like these."

---
Day 2, 6:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 4, 2024 9:53 pm
Pickles lets a look of sadness fall upon his face, "Oh no, that’s no good. I haven’t seen anything, but . . . " Pickles lowers his voice to a hush letting a conspirational look drift to the Orcs in the corner, "I did report to Zorrel that the Open Sores have been showing a lot of interest in your current activities."
Aug 5, 2024 12:15 am
Absolutely no expression disturbs the grim, hard-set look on Ricard's face as Pickles spins his yarn.

Clever lad, he thought, although he would find out soon enough wether or not that was true...
Aug 5, 2024 12:24 am
@spaceseeker19 Let's go show the architect the drawing. Maybe he can tell us something.
Aug 5, 2024 12:57 pm
Fenwick shudders. "I hope they didn't get taken in for 'questioning.' You can see why a girl might find safety in numbers appealing right now."
Aug 5, 2024 2:27 pm
The Kopper Kettle
Luther takes Gabbro’s sketch of the flame-chalked symbol over to the dwarven architect. He initially looks excited as you hand over the parchment, but his enthusiasm soon wanes when he sees what’s marked upon it.

"Well, it’s not Dwarven. Or, if it is, it’s a terrible drawing."

Stroking his beard, he speculates "It might be the profile of a key of some sort. Or perhaps a map where ‘X’ marks the spot. Or some sort of arcane symbol, rune or sigil. Or a hieroglyph. Or just the doodlings of a madman. Whatever it is, it’s of no interest to me I’m afraid."

---
Day 2, 6:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 6, 2024 9:46 pm
Fenwick walks by the table behind the dwarves, rolls her eyes at Gabbro, and goes and to pick a bed for the night.
Aug 7, 2024 1:41 am
Jessica stands nearby as Pickles tells his story, just in case of trouble.
Aug 7, 2024 2:33 pm
The Kopper Kettle
OK, let’s wrap things up for Day 2 …

There’s no further trouble, and you’re able to eat, drink and retire to the dormitory without incident.

The dormitory consists of makeshift sleeping partitions containing flea-ridden straw-and-fur beds and scratchy, filthy blankets. For company, you’re joined by Johann (the gnome you rescued from the orcs), the dwarves, and two lizardfolk.
That concludes Day 2. Everyone - please deduct 2 copper pieces each for drinks and board. Also, please remove 1 day of rations from your inventories.
You awake the following morning, refreshed and raring to go.

What’s the plan?

---
Day 3, 8:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 7, 2024 3:37 pm
"The Beggars said they'd meet us here today at noon, I'm hoping as recruits we can get assigned to find whatever they're looking for and get some details, also learn more about their numbers and territory for the tribe, " Fenwick says. "Do we think we'd have time to do exploring beforehand? We wouldn't want to travel far. "
Last edited August 7, 2024 3:39 pm
Aug 7, 2024 4:51 pm
Jessica examines the contents of her purse, a piece of lint, and some crumbs. "If we don't find something for our efforts soon, I'm afraid that I'm going to be sleeping under tables," she sighs.
Aug 8, 2024 4:27 am
"Well we have to do SOMETHING to pass the time until noon, may as well explore!"

Ricard straps his armor back on and checks his pack to make sure nothing is missing. After taking stock of his supplies Ricard decides to head into the marketplace and try to find some more rations. He approaches one of the vendors whose fair seems... palatable.
Aug 8, 2024 5:54 am
"Shall we go to see what's north of the Kopper Kettle? That way we keep close to our meeting place..." Like the Sister, Gabbro is feeling skint for coin.
Aug 8, 2024 9:59 am
Sounds good to me. Hearing of his partners money problems Luther thinks to himself at least things are cheap and can help those of the party who need it for a little bit anyway.
Aug 8, 2024 11:19 am
Pickles is out of bed early, Richard’s bed he perches himself on the end of it and hums quietly to himself waiting for the Fighter to wake. As everyone stirs he gives a cheery, "Good morning." He straps on his clothes and checks his equipment, while snacking on a few dried rations and offering some to everyone else. "North is a good idea Gabbro.", he finally adds as he skips out of the room after Ricard.
Aug 8, 2024 5:16 pm
Kobold Market
Ricard says:
After taking stock of his supplies Ricard decides to head into the marketplace and try to find some more rations. He approaches one of the vendors whose fair seems... palatable.
The market is just getting going for the day as Ricard saunters in. Stall holders are setting up their wares as the first customers hunt for early bargains. A quick tour of the stalls uncovers a couple of food options, although their palatability is debatable. A snake vendor is offering fried snakes for 1 copper piece per portion, whilst a grocer has something that approximates to rations (1 silver piece for a day of standard rations, 3 silver pieces for iron - the price being a fair reflection of their quality).
Heading north from the Kopper Kettle takes you past the door to the "Rat Kebab Kafe" (eastern wall, immediately after the corner section that turns to the north (you visited previously but haven’t added it to your map yet).

Beyond that, the corridor continues for a further 10’ before a side passage branches off to the east. However, at this point, you are prevented from continuing any further by a spear-wielding bugbear guard. "Private," he grunts in clipped common.

---
Day 3, 8:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 9, 2024 2:51 am
"Alright, turning around...!" Gabbro backs away from the armed bugbear. As they leave to join Ricard in the Kobold Market, the elf mutters to Luther: "...I don't know what I was thinking, anyway, trying to explore without our weapons..."

Gabbro eyes the snake vendor's goods with slight alarm. ::Good grief, those are actually starting to look good to me!:: He grimaces. ::I've got to get some treasure, soon, or who knows what I'll be reduced to eating!::
Last edited August 9, 2024 2:51 am
Aug 9, 2024 2:59 am
Fenwick follows Gabbro back to the market. "That's disappointing, so many dead ends. Can we take a quick look at your map? Maybe we try a short trip south next?"
Aug 9, 2024 10:04 am
Looking at the map Yes, maybe collect our weapons and head south out of the guard post?
Aug 10, 2024 1:02 am
"Yes, that sounds good." Gabbro nods. "But that might be restricted, too. If they don't allow us to head south from the guard post, we could also get our weapons and head west, to explore down this corridor, the next opportunity to go south past the guard post..." Gabbro points to the area on the map. "But while we're waiting for Ricard's shopping, let's take a look to see what's through that archway...or at least find out that's restricted, too!" Gabbro winds his way through the stalls, heading to the northern exit from the Kobold Market.
Last edited August 10, 2024 1:03 am
Aug 10, 2024 1:42 am
Luther will follow Gabbro keeping his eyes open for anything out of the ordinary.
Aug 10, 2024 1:55 am
Fenwick will tag along with Luther and Gabbro.
Aug 10, 2024 4:31 am
Jessica tags along.
Aug 10, 2024 9:49 am
Access through the archway that leads north from the marketplace is also restricted. On the far side of another bugbear guard, you can see that a corridor extends for 20’ before opening out into a lit storage area filled with boxes, barrels and bales. Numerous kobolds scurry about sorting and counting inventory.

However, there is nothing to prevent you from heading south from the guard post to the west of the market, so you collect your weapons, light your lantern and head through that door. Beyond, a corridor extends for 10’ before a side passage branches to the east for 30’, terminating at a door. Continuing south, the corridor extends for at least the range of your lantern’s light (30’).

---
Day 3, 8:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Aug 10, 2024 10:38 am
"Try the door?" Fenwick suggests. "So, at first I thought the bugbear guard was another tribe, but it seems like maybe they're contracted security?"
Aug 10, 2024 3:24 pm
After a bit of internal debate, Ricard purchases one of the iron rations from the vendor and then hurries to catch up with his companions. After fetching back his blade he heads up the group as they travel south and west.

"Door looks like a good place to start..."

Ricard tries to ease the door open without making too much noise.
Aug 11, 2024 5:56 am
Pickles skips along behind Ricard picking up his weapons from guards as he goes. Finally they arrive joining the others as the examine the door, "Hi everyone, interesting door."
Aug 11, 2024 10:01 am
As you head along the easterly corridor towards the door at its far end, you hear a sudden crash from the room beyond followed by lots of kobold shouting, yelping and whining. Moments later, the door is flung open and a corpulent kobold wearing a tattered fur cloak, a red fez and a monocle comes storming out towards you. He’s followed by four more kobolds, all armed and armoured, who are struggling to keep up with him.

All seem preoccupied with whatever has just happened beyond the door and are set on a collision course with you unless you step aside.

---
Day 3, 8:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 11, 2024 11:27 am
Luther will step aside trying to hold in his laughter at seeing a kobold in a fez and monocle. That is something you don't see everyday.
Aug 11, 2024 2:38 pm
Gabbro steps aside, trying not to meet Luther's eyes because he knows that he will crack up otherwise. He really doesn't want to laugh, as kobolds are only a joke in genteel parlors back in the city.
Last edited August 11, 2024 2:40 pm
Aug 11, 2024 4:46 pm
Jessica dutifully steps aside to let the kobold parade pass.
Aug 11, 2024 5:29 pm
Fenwick moves to the wall to get out of their way. This guy looks important. His fez is amazing.
Aug 11, 2024 8:22 pm
Ricard follows suit with the others though offers an enterprising sympathy as the fat kobbie struts past,

"Need any assistance sir? Troubles relieved?"
Aug 11, 2024 11:38 pm
Pickles moves a side, but keeps a weary eye on them especially after their last encounter with rude Kobolds, unfortunately as taller members of the party step to one side Pickles spies the front Kobold and his hat . . .
OOC:
I will give Ricard a 3in6 chance of getting his hand over Pickles mouth, before the Halfling makes a remark.
I feel that Ricard knows Pickles well enough now to have a 50/50 shot at it ;)
Aug 12, 2024 3:42 am
OOC:
Luck don't fail me now! 1 through 3 I beat Pickles to the punch...

Rolls

Shhhhhh - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Aug 12, 2024 11:28 am
The humour of the situation fires like a party of sparklers in Pickles head confusing the path from brain to mouth, giving Ricard the moment he needs. "Uhmff umffhh hummer." is all the Halfling managers to get out as a ham like hand covers half his head.
Aug 12, 2024 2:04 pm
The flamboyant kobold looks askance at Ricard and Pickles as he sweeps past, his entourage trailing in his wake. He ignores the fighter’s polite enquiry, instead hurrying to the end of the corridor before turning north towards the market.

In the meantime, the door at the end of the corridor swings shut again. But, before it closed, you’re sure you caught a glimpse of some large, black, beetle-like creatures in the room beyond …

---
Day 3, 8:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 12, 2024 2:56 pm
"Sorry Pickle," Ricard whispers as he releases the halfling,

"Bad time for a wild card. Looks like a beetle in the next room, everyone ready for a fight or should we find another way?"
Aug 12, 2024 4:45 pm
OOC:
How many and what size creatures did Fenwick think she spotted?
Aug 13, 2024 12:51 am
Luther looks at Ricard Always ready for some exterminating.
Aug 13, 2024 4:30 am
"I suppose we could use some more fire glands..." Gabbro raises his eyebrows. "But are we sure these aren't our hosts' pets? That fancy toff came out of here with his guards, and they didn't seem like they were running from the bugs..."
Aug 13, 2024 10:59 am
"Hard to say, " muses Fenwwick. "Not sure if his guards were running to catch up, get away, or both. "
Aug 13, 2024 11:50 am
"We could sell them for meat, like the giant weasels." Pickles added to the conversation, while drawing an arrow from his quiver.
Aug 13, 2024 12:50 pm
The door was only open for a moment and it was pretty gloomy on the other side. But you caught a glimpse of at least a couple of beetles and each was around five feet long.

However, you didn’t see the distinctive glow that would indicate that they are fire beetles.

---
Day 3, 8:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 13, 2024 4:03 pm
OOC:
Did we recover any HP over the night's sleep or do we have to spend a whole day down to heal?
Aug 13, 2024 6:13 pm
dominion451 says:
OOC:
Did we recover any HP over the night's sleep or do we have to spend a whole day down to heal?
In B/X it's a full day (24 hours) of complete, uninterrupted rest to heal 1d3 hit points. You don't recover anything from just a night's sleep.
Aug 14, 2024 5:38 am
OOC:
Got it, thanks.
With the door closed before him, Ricard has time to hesitate.

"Good point about the beetles being pets... Don't wanna make enemies at the way station."
Aug 14, 2024 9:53 am
Agreed about not making enemies but why would anyone keep beetles for pets?
Aug 14, 2024 9:53 am
"Okay, let's try the other passage then, " Fenwick agrees. "We can always come back here later when we hit another dead end. "
Aug 14, 2024 7:33 pm
Jessica frowns to herself. Beetles as pets? Yuck!
Aug 14, 2024 10:03 pm
"Dungeon folk are a different sort."

Satisfied that he has solved the riddle of why beetles, Ricard gladly leads the way towards the other passage.
Last edited August 14, 2024 10:04 pm
Aug 15, 2024 1:59 am
Pickles expression is a little sad as he replaces the arrow. "Maybe next time." is all he says as he turns to follow the group.
Aug 15, 2024 8:52 am
You make a u-turn and return to the main corridor. It continues south for a further 30’ before arriving at a crossroads.

To your left (east) a 10’ corridor ends at a door. There’s a foul stench coming from the other side. "Unserviced latrine" would be a good description of the odour emanating from that direction.

Ahead, to the south, the corridor continues for 30’ before opening out into a larger, torchlit chamber. There’s no sign of anyone/thing in the chamber. Nor, from this distance, does it appear to contain any furniture or fittings.

To your right (west) a corridor extends 30’ to a dead-end. However, at the end of the corridor there are doors in the north and south walls.

---
Day 3, 8:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 15, 2024 2:46 pm
"Ricard, let's check out the route south," Gabbro suggests, beginning to test the ground in front of them with the spear as he goes, "I don't like leaving open, unexplored passages at our back."
OOC:
Gabbro is making his way south, toward the area labeled "LIT" on the map.
Last edited August 15, 2024 2:55 pm
Aug 15, 2024 2:59 pm
"Good plan, " Fenwick agrees, following. She doesn't want to meet up with the Beggars smelling like refuse and the western doors may circle back into that main western hall. The south seems like a good direction. Man, this place is big!
Aug 15, 2024 4:46 pm
Ricard nods in agreement and switches to his own spear to help in the trap finding as the group moves south.
Aug 15, 2024 9:32 pm
Sound good. Lead on.
Aug 16, 2024 8:49 am
Stairs Below
You continue south to the chamber at the end of the corridor, the dominant feature of which is a grand stone staircase leading down into darkness. Other than that, the room appears empty. Ilumination is provided by lit torches in sconces around the walls.

There is one other visible exit leading west, which continues for 20’ before opening into a larger space.

Mapping information: rectangular chamber, 40’ x 30’. You enter through the northern wall, 10’ east of the western wall. The staircase, which is 20’ x 10’, heads down in a west -> east direction. It’s in the eastern half of the room, equidistant between the north and south walls (hope that makes sense, it’s easy to see but difficult to describe!).

The westerly exist is in the middle of the western wall.


---
Day 3, 8:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Aug 16, 2024 10:05 am
"Another way down that's close to the Korners, cool... I vote for now we head west though? We're further south than we've been before, so it should lead somewhere new?. " Fenwick suggests. "Probably want to think about turning around at the next junction if we're going to pretend to be Beggar recruits."
Aug 16, 2024 12:27 pm
Pickles tags along like an enthusiastic puppy trying to peck between legs as they go. He pauses for a while looking down the westward corridor ending in two doors, before skipping off after the group again. As they enter the room with the staircase Pickles wonders towards the western exit and pauses listening for any sounds coming from down the corridor.
Aug 16, 2024 4:09 pm
"West is good, one of these days I wanna make it back to the dragon's den too."
Aug 16, 2024 4:57 pm
"West it is, then," Jessica nods.
Aug 16, 2024 7:34 pm
Gabbro enters the lit room with the staircase tentatively, prodding the floor with the butt of the spear. He looks curiously at the room: what is providing the illumination?

Gabbro will nod at the others' suggestions. "Yeah, the same applies about leaving an unexplored area at our backs here..." Assuming nothing untoward happens, he will continue into the room to glance down the western exit from the lit room and also down the stairs.
Aug 17, 2024 9:47 am
Stairs Below
Gabbro says:
Gabbro enters the lit room with the staircase tentatively, prodding the floor with the butt of the spear.
The floor is solid and shows clear signs of regular traffic.
Gabbro says:
He looks curiously at the room: what is providing the illumination?
"Ilumination is provided by lit torches in sconces around the walls."
Gabbro says:
Assuming nothing untoward happens, he will continue into the room to glance down the western exit from the lit room and also down the stairs.
As far as he can tell from this distance, the chamber to the west appears empty. The stairs descend into darkness, beyond the range of your lantern’s light.
Pickles says:
As they enter the room with the staircase Pickles wonders towards the western exit and pauses listening for any sounds coming from down the corridor.
To the west, Pickles hears the sound of a door opening and closing, followed by approaching footsteps. Two kobolds walk into view, one of them carrying a bundle of torches. Completely ignoring you, they proceed to check each torch in the staircase room, replacing any that are burning low.

---
Day 3, 8:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/3
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 17, 2024 12:02 pm
Pickles watches the Kobolds wearily as the walk around the room, before focusing on the tunnel west. "West it is then." he says with a smile and waits to follow the crew down the tunnel.
Aug 17, 2024 4:00 pm
Having seen where the kobolds walked in the passage, Gabbro smiles at them. "Thanks, fellas! Appreciate the light!" Then he retraces their steps back down the western passage to look at the chamber there.
Aug 18, 2024 11:16 am
South Entrance
The room to the west of the staircase is largely featureless although, again, there are signs of regular traffic. There is also a faint smell of cooking. A door in the southern wall has an obvious peephole. To the west, an exit extends for 20’ before opening into a larger chamber.

As you take in your surroundings, there is a sudden outburst of noise from the unexplored chamber to the west - chittering and squeaks as if some sort of skirmish has broken out. Shortly thereafter, additional, much deeper voices, join the cacophony. You can’t see what’s happening from where you are.

Mapping information: square room, 30’ x 30’. You enter through the middle of the eastern wall. There is a door in the centre of the southern wall. A passage leads west from the northern section of the western wall.

---
Day 3, 8:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/3
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Aug 18, 2024 2:08 pm
"Sounds like kobolds and... something else. We'd better go see!"
Aug 18, 2024 2:38 pm
Fenwick nods and motions for Ricard to lead the way.

"Let's not go charging in, " she says, advancing slowly to try and get a look at what is happening in the chamber beyond. "Could just be the local nightclub."
Aug 18, 2024 11:52 pm
"Still want to go west?" Gabbro asks Ricard, then addresses the larger group. "Or does someone want to look through that peephole first?" Gabbro tests the floor, moving north along the east wall, to get a better look down the western passageway and into the space beyond.
OOC:
Does the door in the southern wall with the peephole open away from us, or does it swing open into this room?
Aug 19, 2024 12:31 am
Ricard hastens to the door and looks through the peephole.

"Rather not get involved in someone else's fight if possible..."
Aug 19, 2024 1:42 am
Agree with Ricard. Let's keep out of as much as possible.
Aug 19, 2024 2:16 am
Curious about what is going on, and Ricard hogging the peephole, Pickles follows Gabbro down the hall.
Aug 19, 2024 2:18 am
Fenwick follows after Gabbro and Pickles, keeping carefully to the spear-tested portions of the floor.
Aug 19, 2024 3:14 am
Jessica follows in Fenwick's footsteps, stepping where she steps.
Aug 19, 2024 9:53 am
Looking through the peephole, Ricard sees what looks like a kobold guard post (although there’s not much guarding going on). The room is dominated by a rough wooden table around which eight kobolds are variously chatting, snoozing or munching on rat kebabs. None of the kobolds appears to be paying any attention. A large wooden keg stands in the room’s southwest corner, and most of the eastern wall is taken up with a weapon rack that holds numerous javelins.

The door looks like it opens away from Ricard and into the room.

Mapping information (Kobold Guard Post): Square room, 30’ x 30’. The door through which Ricard is looking is in the western section of the northern wall. There are no other visible exits.
Meanwhile, the rest of you move to investigate the source of the noise to the west. You safely traverse the room with the peephole door and the subsequent short corridor, Gabbro’s spear encountering only solid stone floors. Peering into the new chamber, you see that a fierce battle between six kobolds and a giant shrew is underway. The shrew is clearly winning. The other voices, which sound orcish, are a mixture of laughter and cheers - spectators enjoying the show. You can’t see the orcs though - they are away to the west, beyond the range of your lantern’s light.

The room also has an empty fire pit, and rubble and debris are scattered on the floor.

Mapping information (East Hall): This chamber is too large for you to see its full extent without moving into the room. However, you’re standing at the northernmost section of the western wall, and you can see a passage leading north, 30’ ahead of you.

---
Day 3, 8:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/3
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 19, 2024 6:04 pm
"Hmm, doesn't look like a fight we should be getting involved in," observes Fenwick, who reverses course to see what Ricard has learned.
Aug 19, 2024 6:18 pm
"On the other hand, we might find some new allies," Jessica ponders for a moment before closing the door and following the others back to Ricard.
Aug 19, 2024 7:45 pm
"What I don't like is the cheering crowd," says Fenwick. "What if that's a sporting event and we'd be interfering? I'm not sure that'd make us any friends with anyone."
Aug 19, 2024 8:26 pm
Luther nods at Fenwick's point.Sounds kinda like a poor mans arena. We should leave it alone. We have other business.
Aug 19, 2024 10:10 pm
Gabbro returns with the others to hear from Ricard what he's found. When Ricard reports, Gabbro is surprised. "Do you think the kobolds in there are enemies of the ones being eaten by the shrew? Or are they all gladiators, and the ones down there" he points south, "are just the ones waiting for their turn in the arena? It seems weird that they'd be sitting around while other kobolds are being killed, otherwise."
OOC:
Were the kobolds we saw fighting the shrew fighting with javelins?
Aug 19, 2024 10:30 pm
Maybe they were losing money on bets.
Aug 20, 2024 4:44 am
"It's some sort of guard post," Ricard informs the others as they return from the western passage,

"A bunch of kobolds, only they're pretty distracted. Not doing so much guarding. What did you guys find?"
Last edited August 20, 2024 4:45 am
Aug 20, 2024 11:01 am
"A bunch of kobolds getting eaten by a giant shrew, while some orcs watch and laugh?" Fenwick says. "So, whatever these guys are guarding against it apparently isn't that. "

She motions towards the door. "Should we just ask them what they're up to? Most of the kobolds have been, well not necessarily friendly, but not openly hostile?"
Aug 20, 2024 12:40 pm
Pickles pauses watching the Kobolds struggling against the Shrew, before skipping off after his companions. "Whatever was going on there, one could not say they were taming the shrew." The Halfling pauses in thought before continuing, "Shall we head in and say hi to this lot?" He points towards the door.
Aug 20, 2024 12:57 pm
"They might want to know that their buddies are being eaten, might gain us some favor or at least clear out the room so we can pick through it..."

Ricard tries to open the door and should he succeed he shouts to the guards that there are kobolds being attacked down the hall.
Aug 20, 2024 2:56 pm
Gabbro says:
Were the kobolds we saw fighting the shrew fighting with javelins?
That’s a good question. No. The kobolds observed by Ricard are clearly guards. They are armoured and have a rack of javelins to hand. In contrast, the kobolds currently being bettered by the shrew are unarmoured and attempting to fend it off with a variety of makeshift weapons - pick axes, shovels, buckets, etc. They are most likely a work crew the shrew has ambushed.

One of the kobolds falls to the ground, blood gushing from a nasty-looking wound to the head. This draws a mixture of groans, laughter and jeers from the onlooking orcs.
Ricard is able to open the guardroom door without too much trouble and explains the situation. Without any particular hurry, the guards rouse themselves and saunter over to the weapons rack to collect a javelin.

---
Day 3, 8:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/3
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Kobold morale check - (2d6)

(46) = 10

Aug 20, 2024 2:59 pm
(Kobold morale check failed).

Panicking at the death of one of their comrades, the remaining five kobolds turn tail and flee in your direction. The giant shrew follows in pursuit, snapping viciously with its sharp teeth.
Aug 20, 2024 3:17 pm
"Damn, looks like it's our fight now..."

Ricard sets his spear against the shrew's charge in preparation for the oncoming fight...
Last edited August 20, 2024 4:59 pm
Aug 20, 2024 3:44 pm
Jessia readies her war hammer.
Aug 20, 2024 4:26 pm
Fenwick makes sure she isn't the closest target and casts magic missile at the on-rushing shrew.
OOC:
Not sure of current party positions/marching order. If the first requires skipping the second, it takes priority. Her main focus is to get into the second row behind Ricard, etc.
Aug 20, 2024 5:00 pm
OOC:
edited my above post to set spear vs charge
Aug 21, 2024 4:58 am
Pickles slides back a pace or two behind Ricard and draws both Bow and arrow, while calming his breath and waiting for the Shrew to come into range . . .
Last edited August 21, 2024 11:56 am

Rolls

Initiative - (1d6+1)

(6) + 1 = 7

Aug 21, 2024 10:02 am
Luther always has mace in hand when not in the Korners.
Aug 21, 2024 3:11 pm
I’m going to be strict here and say that, as I visualise the situation, at the point at which the giant shrew starts to run towards you, Ricard is still at the room with the kobold guards, 50’ away. Therefore, even if he starts moving towards the melee now, which is taking place at the entrance to the large chamber, he won’t arrive until round 2.

This implies that the "front line", based on the Marching Order thread, will be Gabbro and Fenwick.

Also, because the giant shrew moves so quickly, it automatically wins initiative in the first round of combat (and gets a +1 to initiative in the second round).

So, based on this clarification, let’s start the combat proper.

First of all, will anyone be casting any spells in round 1? This only applies to Fenwick and Gabbro, and you should factor in that …

- it can be your only action in the round, i.e. no movement;
- if the giant shrew hits you, the casting will be disrupted and the spell lost;
- the giant shrew gets two bite attacks per round;
- each shrew attack will have a randomly chosen target … 1 = Gabbro, 2 = Fenwick, 3-7 = a fleeing kobold; and
- because the shrew is so ferocious, a target of any of its attacks must make a saving throw vs. death or flee in fear (regardless of whether the shrew inflicts any damage).

Once I’m clear on the spell situation, I will roll for the giant shrew’s attacks for Round 1. And then it will be your turn.


---
Day 3, 8:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/3
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 21, 2024 3:34 pm
OOC:
I thought we had all regrouped and exchanged info about what we saw...
Aug 21, 2024 4:04 pm
dominion451 says:
OOC:
I thought we had all regrouped and exchanged info about what we saw...
Ah, OK, my misunderstanding. So, let's say you are in the room to the east of the chamber with the shrew and it and the kobolds are approaching. And the front line consists of Gabbro and Ricard.

In other respects, my previous post stands. Any spells?
Aug 21, 2024 4:04 pm
dominion451 says:
OOC:
I thought we had all regrouped and exchanged info about what we saw...
Ah, OK, my misunderstanding. So, let's say you are in the room to the east of the chamber with the shrew, and it and the fleeing kobold work crew are fast approaching. And the front line consists of Gabbro and Ricard.

In other respects, my previous post stands. Any spells?
Aug 21, 2024 4:10 pm
OOC:
Ha, sorry. Then in this situation (already behind Ricard and Gabbro), Fenwick does as initially implied and casts magic missile at the shrew for her action.
Aug 22, 2024 2:05 pm
Gabbro is not casting, but rather setting his (well, Fenwick's) spear to try to fend off the ferocious monster.
Aug 22, 2024 4:05 pm
Taming of the (Giant) Shrew - Round 1
Declare spells and retreats: Fenwick intends to cast Magic Missile.

Initiative: the giant shrew automatically wins in round 1 because of its inherent speed.

Rolling for the giant shrew …


---
Day 3, 8:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/3
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

1st bite attack (who?, to hit, damage): 1d7, 1d20, 1d6 - (1d7, 1d20, 1d6)

1d7 : (4) = 4

1d20 : (4) = 4

1d6 : (4) = 4

2nd bite attack (who?, to hit, damage): 1d7, 1d20, 1d6 - (1d7, 1d20, 1d6)

1d7 : (2) = 2

1d20 : (7) = 7

1d6 : (3) = 3

Aug 22, 2024 4:17 pm
Taming of the (Giant) Shrew - Round 1 (continued)
The giant shrew bounds after the fleeing kobolds, leaping to try and bite them around the head or shoulders. As the pursuit reaches the party, it makes a similar attempt to savage Ricard. However, it misjudges the fighter’s height and only succeeds in bouncing harmlessly off his chest plate.

The Hellion’s are up. Actions please. Gabbro and Ricard are now in melee and may attack with their set spears. Anyone else who wishes to engage in melee will have to move forward. We’ll resolve in the usual order - movement, missiles, spells, melee.

---
Day 3, 8:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/3
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Aug 22, 2024 4:20 pm
Gabbro attempts to skewer the shrew with his braced spear.
OOC:
Sigh. I know that didn't hit, but how do you want to handle "doubled damage" from a braced spear, if Ricard hits? Do we roll 2d6, or just double the 1d6 result (plus damage bonuses, if Ricard has them)?
Last edited August 22, 2024 4:22 pm

Rolls

Brace spear attack THAC0 19, damage - (1d20, 1d6)

1d20 : (8) = 8

1d6 : (1) = 1

Aug 22, 2024 5:04 pm
A glowing dart of energy flashes from Fenwick's hand and streaks toward the oncoming shrew.

Rolls

Damage: Magic Missile (no attack roll or saving throw is required) - (1d6+1)

(4) + 1 = 5

Aug 22, 2024 6:05 pm
Ricard swings the point of his braced spear towards the oncoming shrew... But the creature is too fast and jukes at the last minute!
Last edited August 22, 2024 6:05 pm

Rolls

Attack, Damage - (1d20+1, 1d6+1)

1d20+1 : (5) + 1 = 6

1d6+1 : (4) + 1 = 5

Aug 22, 2024 6:57 pm
spaceseeker19 says:
OOC:
Sigh. I know that didn't hit, but how do you want to handle "doubled damage" from a braced spear, if Ricard hits? Do we roll 2d6, or just double the 1d6 result (plus damage bonuses, if Ricard has them)?
The rules as written are rather vague in this regard. They refer simply to braced weapons against charging opponents doing "double damage". So, let's keep it simple ... just calculate the damage as normal, including any bonuses, and then double it.

It evens itself out, as a charging creature with horns or tusks also does "double damage".
Aug 22, 2024 10:25 pm
Luther will move up to support Gabbro and Ricard. He will set the lantern on the floor by the wall tighten his shield strap and head up with his mace.
Aug 22, 2024 11:50 pm
Pickles moves to point where he can see the Shrew and get a clear shot, or at best will hit a Kobold, and draws the arrow back to his chin. Drawing a few breaths before releasing the arrow . . .

Rolls

To hit roll, damage - (1d20, 1d6)

1d20 : (4) = 4

1d6 : (3) = 3

Aug 23, 2024 12:58 am
Jessica holds her position, war hammer still at the ready.
Aug 23, 2024 8:27 am
South Entrance
As the other Hellions struggle to land a single blow on the fast-moving shrew, Fenwick brings the combat to a swift conclusion with the aid of magic, stopping the shrew dead (literally) in its tracks.

This elicits a chorus of groans and then boos from the onlookers to the west as their sport is curtailed and their wagers rendered void.

The fleeing kobold work party don’t look back, continuing to scurry away to the east.

The kobold guards shrug and return to their "duties" back at their post.

---
Day 3, 8:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/3
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 23, 2024 10:06 am
Luther looks at Fenwick "Good show!"
Aug 23, 2024 5:26 pm
Ricard claps Fenwick on the shoulder,

"Damn fine work, drinks on me back at the Korner tonight!"

After the congratulations, Ricard goes to work slicing open the creature's stomach to check for trinkets and then begins skinning.
Last edited August 23, 2024 5:27 pm
Aug 23, 2024 7:41 pm
"Thank you!" says Fenwick, surprised at everyone's response. After all, magic is easy, it's all that fighting with spears and swords stuff that's actually hard. "I didn't really think it would go down that easy. Maybe the kobolds softened it up."
Aug 23, 2024 11:47 pm
Being one who understands death from a far, Pickles looks upon Fenwick with reverence. "Nicely done Ferretslayer!" He says before turning and joining Ricard in skinning the beast.
Last edited August 23, 2024 11:48 pm
Aug 24, 2024 1:08 am
"Wait until the beggars hear that." Luther remarks with a smile.
Aug 24, 2024 2:29 am
"Ferrets, shrews... the designers of this place ought to put us on payroll for pest control."
Aug 24, 2024 2:50 am
"The Beggars!" says Fenwick at Luther's reminder. "We probably need to head back to the Korners now if we want to meet with them. I figured if we let them recruit us we'd be able to easily gather more information to pass on to the orcs."

She looks back toward the room where the kobolds had been battling the shrew and lowers her voice. "Or, if they make us a better offer maybe we take it and really join up. Win win."
Last edited August 24, 2024 2:51 am
Aug 24, 2024 3:22 am
"Well, not now exactly," Gabbro observes, pointing to the work that Ricard and Pickles are doing gutting and skinning the monstrous carnivore. "That's going to take a while." But he claps a hand on Fenwick's shoulder and says "Thank you, by the way. You've let me use your spear - fat lot of good I've made use of it so far - and saved my life with your magic. You..." he pauses, at a momentary loss for words. "...you make me proud to be an elf."
Aug 24, 2024 4:02 am
Fenwick blushes. "Nah, you did at least as much with it as I would have--you held the pointy bit towards the monster and everything! And you and Ricard were the ones who stood right up to the thing while I hid in back. I'm just glad we got it before anyone got hurt!"

Watching the others start hacking at the creature, she asks Gabbro in a lower voice. "Are we sure the kobolds wouldn't skin that for us? I can't imagine they're finnicky about what meat they eat and the Kettle would probably take both the fur and the meat if we could drag it that far--though admittedly, they'd give us a crap deal and Ricard does seem like he might enjoy exploring the contents of animals' stomachs, which is kind of interesting. But if we could sell it to the guards right here it'd save us the trouble of carrying anything."
Aug 24, 2024 5:13 am
Ricard knocks his fist against his breastplate,

"He'd have a hard time gnawing through this!"

Ricard considers that the market might well pay the same amount for an unskinned animal as for a skinned one, but the comment about the stomach reminds him of why he learned to skin in the first place.

"Yeah, you never know what these things might have swallowed. A ring on a finger it bit off, a gem it thought was food... Never know."
Last edited August 24, 2024 5:14 am
Aug 24, 2024 10:21 am
South Entrance
I’ll say the skinning and butchering of the giant shrew take a turn, and that brings you to your hourly rest. So it’s 9.00 by the time you’re ready to move out.

Remember, you can move three times more quickly through areas you’ve already explored and mapped, so it’s only going to take around 20 minutes to return to the Kopper Kettle from here. You’ve still plenty of time before your appointment with the Ghost Beggars.


---
Day 3, 8:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Aug 24, 2024 10:29 am
@Ricard - sorry, forgot to mention - no goodies in the shrew's stomach.
Aug 24, 2024 12:55 pm
Soon boring of the Skinning of the Shrew, Pickles decides to have a look around the corner back towards where the Kobolds were originally fighting. He hopes the the wild running through the area by both Shrew and Kobold would have set off any traps, and to get a glimpse of the audience which was so disappointed by the death of the Shrew.
Aug 25, 2024 4:58 am
"Well, what do you think?" Gabbro asks the group, but particularly Ricard, as he's the one who has done most of the work with the shrew carcass. "Do we try to sell it to the kobold guards here - it's possible they might want it - or do we lug it back to the Korners for sale now?"
Aug 25, 2024 4:38 pm
"We could see if they want it, save us a haul for certain. Can't imagine how much coin a kobold would have on him but never hurts to try."

Ricard wipes the blood from his hands on the pelt of the shrew and then pops into the guard room.

"You lot want to buy this meat?"
Aug 25, 2024 9:59 pm
Fenwick steps to the doorway as Ricard makes a sales pitch to the kobolds.

"What's over that way, anyhow?" she asks the group, pointing toward the doorway that the shrew emerged from, curious why these guards are positioned here. As her eyes follow her own gesture, she notices Pickles wandering off to explore on his own.
Aug 26, 2024 9:23 am
South Entrance
Pickles says:
Soon boring of the Skinning of the Shrew, Pickles decides to have a look around the corner back towards where the Kobolds were originally fighting.
Pickles will need a light source to explore that area.
Ricard says:
"Ricard wipes the blood from his hands on the pelt of the shrew and then pops into the guard room.

"You lot want to buy this meat?"
The kobolds look at the bloody mess that Ricard proffers to them. With an air of bemusement, they shake their heads.
Fenwick says:
Fenwick steps to the doorway as Ricard makes a sales pitch to the kobolds.

"What's over that way, anyhow?" she asks the group, pointing toward the doorway that the shrew emerged from, curious why these guards are positioned here.
"Orcs. Goblins. Crazy humans. Big senty-peeds. All VERY dangerous. You lucky we keep Korners safe."

---
Day 3, 9:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 26, 2024 2:42 pm
Fenwick turns to look over her shoulder at the shrew's corpse. "And we thank you for it, you're clearly doing a great job. "
Aug 26, 2024 3:45 pm
Ricard shruggs and takes the kill back out into the hallway.

"Well, we could leave this one and pick it up on our way back in a couple hours. Don't need to drag it with us and it's only a couple of silver if we lose it to wildlife."
Aug 27, 2024 2:58 am
As he moves away from the light of the lantern Pickles figures it will be hard to see anything, so he turns back to join the group.
Aug 27, 2024 4:48 am
"Hmm." Gabbro considers Ricard's suggestion, pointedly trying not to laugh at Fenwick's snarky comment. "Do you think it would be worthwhile to take some of the bits with us, to toss out as bait or a distraction to monsters like the 'big senty-peeds' they mentioned?"
Aug 27, 2024 5:33 am
"Winner winner! A great idea Gabbro."

Ricard carves off the two hind legs and ties the end of his rope around them to drag along.
Aug 27, 2024 5:29 pm
"Shall we go west, then, and see how big that room is?" Gabbro looks at his map. "Unless people want to go back to heal or prepare magic...?" He glances at Fenwick, then adds: "Although...on the map, it looks like the north exit from that room might connect to places we've been, and be just as fast a way to get back for our meeting."
OOC:
Gabbro is forgetting that it takes longer to check new areas for traps, of course.
Last edited August 27, 2024 5:30 pm
Aug 27, 2024 6:07 pm
"I think we have enough time to explore a bit more, especially if it wraps back onto known territory," Fenwick agrees. "Hopefully the orcs I thought I heard jeering the kobolds were part of the Open Sores or the going may not be so easy. "
Aug 27, 2024 6:44 pm
Gabbro begins tapping his way into the large chamber where the shrew had been fighting the kobolds.
Aug 27, 2024 6:56 pm
Ricard agrees and moves alongside Gabbro, spear in hand.
Aug 27, 2024 7:19 pm
Fenwick follows along, sword at the ready.
Aug 27, 2024 7:46 pm
Jessica falls into her place in line.
Aug 27, 2024 8:35 pm
Luther move on with the others providing light from the lantern.
Aug 28, 2024 2:40 am
With bow in hand Pickles drops into marching order and skips along.
Aug 28, 2024 9:23 am
East Hall
Falling back into your marching order, you advance westwards into the room where you first encountered the kobold/shrew skirmish. As Luther casts his lantern around, you see that it is a large square chamber, 40’ x 40’. You enter from the northernmost section of the eastern wall. Rubble and debris are scattered across the floor and there is an empty fire pit towards the southeast corner. The lifeless body of a kobold lies in a pool of blood, the sole victim of the shrew’s attack.

There are three other visible exits from the room …

One passage, 10’ east of the western wall, leads north into darkness. However, you can see a door in the western wall of this passage, 30’ ahead.

A second passage, in the northernmost section of the western wall, leads west. After 20’ it is blocked by a closed portcullis, similar to the ones protecting the Chamber of the Woods. It is from this direction that you heard the orcs during the fight. However, there is no sign of them now.

The third passage also leads west, this time from the southernmost section of the western wall. After 10’, a corner section turns to the south.

---
Day 3, 9:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Aug 29, 2024 2:58 am
Fenwick looks sadly down at the fallen kobold, then moves beyond the glare of the lantern light to see if she can make anything out in the darkened passage heading to the north.
Aug 29, 2024 7:25 am
East Hall
With the lantern shielded to allow her infravision to kick in, Fenwick inspects the northern passage. It extends due north for at least 60’ with three notable features:

- A door in the western wall at 30’.
- An open archway in the eastern wall at 50’.
- A side passage leading west at 60’.

---
Day 3, 9:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Aug 30, 2024 11:26 pm
Fenwick reports back what she sees to the group and shrugs at Gabbro.

"I don't remember, does that match up with the shape of the passage that branched off between the Forest room and the Korners?"
Aug 31, 2024 8:11 pm
"Absolutely it does," Gabbro points to the point north of them ("Dead Kobold" room) as he fills in the details Fenwick has just provided. "See?"

https://i.imgur.com/YxK852P.png

"So the question is: do we explore further north on our way back, or do we want to look around the corner to the south first?"
Sep 1, 2024 1:41 am
"I think that we should go south. Ehr, for no particular reason."
Sep 1, 2024 1:56 am
"A quick peek to the south sounds good to me."
Sep 1, 2024 3:45 am
Gabbro nods to Ricard, then heads to the southwestern corner of the room and proceeds west to the corner, testing the ground ahead of him carefully with Fenwick's spear as usual.
Sep 1, 2024 4:27 am
Fenwick nods. "A quick look to the south it is. I think we should take this northern passage when we're ready to head back toward the Korners, I'm curious what's down that western passage."
Sep 1, 2024 4:55 am
Pickles gives a quick over the shoulder look towards where the Orcs could be, before quickly catching up with the group and falling into step. "It would be nice to find something worth selling soon, or we may find ourselves like Uncle Sweetfoot."
Last edited September 1, 2024 4:57 am
Sep 1, 2024 7:01 am
After the turn to the south, you immediately reach another corner section that sends you heading back in a westerly direction.

Ahead, you can see two doors in the southern wall of the corridor - one 10’ ahead of you and the other at 30’. Between these doors, at 20', there is also a side passage leading north. And your current corridor continues west beyond the far door into darkness.

---
Day 3, 9:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 1, 2024 1:32 pm
"What happened to Uncle Sweetfoot?" asks Fenwick, taking the bait. "That's kind of an interesting name. "
Sep 1, 2024 10:18 pm
Ricard waits for the answer to the Sweetfoot question before asking,

"Anyone mind if we check these doors? Hate to leave a question mark behind us."
Sep 1, 2024 10:48 pm
"Agreed about the doors."
Sep 2, 2024 12:43 am
Pickles turns to Fenwick as if pulled out of a memory, "Uncle Sweetfoot? Oh Uncle Sweetfoot! Yes he was the brother of my Uncle who’s wife turned into the Ghoul, more of a family nickname than a real name." He pauses briefly and giggles a little over the memory. "Anyway Uncle Sweetfoot loved gold so much that he would regularly dine upon meals garnished with gold flake. He ended up drowning after a particularly heavy meal."
Last edited September 2, 2024 12:44 am
Sep 2, 2024 4:18 pm
Somewhat disappointingly, the two doors in the southern wall of the corridor lead to nothing more than old storerooms, both of which have long since been ransacked. Each is only 10’ x 10’ and contains little more than broken shelves, barrels and crates.

You do turn up a couple of usable items though … a grappling hook and a small sack containing rock salt.

If you wish to take them, someone please add them to their inventories ... each will take up 1 slot.

---
Day 3, 9:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Sep 2, 2024 7:33 pm
Ricard packs away the hook and salt,

"Might get a good price for this salt back at market."
Sep 2, 2024 8:06 pm
"Wait, so he drowned after he became a ghoul?" asks Fenwick. "Those must have been some interesting family dinners."

Examining what Ricard's found in the storeroom, she says , "The way things are going so far, we'd probably be best to keep it for the giant slugs."
Sep 3, 2024 5:09 am
Pickles raises an eyebrow in confusion at Fenwick’s question before laughing at the thought. "A Ghoul at the dinner table, you are funny Fenwick." The little Halfling says giving another chuckle, "No Sweetfoot was the brother of my Uncle, who’s wife turned into a Ghoul."
Sep 3, 2024 11:01 am
"Oh, whoops. Sorry!" says Fenwick. She pauses, looking back at Pickles with the expression of someone trying (and failing) to do a complex mathematical question in their head. She opens her mouth momentarily, then decides to forget the matter, shakes it off, and concentrates on the path ahead.
Sep 4, 2024 5:27 am
Now that we've moved forward enough to inspect the doors and the storerooms on the other side, Gabbro peers to the north and west to see what can we see down those passages...
Sep 4, 2024 5:48 pm
(I’ll assume you shield the party’s lantern to maximise the utility of Gabbro’s infravision.)

The corridor to the north extends for 20’ before arriving at another closed portcullis. The portcullis is identical to the others you’ve seen on this level. Beyond, there is a chamber that is 30’ long in the north-south direction. A further corridor continues north from the chamber directly opposite the portcullis. You can’t gauge the east-west dimensions of the room from your current position (which I’m assuming is mid-way between the two storerooms). As far as you can tell, based on your restricted view, the room seems empty (there’s no sign of those orcs).

To the west, beyond the second storeroom, your current corridor extends for a further 10’ before reaching a corner section and turning to the north.

---
Day 3, 9:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 8, 2024 8:41 pm
"We probably still have a bit of time before we have to head back north to the Korners, do we want to try one of these western paths?" Fenwick asks. "If so, which one?"
Sep 8, 2024 9:20 pm
"I say we continue down the one we are in and head north."
Sep 9, 2024 3:57 pm
"Seems reasonable to me."

Ricard readies his spear once more and resumes tapping as the party moves North.
Sep 9, 2024 4:56 pm
From the wording of Luther’s post, I’m interpreting this as "west, then north", as opposed to "directly north towards the visible portcullis". But if I’ve got this wrong, I’m happy to rewind - just let me know.

You continue west beyond the two storerooms to the corner section that turns to the north. Ahead, the passage continues north for 30’ before arriving at a T-junction.

Looking to your right (east), you see yet another portcullis, just 10’ away.

To your left (west), 30’ away, you can see a large pair of double doors in the southern wall. Directly opposite these, in the northern wall, you see a side passage leading north. The westerly passage continues beyond these two features into darkness.

---
Day 3, 9:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Sep 9, 2024 6:55 pm
"Double doors are for fancy folk... Or fancy halls. Shall we check?"

Should everyone agree, Ricard approaches the doors and listens...

Rolls

Listen - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Sep 9, 2024 8:17 pm
"I agree, but rather because I don't fancy leaving something unknown behind us."
Sep 10, 2024 6:42 am
Pickles trots along behind Ricard admiring the large doors, running appreciative fingers over the wood before placing an ear against the double doors as well.

Rolls

Listening - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Sep 10, 2024 2:32 pm
Neither Ricard nor Pickles can hear any sounds coming from beyond the double doors.

Now that you're at the double doors, you're also in a good position to look up the corridor to the north. It extends for at least 30'. There is another pair of double doors up this passage, in the western wall after 30'.

---
Day 3, 9:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 10, 2024 5:34 pm
"So... should we knock, or just barge in?"
Sep 10, 2024 8:51 pm
"No sense in being rude."
Sep 10, 2024 10:58 pm
At Luther’s suggestion the Halfling shrugs and knocks with a medium strength, so as not to be too loud nor too quite, and waits . . .
Sep 11, 2024 4:24 pm
Pickles strides up to the oversized doors, knocks confidently three times, and waits.

There is no response.

---
Day 3, 9:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 11, 2024 5:27 pm
Fenwick shrugs and nods to Ricard, readying her sword and preparing to advance through the doorway when the group makes their move.
Sep 11, 2024 5:29 pm
Jessica readies her hammer, though she hopes that whatever they encounter might be willing to talk first.
Sep 11, 2024 8:44 pm
"Here we go." Luther tenses as he hefts his mace making ready.
Sep 12, 2024 12:20 am
Pickles casually draws his bow and notches an arrow as he steps back from the door, once set he indicates so to Ricard.
Sep 12, 2024 3:52 am
Seeing that everyone is ready, Gabbro nods to Ricard and attempts to open the doors.
Sep 12, 2024 2:48 pm
Audience Chamber
Like most of the doors in Stonehell, the aged and warped timbers require a little coaxing, but you manage to open them without too much difficulty.

You find yourself faced with a large rectangular room. It has a high ceiling (30’) with exposed timbers. The walls are adorned with rusted shields and empty cressets*. At the far end of the chamber is a raised dais upon which an imposing throne sits. On either side of the throne are piles of grimy lounging pillows. Somewhat disturbingly, one of the piles is clearly moving.

*if, like me, you didn’t know what a cresset is, it’s an "iron vessel or basket used for holding an illuminant such as oil, grease, wood or coal". Every day is a school day.

Mapping information: rectangular room, 30’ x 40’. The double doors that you have opened are in the middle of the northern wall. There are no other visible exits.

---
Day 3, 9:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 12, 2024 3:48 pm
OOC:
"Empty cressets" suggest that the room is dark except for the light we bring with us. Is that correct?
Sep 12, 2024 4:00 pm
spaceseeker19 says:
OOC:
"Empty cressets" suggest that the room is dark except for the light we bring with us. Is that correct?
Correct. The dais with the throne and cushions is right on the edge of your lantern's range.
Sep 12, 2024 4:09 pm
"Is it my imagination, or is that pile of pillows moving!?"
Sep 12, 2024 4:37 pm
Stepping first into the room, Ricard immediately turns his posture towards the writhing pile.

"Not your imagination, unless I'm having the same dream."

Ricard takes a few steps towards the pile to see if proximity will offer any insight into what may be moving...
Sep 12, 2024 11:36 pm
Strangely quiet Pickles slips into the room hugging the wall, bow raised and pointing the moving pile of grimy lounging pillows. His companions can hear the familiar breathing techniques the Halfling employs before a well aimed shot.
Last edited September 12, 2024 11:36 pm
Sep 13, 2024 8:13 am
Audience Chamber
Ricard advances cautiously towards the moving pillows. From a distance of around 20’, he gets his first inkling as to what is causing the disturbance. Slithering amongst the pillows he can see a number of long, green, hairy bodies with a myriad of tiny feet. Surely the "big senty-peeds" the kobold guards warned you about?

At the moment the critters are showing no signs of leaving their nest, but they are clearly irritated by the light from your lantern.

---
Day 3, 9:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 13, 2024 10:55 am
Careful not to drift towards the movement the others are inspecting, Fenwick examines the closest of the hanging shields. Do they bear and heraldry or any features that would link them to organizations outside the prison?
Sep 14, 2024 1:02 am
Slowly, Ricard backs away, silently indicating to the others to do the same. He waves off the lantern bearer and looks around the room as he resigns to leave.
Sep 14, 2024 8:21 am
Audience Chamber
Fenwick says:
Careful not to drift towards the movement the others are inspecting, Fenwick examines the closest of the hanging shields. Do they bear and heraldry or any features that would link them to organizations outside the prison?
A quick inspection of the shields on the walls reveals that they are decorative rather than functional - really just thin metallic discs. Although they are all quite rusted, you can see that they have been uniformly painted to depict the black silhouette of a wolf/hound/fox (it's not entirely clear) on a white background. This heraldry doesn't ring any bells with Fenwick.

---
Day 3, 9:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 17, 2024 12:03 am
"How old is this prison? Is it me or does it seem like things here decay faster than normal?" Fenwick asks. "Shields and thrones everywhere rusting away into nothing. Just seems sort of creepy."
Sep 17, 2024 4:29 am
Without taking his eyes away from the squirming pillows Pickles comments to Fenwick, "This place has been around a while and must have seen the coming and going of many a pretend ruler. What we see is the collection of time."

Then turning his attention back to Ricard, "Hey Ric whatever that is in the pillows, they seem to not like light. Perhaps take a torch or lantern up with ya."
Sep 17, 2024 5:31 am
Ever present in Gabbro's mind is the ignominy of penury and starvation, and so he's always looking for a way to find something of value. "Anybody know a way to distract centipedes, or draw them away?" He considers the wriggling pile of rags in the receding light. "Or maybe there's nothing of value in there...?"
Sep 17, 2024 1:19 pm
"I'm afraid my centipede lore is uh...lacking," admits Fenwick. "It doesn't really look like where I'd keep my valuables. Are centipedes are known to collect shiny things in their nests?"

She shrugs at the other elf, feeling a sudden embarrassment that she'd generally overslept for her Nature lessons; but wasn't that really Dunwin's fault for making them all about harmony and balance and not enough about things that could explode or phase through walls or turn invisible?
Sep 17, 2024 3:31 pm
MinMin says:
"How old is this prison? Is it me or does it seem like things here decay faster than normal?" Fenwick asks. "Shields and thrones everywhere rusting away into nothing. Just seems sort of creepy."
You will know that it is over 100 years since Stonehell was last used as a prison, although, as Pickles suggests, it has been used for many a nefarious purpose since then.
Sep 17, 2024 6:37 pm
Ricard shakes his head vigorously,

"Centipedes are poisonous! Best to move on before they swarm."
Sep 17, 2024 7:50 pm
"I can't believe they would have anything of value. I say leave them alone."
Sep 18, 2024 1:56 pm
"Works for me," says Fenwick, heading back out into the hall. "We've got other doors to check."
Sep 18, 2024 8:31 pm
"And just close the doors behind us."
Sep 19, 2024 4:42 am
"Not 'collect' so much as 'leave things they cannot eat where they fall, I would think. But checking that nest would be gambling a lot that someone else had come through here recently enough for their stuff to not decay." Gabbro happily retreats with the others and shuts the doors behind the party, continuing his train of thought with Fenwick. "There's a lot of moisture down here. If nothing else, it's from all the people and monsters breathing...enough of that, and even the toughest metals will start to rust, if they're not oiled regularly." As the party considers which way to go next, a thought occurs to Gabbro belatedly. "Come to think of it, what have those centipedes been eating? Either there's a bunch of rats and bugs in here, or maybe they did kill somebody recently." He puts his hands up, forestalling objections. "Relax, relax...I'm not saying we should go back in there to make sure! It just makes me wonder, that's all."
Sep 19, 2024 12:06 pm
The plucky Halfling had started moving a little closer towards the nest, when the consensus to move on was voted on. He look at the group and then the nest, the nest then the group, the group then the nest. But as Gabbro started tapping his foot waiting for Pickles, he turns replacing the arrow in its quiver and retreats via the door.
Sep 19, 2024 1:52 pm
"Oh, that makes sense," says Fenwick, nodding at Gabbro's explanation. "But also, eww."

She gestures towards the passage just north of the room they've exited. "Do we want to see what's beyond the doors at the end of this hall next?"
Sep 19, 2024 3:25 pm
"Yeah, let's check those next."

Ricard leads the way to the doors at the end of the hall..
Sep 19, 2024 6:18 pm
You explore the passage that leads due north, immediately opposite the doors to the Audience Chamber with the centipedes that you’ve just departed. The main section of this corridor is 50’ long, with an east-west T-junction at either end. After 30’ there is a set of double doors in the western wall. After 40’ there is a single door in the eastern wall.

Luther’s lantern gutters as the oil reserves start to run dry.

---
Day 3, 9:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 20, 2024 12:59 am
"Aah, time for a refill."
Sep 20, 2024 9:04 pm
Pickles seeing the lantern flicker turn to Luther, "I have one more flask then I am out. We should consider heading back to our meeting."
Sep 20, 2024 10:03 pm
"Thanks Pickles, you are right I think about getting back." Luther refills the lantern.
Sep 20, 2024 10:33 pm
"I actually have a flask of oil in my pack as well, I'd love to get rid of it at some point."
Sep 21, 2024 6:50 am
"Take Ricard’s, I’ll hold onto mine for next time."
Sep 21, 2024 12:19 pm
"Sounds good."
Sep 21, 2024 2:23 pm
"So, if we've still got another re-fill; do we want to explore one more room before we head back? I think we'd have time?" asks Fenwick.

Since she's out of spells to cast from the back ranks, she'll move forward to enter the room alongside Ricard so that Gabbro can use the spear to fight from behind her.
Sep 21, 2024 5:25 pm
Ricard hands forth the oil from his pack.

"Yeah let's keep going a bit more, I'd rather explore than carouse with those bandits any day."
Sep 21, 2024 10:08 pm
"I'm for continuing. I've got some torches if that helps," Jessica offers.
Sep 21, 2024 10:21 pm
Luther refills the lantern "Ready to continue."
Sep 22, 2024 8:46 am
Pickles shrugs and moves into marching order, "What could one more hurt, let’s sally forth."
Sep 22, 2024 9:07 am
Fenwick says:
"So, if we've still got another re-fill; do we want to explore one more room before we head back? I think we'd have time?" asks Fenwick.

Since she's out of spells to cast from the back ranks, she'll move forward to enter the room alongside Ricard so that Gabbro can use the spear to fight from behind her.
There are two unexplored doors in the corridor that runs north ahead of you - a set of double doors in the western wall and, 10' further on, a single door in the eastern wall. Which one are you going to investigate?

Also, if you are going to adjust your marching order, please update the Marching Order thread.


---
Day 3, 9:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 22, 2024 12:30 pm
Fenwick heads toward the double doors.
Sep 23, 2024 2:55 pm
As Fenwick approaches the double doors, she can clearly hear noises coming from the other side. There is some sort of "conversation" going on between several individuals, although they seem to be communicating mainly through grunts, moans and shrieks. Whatever they’re discussing is unintelligible to you.

---
Day 3, 9:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 23, 2024 9:49 pm
Luther will move up to listen. I understand Chaotic.
Sep 24, 2024 2:17 am
Fenwick motions for the others to be quiet and listen at the door.

"Can't understand a word of it," she whispers.
Sep 24, 2024 4:26 am
Pickles smiles at the thought of anyone walking past and seeing the group lent against the door listening, but he still moves up and gives it a go . . .
OOC:
Pickles only knows;
- Common
- Neutral
Sep 24, 2024 3:17 pm
The language is unintelligible to all of you. Indeed, "language" might be overstating it. It sounds very primitive, almost animalistic. Although not resembling any creature you're familiar with.

---
Day 3, 9:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 24, 2024 11:19 pm
"So, go in? Or leave this one for later?"
Sep 25, 2024 1:59 am
Pickles smiles, "It would be rude not to go in."
Sep 25, 2024 10:12 am
"Sounds like we better be ready."
Sep 25, 2024 11:50 am
Pickles takes that as a yes and moves forward to open the door, pausing only for the group to prepare themselves . . .
Sep 25, 2024 8:16 pm
Ricard prepares for the worst as Pickles opens the door...
Sep 26, 2024 12:34 am
Fenwick readies her weapon, but doesn't burst into the room, choosing to hesitate in the open doorway a moment to get a good look at what they're facing first. She has a bad feeling about those noises.
Sep 26, 2024 12:44 am
Shield up Mace at the ready Luther makes ready at the back for what ever happens.
Sep 26, 2024 3:17 pm
Ruined Chapel
The double doors open to reveal the remains of what was once the prison’s chapel. The floor is littered with smashed pews. A charred altar rests upon a dais at the far end of the chamber. Along the northern wall, a grisly larder of humanoid bodies has been assembled.

Standing towards the middle of the room are six wretched-looking individuals. They appear to be human, but their skin is deathly pale and they are filthy and unkempt. All sport a variety of tattoos, brands and piercings. They are equipped with scavenged weapons and armour that have been altered to sport savage hooks and barbs, serrated edges and jagged spikes.

It occurs to you that these are surely the descendants of those prisoners who, having become so institutionalised by the harsh conditions of Stonehell, elected to remain in the dungeon when its doors were flung open.

From the way that they ready their weapons and lick their lips at your interruption, this isn’t an encounter that’s going to be resolved through reasoned conversation …

There’s no surprise on either side - you could hear them, and there was no attempt from you to suddenly burst through the doors and into the room.

Before we roll initiative, does anybody intend to cast a spell?


Mapping information: 7-sided room that is nominally 40’ x 30’; the northwest and southwest corners are diagonal rather than square. You enter through the middle of the eastern wall. The westernmost 10’ of the room is a raised dais upon which the altar sits.

---
Day 3, 9:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Sep 26, 2024 11:53 pm
" Ah, a room full of crazies. Nice" Luther readies himself.
Sep 27, 2024 1:36 pm
Sorry - my previous post could have been much more specifically worded ... does Gabbro wish to cast his Sleep spell?
Sep 27, 2024 1:46 pm
OOC:
We should drag along a Gnome friend next time.
Sep 27, 2024 5:33 pm
OOC:
Yeah, time for Gnome boi to earn his keep ;)

Sleep would be clutch here...
Sep 29, 2024 3:26 pm
Gabbro says "This hardly seems like good odds, does it?" and then begins to cast Sleep on the gang of (what I am thinking of as) postapocalyptic caveman bikers.
Last edited September 29, 2024 3:26 pm
Sep 29, 2024 4:13 pm
OK. Gabbro has declared that he intends to cast Sleep.

Now, can someone, anyone, please roll for initiative for the Hellions.


---
Day 3, 9:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Initiative for Stonehell “berzerkers” - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Sep 29, 2024 4:34 pm
initiative

Rolls

initiative - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Sep 29, 2024 5:10 pm
Hellions win initiative. We'll resolve in the usual order ... movement, missile attacks, spell casting, melee attacks. Please let me have your actions.
Sep 29, 2024 7:34 pm
OOC:
Hey team are we going to stay this side of the door and force them to come at us in controlled numbers? If so Pickles will step back to allow front lines to stand shoulder to shoulder in the door.
Sep 29, 2024 7:46 pm
OOC:
That sounds like a good plan. Hopefully the sleep will take care of most of them. Luther will step up shield strapped and held ready gripping his mace to be ready. Double doors would three across?
Sep 29, 2024 7:58 pm
mathias0077 says:
OOC:
Double doors would three across?
Yes, I think that's reasonable.
Sep 29, 2024 8:26 pm
OOC:
Let’s get shields to the front and spears behind. Pickles can take the lantern and try to pick off targets from behind.
Sep 30, 2024 1:49 am
OOC:
Agreed, Ricard will take center position at the door, shield and sword in hand, handing off a spear to anyone in the back row that needs it
Last edited September 30, 2024 1:49 am
Sep 30, 2024 1:51 am
Jessica lifts her shield and moves to stand alongside Ricard, mace at the ready.
Sep 30, 2024 2:12 am
As the door opens and his eyes falling upon the six wretched-looking individuals within the room, Pickles slides in behind his comrades taking the Lantern off Sister Jessica. "Form a line people, form a line." he calls as he places the lantern upon the ground behind the line, and draws an arrow waiting for a gap in which to skewer one of the filth covered humans.
Sep 30, 2024 9:54 am
Luther steps up to the other side of Ricard to complete the shield wall.
Sep 30, 2024 11:12 am
Battling the Berzerkers - Round 1
This is all impressively well-drilled!

Ricard, Luther and Jessica form a staunch front line to repel any assault from the berzerkers. Meanwhile, Pickles and Gabbro ready their attacks ...

Pickles may now go ahead and fire his bow and Gabbro may cast Sleep (2d8 for the number of hit dice affected, 4d4 for the spell’s duration in turns).

The berzerkers have an armour class of 7.


---
Day 3, 9:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Sep 30, 2024 11:35 am
With his breath exercises underway Pickles picks his gap letting an arrow loose with a gentle thud of the bow string.

Rolls

To hit with arrow (9+) - (1d20)

(4) = 4

Damage - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Oct 1, 2024 2:06 am
Fenwick raises her shield and moves behind Jessica, blade held at the ready against any enemies that charge through their line.
Oct 2, 2024 4:46 pm
Battling the Berzerkers - Round 1
For once Pickles’ shooting is wide of the mark. His arrow sails over the berzerkers’ heads and hits the far wall of the chapel.

Gabbro begins his incantations and gesticulations as he casts Sleep (@spaceseeker19 ... 2d8 and 4d4 for the effects please).

---
Day 3, 9:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 4, 2024 2:21 am
OOC:
Sorry; I should've included that in the initial post!

Rolls

Sleep - (2d8, 4d4)

2d8 : (46) = 10

4d4 : (1133) = 8

Oct 4, 2024 3:58 pm
Ruined Chapel
Nice rolls …

All six berzerkers fall into a deep magical slumber.

---
Day 3, 9:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 4, 2024 5:04 pm
Ricard braces for an attack that never comes. When the madmen suddenly drop, he let's out a sudden laugh.

"Ha! Nice work Gabbro! Made short work of this lot."

Ricard gets to work slaughtering the unconscious berserkers, helping to check the bodies for treasure after the deed is done.
Oct 4, 2024 10:44 pm
"Yes, good job Gabbro. Let us search thoroughly. If they generational here hard telling what might be in here."
Oct 5, 2024 9:22 am
Ruined Chapel
Ricard slits the throats of the sleeping berzerkers with his sword, creating an expanding puddle of blood on the chapel floor. Searching the bodies yields 98 coppers between them.
Luther says:
"Yes, good job Gabbro. Let us search thoroughly. If they generational here hard telling what might be in here."
Where and how do you plan to search? As a reminder, aside from the dead berszerkers and the smashed pews littering the floor, the two obvious items in the room are the charred altar on the dais at the far end of the chapel, and the humanoid bodies racked along one wall.

---
Day 3, 10:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Oct 5, 2024 11:11 am
"We should check that altar and search for hidden compartments and doors."
OOC:
Are any of the humanoids alive?
Oct 5, 2024 11:24 am
As Pickles arrow left his bow the bodies started dropping like sacks of flour, causing his concentration drop and arrow to stray. Well that is the story he will tell anyway. "Well done Gabbro, that is a handy spell." He Halfling quickly shoulders the bow and draws his axe, moving quickly with the fighter dispatching the sleeping Bezerkers.

Upon completing the dispatching Pickles moves forward to search the Alter.
Oct 5, 2024 4:16 pm
Ricard distributes the copper as evenly as he can,

"Looks like 16 bits each with two coins left over, Gabbro did the heavy lifting so he gets the extra if all say fair."

After the payout Ricard moves to search the bodies racked on the wall.
Oct 5, 2024 6:33 pm
"I agree," says Fewick. "That was amazing! I've never cast a sleep spell! You've got to show me how it works sometimes! And you got every one!"


Since others are searching the altar, Fenwick will catalog the motley row of weapons.
Oct 5, 2024 8:36 pm
Pickles gives a nod and thumbs up to Ricard’s suggestion for the copper.
Oct 6, 2024 9:13 am
Ruined Chapel
Fenwick collects the weapons from the dead berzerkers. They comprise a club (with the obligatory nail enhancements), two serrated daggers, a mace, a barbed spear and an oversized battle axe. All the customisations are a case of style over substance (the weapons don’t confer any mechanical advantages, but do offer a distinct "Mörk Borg" aesthetic if you’re after that vibe).

Meanwhile, Ricard inspects the bodies. All are (very) dead. They have been stripped and several have been butchered - limbs amputated, organs removed, etc. It seems that the collection was, quite literally, a larder.

Luther and Pickles investigate the stone altar. It is plain and unadorned but it looks like it was originally crafted with some skill. However, it now shows numerous signs of minor damage, particularly at the edges and corners where the stone has become chipped. The charring suggests that it has, at some point, been subjected to a sizable fire, but there is no indication as to the origin of that. Strangely, the charring is wholly confined to the altar itself - there are no signs of burning on the dais upon which the altar sits.

As Luther looks more closely, he notices that there is a slight, but perceptible, gap between the base of the altar and the dais. A bit more experimentation reveals that, with less-than-expected effort, the altar can be slid to one side to reveal a trapdoor in the dais beneath.

Don’t forget to add the berzerkers’ coins to your character sheets - if they’re not on your sheet, you haven’t got them! Each encumbrance slot can hold 100 coins.

---
Day 3, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Oct 6, 2024 11:52 am
"Ahh, what do we have here." calls the group over.
Oct 6, 2024 5:32 pm
Ricard turns away from the grim spectacle of the larder and examines the new found trap door.

"Woah-ho! A secret door! I think we know what we have to do with this, eh lads?"

Ricard will open the door and examine inside, if it is too dark he lights a torch and drops it down...
Oct 6, 2024 7:37 pm
Fenwick decides to grab the barbed spear so that she has options from either the front and back row.

"Anybody need a battle axe?" she asks, going over to see what the others are doing at the altar.
Oct 6, 2024 9:09 pm
Jessica does not participate in the butchering. When asked about Gabbro and the left over coinage, she nods.
Oct 7, 2024 10:17 am
A mischievous glint widens Pickles eyes upon the discovery of the secret door. He steps back a wee to allow Ricard room to search, and for him to have reaction time in case of a trap attack . . .
Oct 7, 2024 5:03 pm
Ruined Chapel
Ricard opens the trap door. It’s dark below, so he tosses down a lit torch. He can see an iron ladder descending 30’ to a chamber beneath. The construction of the chamber is similar to that encountered elsewhere in Stonehell - a flagstone floor and rough-faced limestone block walls. Apart from the torch's flickering, Ricard cannot see any movement below, nor are there any sounds.
MinMin says:
Fenwick decides to grab the barbed spear so that she has options from either the front and back row.
That’s fine. It functions as a regular spear. Make sure to add it to your inventory as either an Equipped or Packed item, and let me know if this has any impact on your movement rate.

---
Day 3, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 7, 2024 9:03 pm
"What do you all think? Could be an easy path down to the second floor, or it could have only to do with this chapel."
Oct 7, 2024 9:47 pm
"We should head down and check it out. Check locations of exits and what nots."
Oct 7, 2024 10:16 pm
With his curiosity pecking Pickles starts moving towards the trap door, but pauses. "We have our meeting with the Bandits, will we have time?"
Oct 8, 2024 2:25 am
"I agree with Luther. We should at least take a quick look."
Oct 8, 2024 4:04 am
Pickles shrugs and sheaths his bow, freeing up his hands for the climb down.
Oct 8, 2024 3:28 pm
Secret Chamber
Pickles descends the iron ladder into the chamber below. He arrives in a 10’ x 10’ alcove that opens out into a larger space that is nominally 20’ x 30’, although the two corners immediately to his left and right are on a diagonal rather than square.

Opposite the ladder, dominating the room, is a stone statue that sits atop a circular pedestal. It depicts three women joined at their backs and facing outwards. One is a young maiden, another is a matronly mother and the third is an elderly crone.

It looks like the chamber has lain undisturbed for some time save for the vermin marks amidst the thick dust layer covering the floor. Cobwebs congregate in the corners and hang from the statue.

There are no other visible exits.

---
Day 3, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 8, 2024 3:47 pm
"The Triple Goddess," Jessica remarks. "I've heard of her."
Oct 8, 2024 3:50 pm
Ricard climbs down to join Pickles in the vault and begins searching the walls for secret paths of egress...

Rolls

Secret Doors - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Oct 8, 2024 4:26 pm
Luther will also join them down below to get a good look at the women.
Oct 9, 2024 1:29 pm
Secret Chamber
dominion451 says:
Ricard climbs down to join Pickles in the vault and begins searching the walls for secret paths of egress...
Can you be more specific about where, and how, you are searching?

---
Day 3, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14 (Torch)

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 9, 2024 3:37 pm
OOC:
I'll search the statue for secret compartments and whatnot
Oct 9, 2024 10:36 pm
Fenwick agrees with at least getting a feel for the size of the hidden area, she follows Luther down into the lower chamber.

She looks in interest at the statue and then squints at the vermin tracks across the floor, looking to see if they're random or all converge in the same area.
OOC:
Quote:
That’s fine. It functions as a regular spear. Make sure to add it to your inventory as either an Equipped or Packed item, and let me know if this has any impact on your movement rate.
I have--it's currently packed and doesn't affect my movement, let me know if anything looks off.
Oct 9, 2024 11:03 pm
Luther will help Ricard search the women for hidden compartments. He will also tap on it. Is it hollow or solid?
Oct 10, 2024 1:13 am
Being first down Pickles gets a jump scare when he turns to see the statue, but calms down quickly and gathers himself before the others arrive. "Well that was frightening, I thought it was Aunty Trifoot for a second." Pickles says to Ricard as he arrives down. "She was born a triplet attached at the waist, she was lovely but I could never get a word in over the other two Aunties." Pickles will move around the room checking the walls for any secret door or entrance ways.

Rolls

Secret door hunt - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Oct 10, 2024 4:19 am
OOC:
Sorry I haven't updated the map in so long, everyone. I've just rectified that.
Burbage says:
Pickles ... arrives in a 10’ x 10’ alcove that opens out into a larger space that is nominally 20’ x 30’, although the two corners immediately to his left and right are on a diagonal rather than square.

Opposite the ladder, dominating the room, is a stone statue that sits atop a circular pedestal. It depicts three women joined at their backs and facing outwards. One is a young maiden, another is a matronly mother and the third is an elderly crone.

OOC:
Mapping question: in which direction does the alcove and the rest of the "hidden room" open from the ladder - North, South, East, West? Additionally, the status occupies one square of that space, or more?
Gabbro descends the ladder to join the others. Seeing that they have the statue searching covered, Gabbro moves to the wall opposite the alcove and searches for secret doors in the "rightmost" (from his perspective) 10' section of wall.

Rolls

Secret door search - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Oct 10, 2024 5:21 pm
Secret Chamber
Shortly after you first touch the statue, three distinct women’s voices call out in unison. It is as if the three heads of the statue are speaking, although there is no movement of their stone mouths.

"Who seeks the sanctuary of Chthonia Trimorphia?" they enquire of you.

Mapping information: (given that the map had not been updated for a while, I had deliberately stopped providing NSEW references on the basis that it was quite likely the party was somewhat disoriented. Now that the map's updated, I’ll revert back to the usual manner of descriptions.

The ladder descends the western wall of a 10’ x 10’ alcove. The alcove then opens out into a larger 20’ x 30’ room to the east; the alcove intersects with that space in the middle of the larger chamber’s western wall. The southwest and northwest corners of the room are on the diagonal.

Gabbro realises that this area is unlikely to be part of the larger second level. You are only 30’ down, whereas the Whistling Well that you climbed down previously descended around double that distance.

The statue is in the middle of the 20’ x 30’ chamber, so it’s not sitting in a single square. The base is about 5’ in diameter.


---
Day 3, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Oct 10, 2024 5:31 pm
Ricard leaps back away from the statue as it speaks! He looks quickly over to Gabbro and gestures 'go ahead.'
Oct 10, 2024 10:52 pm
Luther will whisper to the others Anybody ever heard of this sanctuary? Then he straightens and tells the others I have the Creator watching over me I will do this. Luther steps up and boldly declares."I Luther disciple of the Divine Creator seek the Sanctuary of Chthonia Trimorphia!"
Oct 11, 2024 7:01 am
Pickles eyes widen as the statue speaks, then speaks after a second to recover. "Aunty?"
Oct 11, 2024 2:04 pm
Secret Chamber
"Luther," the three heads of the statue reply in harmony, "I sense that thou are pure of heart. Yet, of your diminutive friend, I am less certain."

The statue continues "Luther - what ails thee? What succour can I provide to alleviate thine plight?"

---
Day 3, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 11, 2024 11:21 pm
Luther will bow down and say "Strength my ladies. Strength to see me through this Stonehell and deal with its evil. If thou dost see fit to grant me a boon."
Last edited October 11, 2024 11:21 pm
Oct 12, 2024 12:34 am
Pickles raises an eyebrow at the statues answer, it sure spoke like his Aunty. Despite the familiar feeling for family and because of it Pickles knew when not to carry on a conversation, so he just smiled and waved.
Oct 12, 2024 9:51 am
Secret Chamber
"You misunderstand me Luther," the statue replies, a hint of admonishment in her voices. "It is not my place to bolster the strong. That is a path to imbalance, to disharmony. It is my duty to ease the suffering of the infirm, the injured and the sick. There is nothing I can do for thee today."

---
Day 3, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 12, 2024 12:24 pm
Luther nods "Thank you mistresses Can I comeback in the future if I need healing? Or could I ask healing for my friends? They are also trying to rid this place of evil."
Oct 13, 2024 9:40 am
Secret Chamber
"Chthonia Trimorphia offers sanctuary to all who are worthy."

---
Day 3, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 13, 2024 12:23 pm
"Very good. Thank you my lady."
Oct 13, 2024 12:26 pm
Fenwick perks up as the statue speaks, looking around to try and determine where the sound is coming from. This doesn't seem to be any kind of trick or hoax--it seems like real magic! Just not the kind of 'study a spellbook' magic she's more used to and some of that weird 'gods doing stuff' magic she's never really understood,

She waits until everyone is done speaking before she addresses the statue.

"Hi. I'm not wounded so I don't currently seek sanctuary from Chthonia Trimorphia, and I'm not sure I'd be worthy if I did--but I was wondering if I could trouble you with a question? How came you to be here?"
Oct 14, 2024 3:50 pm
Secret Chamber
There’s a definite delay before the statue responds to Fenwick’s question, as if it’s uncertain and is considering its answer carefully. But eventually, it replies.

"My forebears were imprisoned in Stonehell for their beliefs. Quite wrongly of course. But their incarceration didn’t mean that they lost their faith. Indeed, the evils of Stonehell only strengthened their resolve and sense of duty. Even as prisoners, they continued to practice their rites in secret, providing assistance wherever they were able to those in need.

But over the years our numbers have dwindled and we have now retreated to this hidden outpost. For the sake of our order, and the future of Stonehell, I urge you to keep our presence a secret until we are ready to return.
"

---
Day 3, 10:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 14, 2024 10:52 pm
"I am sorry your forebears were mistreated so, I will keep your secret safe, " Fenwick says.

She nods towards the ceiling and turns to the other Hellions. "We should head back up and make sure the entrance is concealed. "

She'll climb back up to the first floor.
Oct 14, 2024 11:20 pm
"Yes, we should make sure this place is concealed from notice. Time to make our meeting?"
Oct 15, 2024 6:46 am
Gabbro is still looking at the statue with a mixture of trepidation and awe, so Luther's question doesn't immediately register. "Hmm? What? Oh! Oh, yes, we should go. Thank you, illustrious ones! We will treasure the secret of your succor in our hearts! Until we meet again!" Then he flees up the ladder. Once everyone has returned, he happily shifts the altar back over the ladder shaft.
Oct 15, 2024 10:50 am
Pickles listens quietly feeling that the best course of action for once was to keep his mouth zipped. As the others give their thanks as the depart the Halfling simply says, "Nice to meet you." and climbs the ladder.

Once everyone is gathered and the secret door closed Pickles pipes up, "Not quite sure about that one, pretty sure it was my Aunty. She never had a full collection of bats in the tower either."
Oct 15, 2024 3:20 pm
You all climb back up the iron ladder, close the trapdoor and slide the altar back into its original position.

What’s the plan now? If you intend to head back to the Kopper Kettle for the meeting with the Ghost Beggars at noon, what route will you take? Or is there something else you would like to do first?

---
Day 3, 10:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 1: 5/5 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 15, 2024 3:24 pm
"We should probably get to our meeting."
Oct 15, 2024 3:33 pm
*** DING! ***

Congratulations to Luther who becomes the second Hellion to reach level 2. He is now officially an "Adept".

Luther - please go ahead and roll for your additional hit points, update your Turning ability. And, when you next rest, you may finally select a spell.

Here's a summary of everyone's current XP:

Fenwick: 2,874
Gabbro: 2,478
Jessica: 1,066
Luther: 1,543
Pickles: 1,780
Ricard: 2,970
Oct 15, 2024 8:52 pm
Woot Woot!!!

Rolls

HP - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Oct 16, 2024 12:53 am
OOC:
Hell(ion) yeah Luther! Looks like the double post glitch happened with your HP roll, the first post is the binding one and it says 4 hp!
Oct 16, 2024 10:51 am
OOC:
Congrats Luther!
Oct 17, 2024 12:01 am
OOC:
I have added the four hp. Thanks all.
Oct 18, 2024 2:53 pm
Gabbro consults the map. "Well, if we head north here then turn right, it should take us back toward the marketplace. It looks like the most direct route." He pauses. "It would also be taking us through the area where that dwarf ran after tricking us into the pit."
Oct 18, 2024 6:43 pm
Ricard nods,

"Seems like we're done here anyway, and maybe we get lucky and run into that dwarf again. I'd sure like to thank him for that pit trick personally."
Oct 18, 2024 7:07 pm
Pickles had been looking back at the altar with a strangely complexed look upon his face, but turns back to the group. "Yes let’s get back to our meeting. Random encounters with strange Dwarves sound like fun, so let’s head that way."
Oct 19, 2024 10:32 am
You turn left out of the Ruined Chapel and head north, passing an unopened door on your right. At the subsequent T-intersection, you turn right to head east.

After 30’ you come across a side passage on your left that heads north for 10’ before arriving at a door. Unusually (at least in comparison to most of the other doors you’ve encountered), this door is barred.

Beyond the side passage, the main corridor continues east for a further 10’, before arriving at another portcullis. Peering through the bars you see an octagonally-shaped room with the same dimensions as the Chamber of the Woods. However, this room is adorned with chipped mosaics of rugged mountain crags. In the centre is a plinth with only the feet and ankles of a broken statue atop it. You can also see corridors leading north and south from this chamber, and a portcullised exit continuing east.

---
Day 3, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Oct 20, 2024 2:51 am
"I'm very interested in the room beyond the portcullis," Jessica suggests casually.
Oct 20, 2024 3:24 am
Pickles strolls up to the portcullised exit raising his right arm to flex a rather small bicep, "Shall we attempt to raise it, as you can see I am equipped to help."
Oct 20, 2024 3:03 pm
Looking at his map, Gabbro is absolutely mystified at finding another octagonal room here. "Ye-e-e-sss..." he says. "Let's open the portcullis and see where this goes." He puts the map away and moves to help lift the gate.
Oct 20, 2024 6:34 pm
Jessica will apply her meager strength to the task as well.
Oct 20, 2024 8:04 pm
Ricard steps up and lends his muscle to the portcullis...
Oct 21, 2024 3:31 pm
Chamber of the Mountains
With a combined effort, you raise the portcullis easily and pass through into the room with the broken statue and the mountain mosaics. Once inside, you are better able to assess the three other visible exits.

To the north, you can see a familiar corridor - the one with the pit trap just south of the Chamber of the Woods. There’s a rather unpleasant smell coming from this direction.

To the east, beyond a second portcullis, a corridor continues for 30’ before arriving at a north-south T-junction.

To the south, a corridor continues for 30’ before opening into a larger space that is just beyond the reach of the light from Luther’s lantern.

---
Day 3, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 21, 2024 9:43 pm
Fenwick swaps her sword for her spear and pokes around carefully at the floor as she advances towards the broken statue to inspect it's remains.
Oct 22, 2024 3:45 pm
"My guess is that there will be another portcullis down that way," Gabbro says to Luther as he's looking down the southern passage. "That room with the orcs is down there; it seems to have portcullises on each side." Having said that, though, Gabbro looks that way, too.
Oct 22, 2024 3:50 pm
Chamber of the Mountains
The only remnants of the statue are the circular stone plinth upon which it once sat, and some booted feet. From that limited information, it’s impossible to know what species or gender the statue originally represented; just that it was some sort of bipedal humanoid.

You cannot see any other remnants of the statue scattered about the room.

---
Day 3, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 22, 2024 9:59 pm
Pickles watches as his companions tap the floor for traps, following in their wake to start looking the room over from any secret door or passageways.

Rolls

Secret door search (1in6) - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Oct 22, 2024 10:15 pm
Ricard stands guard while the others search, keeping his ears peeled for sounds of approach.
Oct 23, 2024 3:08 pm
Chamber of the Mountains
Where and how is Pickles going to search?

Remember, it takes 1 turn (10 minutes) for one character to search a 10’ x 10’ area.


---
Day 3, 10:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 24, 2024 9:00 pm
Moving in an anti clockwise direction Pickles starts his search to right of the portcullis they entered via. The young Halfling muttering to himself about ’white level inspections, exploding rune traps and flying bits of great uncle Gonzo’.
Oct 24, 2024 10:08 pm
Jessica is going to carefully examine the statue, trying to determine if there are any hidden panels, old writings, etc.

Rolls

Search - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Oct 25, 2024 3:17 am
Looking at the diagonal walls of the room, Gabbro opines to Pickles, "I don't think you'll find any secret doors on these angled walls, but I'd love to be wrong."
OOC:
Is it true that looking down the southern corridor Gabbro sees no portcullis?

I haven't updated the big map yet, but here's our local section (we're in the room marked "Feet Statue"):
[ +- ] South-west quadrant of Stonehell L1
Last edited October 25, 2024 3:20 am
Oct 25, 2024 2:08 pm
Chamber of the Mountains
Pickles searches the southwest wall of the octagonal chamber, looking for secret doors or passageways, but draws a blank. The wall seems solid.

Meanwhile, Jessica examines the remains of the statue. It’s heavy, but movable (i.e., it’s not mortared to the floor). A thorough inspection of the plinth, the feet and the chamber floor beneath the plinth yields nothing of interest.

There's definitely no visible portcullis down the southern corridor. If there is one, it must be fully raised into the ceiling.

---
Day 3, 10:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 25, 2024 3:43 pm
"I wonder where all those orcs went...?" Gabbro murmurs to himself. Then he turns back to the others. "So, getting back to Kobold Korners - that's my pet name for the market: the most direct way is probably going through the portcullis there," he points to the eastern exit from this room, "head down the corridor and turn left/north to get back to the passages we've already explored. The possible problem with that is that we haven't explored all of that route, and there might be surprises. The faster way would be going north from this room to the 'Chamber of the Woods' and going through the eastern portcullis there. That's probably safer (because we've gone that way multiple times before), with the only hazard the pit in the floor up there."
Oct 25, 2024 11:02 pm
"We may as well flush out our map on our way back, I say we go East!"

Ricard slowly walks towards the Eastern passage while the others finish their searches and listens carefully for anything out of the ordinary...

Rolls

Listen - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Oct 26, 2024 8:56 am
Between you, you raise the Chamber of the Mountain’s eastern portcullis and Ricard advances. A 30’ corridor leads east to a north-south T-intersection. Looking north, there is an open archway in the eastern wall after10’ and a door in the western wall after 30’. This arrangement is mirrored to the south (and exactly as shown on Gabbro’s map).

Listening, the only sound that Ricard can hear is a very faint whimpering from the south. It appears to be coming from behind the door in the western wall.

---
Day 3, 10:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 27, 2024 3:43 pm
Gabbro, who has come up behind Ricard and is feeling ill-equipped without Fenwick's spear to test the floor for traps, listens to the whimpering. "What do you think?" he asks the group in a low voice, "Do we head north for our rendezvous now, or investigate that sound first?"
OOC:
How much time would you say remains, given that we've been exploring areas that we hadn't visited previously?
Oct 27, 2024 6:02 pm
OOC:
Gabbro says:
How much time would you say remains, given that we've been exploring areas that we hadn't visited previously?
It will take you 3 turns, 30 minutes, to get back to the Kopper Kettle from here. That includes the hourly 1-turn rest that will become due. Also, that's assuming you don't run into any complications ....

Day 3, 10:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 27, 2024 6:13 pm
"Seems folly not to investigate the whimpering, what if there is another we might help? All serves to increase our standings in this place."
Oct 27, 2024 6:40 pm
"I'm not so sure it's easy to make friends around here, but I'm game for investigating," says Fenwick.
OOC:
@spaceseeker19 I think Gabbro's still got Fenwick's 'original' spear? She picked up a new one from the Mad Max sorts we defeated since it seemed handy.
Oct 27, 2024 7:22 pm
"Yes, if there is someone who needs help we should always help. This is what the Creator wishes." Luther adds his support for investigation.
Oct 28, 2024 3:53 am
"I also vote that we see if we can aid the poor soul."
Oct 28, 2024 4:19 am
Pickles looks down the hall towards the indicated noise, "I would be lying if I said I wasn’t curious."
Oct 28, 2024 4:35 pm
Leaving the Chamber of the Mountains, you turn right at the T-intersection and head south towards the pitiful noises. In doing so, you pass an open archway on your left-hand side; beyond you can see a large room littered with overturned and smashed furniture, as if it has been the site of a skirmish.

You continue south to the door on the right of the corridor from where the noises are coming. It sounds like there are several creatures on the other side, perhaps half a dozen. You can’t understand what they are saying but, from their tone, they sound rather wretched and despairing.

---
Day 3, 10:50 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Oct 28, 2024 6:46 pm
Once the team has finished tapping the area for traps, giving a cheeky smile Pickles moves up to the door raising a closed fist. "It would be rude not to knock." He says as he leans in closer listening for any tell tale sounds of armour or weapons . . .
Last edited October 28, 2024 6:50 pm

Rolls

Listening for sounds - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Oct 28, 2024 8:32 pm
Gabbro slows down as they pass the archway, to take a slightly longer look at the interior (for map-sketching purposes).
Oct 28, 2024 11:44 pm
Ricard eases his way up to the door and listens over top of Pickles...

Rolls

Listen - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Oct 29, 2024 3:59 pm
spaceseeker19 says:
Gabbro slows down as they pass the archway, to take a slightly longer look at the interior (for map-sketching purposes).
Looking through the archway on the left as he passes, Gabbro can see a large (30’ x 50’) room. The archway he is looking through is 10’ from the southern wall. There is also a similar archway 10’ from the northern wall. You get the impression that the chamber was once used as a dining room, but now the floor is littered with smashed tables and benches. Amongst the debris, Gabbro can also see broken weapons and a couple of humanoid bodies.

Further south at the door, Pickles and Ricard listen. There are no sounds of armour or weapons, nor of any movement or activity. Just whining, pitiful conversation. You can’t understand the language - but you know it’s not kobold or orcish.

---
Day 3, 11:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Oct 29, 2024 11:57 pm
Fenwick readies her spear and forms up behind Ricard.

"I've kind of got a bad feeling about this."
Oct 30, 2024 12:07 am
Luther is ready to help whoever is on the other side of that door but also has mace and shield ready just in case.
Oct 30, 2024 12:27 am
Pickles draws his trusty bow, notches an arrow and holds it ready. "All your’s Ricard, I’ve got your back." The Halfling indicates with a nod for the Fighter to knock or open the door, his choice.
Oct 30, 2024 12:38 am
Jessica unlimbers her warhammer.
Oct 30, 2024 3:29 am
"Hmmm." Gabbro considers where they are. "This isn't far from where we've seen orcs south of here, and we spoke with the Open Sores not too far from here. Do you think this might contain some of their prisoners?" He looks at the others gathered around the door. "Do we know if it's locked yet?"
Oct 30, 2024 4:14 am
"Did we decide to knock?"

Ricard readies to ease open the door but waits for the answer before he does.
Oct 30, 2024 5:52 pm
Pickles says:
"All your’s Ricard, I’ve got your back." The Halfling indicates with a nod for the Fighter to knock or open the door, his choice.
Nov 1, 2024 12:20 am
Ricard opens the door, gently, and not with a boot...
Nov 1, 2024 8:23 am
The door opens to reveal a kitchen area. A large wooden table dominates the centre of the room. Scattered across its top are various cooking implements and a scarred chopping block. Three wooden casks sit along one wall.

As the light from Luther’s lantern spills into the room, there is a series of squeals followed by loud shushing. The source of the noises is a group of goblins. Four of them are huddled pathetically beneath the table, whilst a fifth is crouched behind the casks with its hands over its head.

Mapping information: rectangular room, 20’ x 30’. You enter through the middle of the eastern wall. There are no other visible exits.

---
Day 3, 11:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 1, 2024 2:27 pm
::First it was kobolds running an Inn, now goblins in a kitchen?:: Gabbro stifles his disgust and tries to smile. "Hey! What's cookin'?" ::Everybody's got to eat, I guess...::
Nov 1, 2024 9:17 pm
Fenwick takes in the scene and gets the impression the goblins are hiding from something. She scans the room for threats.
Nov 2, 2024 12:08 pm
Upon Gabbro’s greeting and the realisation that they’ve been spotted, there are collective shrieks followed by the raising of hands in a ‘we surrender’ gesture and pleas, in accented Common, of "Don’t hurt us, don’t hurt us!"

Fenwick can see no obvious threats within the room; the five goblins appear to be the only occupants. They are all wearing leather armour and equipped with short swords (i.e. they are not cooks or kitchen hands), but their behaviour is entirely non-threatening. Rather, they seem terrified.

---
Day 3, 11:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 2, 2024 12:57 pm
Luther will step in with the lantern "What has you so upset?" Trying to see if we have something else to worry about while keeping an eye on these goblins making sure it isn't some ploy.
Nov 2, 2024 2:20 pm
"Goblins! Ordinarily, I would say that we should dispatch them and move on," Jessica says, looking at the obsequious humanoids. "But killing this bunch would be an affront."
Nov 2, 2024 7:29 pm
"We have no reason to hurt you (much less kill you)," Gabbro glares at Sister Jessica, not because she's wrong, but because the talk of killing is going to make these little buggers hysterical, "But tell us: what are you doing in here? You aren't cooks."
Nov 2, 2024 11:19 pm
Ricard smiles a crooked grin and folds his arms across his chest, leaning back against the wall just inside the room as he waits to hear the goblins' tale.
Nov 3, 2024 10:19 am
Pickles looks both ways down the hallway before entering the room behind everyone else. He looks curiously around at the hiding Goblins, before being distracted by the thought of food stores. With a shrug of the shoulders the Halfling starts checking cupboards.
Nov 3, 2024 10:36 am
The goblins start frantically explaining their plight, largely speaking over one another. But you manage to pick out the following salient details from amongst the jabbering …

"... ambushed by orcs …"

"... stinking Open Sores …"

"... killed goblins …"

"... have they gone?"

"… you protect us!"

"... you kill orcs?"

"… we show you treasure …"

Pickles’ exploration of the kitchen’s contents is most disappointing. He can find nothing edible, and the casks only hold a variety of rancid liquids. It’s clear the kitchen hasn’t been used for the preparation of food for quite some time.

---
Day 3, 11:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 4, 2024 11:36 pm
"Well, this sounds like a conflict of interest," mutters Fenwick. Raising her voice to the goblins, she asks, " What kind of treasure?"
Nov 5, 2024 12:18 am
"And where are your friends," adds the warrior,

"Surely there is somewhere down here you call home?"
Nov 5, 2024 4:21 pm
Fenwick says:
"What kind of treasure?"
"Coins ..."

"... lots of coins ..."

"... silver and gold ..."

"... and a pretty sword ..."

"We share coins and you protect us."
Ricard says:
"And where are your friends," adds the warrior,

"Surely there is somewhere down here you call home?"
They point in a generally westerly direction.

"You help us get home safely. Protect us from orcs."

---
Day 3, 11:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 5, 2024 9:14 pm
Ricard raises his eyebrows and looks to his group,

"Haven't had much in the way of pay yet, might be worth babysitting this lot for the payout. What do you all think?"
Nov 6, 2024 3:03 am
Pickles gives a smile at the mention of Orcs, "I’m up to make some coin for some babysitting." The Halfling turns from searching the cupboards and looks at the nearest Goblin, "How far is your base and this treasure?"
Nov 6, 2024 11:04 am
Luther will just shrug"Can't hurt. Do we have the time? Maybe our deal will let us do this quickly."
Nov 6, 2024 4:05 pm
Mathfuric says:
The Halfling turns from searching the cupboards and looks at the nearest Goblin, "How far is your base and this treasure?"
"Not far, come, we show. You go first in case nasty orcs attack again."

The goblins gesture towards the door leading out of the kitchen.

---
Day 3, 11:00 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 6, 2024 8:34 pm
Pickles raises an eyebrow at the suggestion of being in front of the Goblins, "Sounds an interesting plan. My Uncle Gonzo once lead a party of treasure hunters, they vanished into the forgotten caves . . . " A sweet smile comes upon his lips at the memory. "How about we balance this out with one of us and one of you leading, the rest of you in the middle, and the rest of us at the back."
Nov 6, 2024 11:27 pm
Fenwick shrugs at Pickles and motions for the goblins to get out from under the table. She's skeptical of this treasure and how close the goblins' home will really be if they're willing to pay for the trip.

At least the orcs probably won't attack the Hellions without negotiating for them to hand over the goblins first, she hopes

She'll position herself to be behind the main group of goblins.

"Ricard, are you up to being our leader?"
Nov 7, 2024 6:15 pm
The goblins seem quite happy with an arrangement in which they are safely sandwiched in the middle of the party. They crawl out of their hiding places and arrange themselves accordingly.

Leaving the kitchen, the goblins direct you left, back up the corridor you arrived by. They then gesture right, through an archway and into the trashed dining hall that Gabbro peered into previously. The goblins flinch at the sight of two of their fallen comrades lying bloody on the stone floor. But, once they settle themselves, they point at a displaced flagstone beneath a splintered table.

"In there, in there!"

---
Day 3, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Nov 7, 2024 8:16 pm
Ricard examines the spider hole, calling forth the lantern light to aid him. He listens carefully, gesturing for the others to be quiet as he does...

Rolls

Listen - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Nov 7, 2024 9:36 pm
Luther will move up with the lantern to assist Ricard.
Nov 7, 2024 9:40 pm
Gabbro's eyes light up at the prospect of descending a level, given that one of the only clues the Hellions have found about treasure involved level 2.
OOC:
How much time remains before our scheduled meeting?
Nov 8, 2024 4:49 am
Jessica grips the handle of her warhammer, ready for anything.
Nov 8, 2024 3:06 pm
Dining Hall
With the aid of the light from Luther’s lantern, Ricard approaches the dislodged flagstone. No suspicious noises are coming from beneath and so, with some effort, he shifts the flagstone to one side.

What Ricard discovers is not a route to a lower level but a cavity in the floor. Nestling within is a small sackcloth bag bulging with coins and a particularly fine-looking sword. The sword’s ornate crossguard is inlaid with a sapphire and the blade has a pale blue sheen.

You won’t have time to count them all now, but for expediency and encumbrance purposes, the bag contains 400 silver pieces and 20 gold.

---
Day 3, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 8, 2024 7:10 pm
OOC:
Our first haul! Woo-hoo! We need to return to town with it to get XP, or just emerge from the dungeon?
Gabbro nods appreciatively. If it doesn't lead down to the lower level but still has treasure, that's fine by him.
Nov 9, 2024 11:51 am
spaceseeker19 says:
OOC:
Our first haul! Woo-hoo! We need to return to town with it to get XP, or just emerge from the dungeon?
You need to get the treasure back to a safe place. At the moment, that means town.
Nov 9, 2024 12:38 pm
Looking at the haul Luther is impressed. His share could help a lot people get the food they need. "Should we go meet the beggars first? Won't they set upon us if we leave and head back to town? What if we took this loot and hid in in the sanctuary we found underground. That place seemed undisturbed."
Nov 9, 2024 11:11 pm
Pickles nods in agreement at Luther’s suggestion, his eyes wide looking at the treasure focusing mainly on the sword. "Wow, who would have thought helping Goblins would be so regarding." As if suddenly kicked out of a dream the Halfling spins to look at the Goblins. "You have shown honesty my fellow diminutive creatures. Do you require further assistance or are you good from here?"
Nov 10, 2024 3:07 am
Jessica is impressed with the haul. Even just a share of such would fund her adventures for a week or more.
Nov 10, 2024 10:51 am
Dining Hall
"We share treasure! That the deal! Half coins ours! And you protect us from orcs!"

The goblins look agitated when you don’t immediately distribute the coins.

At that point, multiple footsteps approaching from the north echo down the corridor outside the dining room. "I can hear ‘em - in here," barks a rough orcish voice.

(This wasn’t a set-up, it was a genuine random wandering monster roll - there was only about a 3% chance of orcs showing up a this point)

---
Day 3, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Nov 10, 2024 3:59 pm
Gabbro wishes he still had his sleep spell memorized. He looks at his companions, the goblins, the sack of treasure and the hidden compartment it was taken from. None of this looks good, and nothing could be done to all of it to make it look good fast enough to allay orcish suspicions. His hand tightens on the spear and he quickly moves to the northwest of the room, just to the north of the northern archway. He REALLY wishes he still had his sleep spell memorized! The best we can hope for is that it's not too many orcs.
OOC:
It seems to me that we can't pass ourselves off as anything but allied with these goblins, as we're basically being "caught with our hands in the cookie jar." So our best outcome is to attack the orcs quickly and make sure that none of them escape or survive to report to the rest of the Open Sores who it was that killed them. How can we lure them fully into the room? It'll be easier to contain them if we do so. Somebody could maybe hide in the space between the doors to surprise them as they enter, but that person might easily get surrounded.
Nov 10, 2024 8:22 pm
Ricard picks up the exquisite sword and feels it's weight, it seems the opportunity to test the blade will soon be at hand.
OOC:
We could try to parlay with the orcs, that would likely lead them into the room. If we act like we are on their side against the goblins they might come in to retrieve their quarry. Conversely we could just kill the goblins... Easier for sure.
Nov 11, 2024 3:05 am
Jessica gasps at the sudden voices, reaching for her warhammer. She looks at her companions, feeling the unspoken words between them. It would be foolish to expect the goblins to join them in opposing the orcs. Depending on the number of opponents, it would be equally foolish for them to attack the orcs. There was little to do but wait for the inevitable and see where the dice landed.
Nov 11, 2024 11:23 pm
As the voices carry down the hall Pickles moves forward towards the door, "Get those idiots to hide, I’m going to greet our guests. If we can cut them off and send them to the room the Goblins were hiding, it could buy us time." With that said the Halfling leaves the room towards the Orcs . . .
OOC:
Wish me luck :)
Pickles moves to stop the Orcs prior to entering the room.
Nov 12, 2024 4:24 pm
Pickles steps through the dining hall’s northernmost archway and into the corridor beyond. To the north, he can see two Open Sore orcs striding purposefully towards him. Both are wearing leather armour and carrying swords and shields.

At Pickles’ unexpected appearance, both orcs halt. "‘Ere … that ain’t no goblin!" says one to the other.

"Are you sure?" replies his comrade, squinting "Looks like one to me ..."

(At least you got lucky with the number appearing roll!)

---
Day 3, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 12, 2024 8:05 pm
Ricard frantically gestures for the rest of the party to do as Pickles says, hustling the goblins out of the room though he himself creeps towards the door behind the halfling; ready to provide backup if necessary...
Nov 13, 2024 2:02 am
Luther will look at the goblins"Shut up and hide if you want to keep your hides."
Nov 13, 2024 2:42 am
With a beaming smile Pickles waves at the Open Sore Orc’s, "Hello friends, how nice to see you here as we were just coming to find you. We found a couple of dead goblins back yonder," Pickles indicates to the room behind him by jerking an extended thumb over his shoulder. "My companions and I just looked them over, you know just in case, and realised they were Open Sore’s handy work. Fine work if you ask me, but I digress. What I mean to say and may I get to the point, as I have been told I ramble on a bit and can get distracted easily. My Aunty Feijoa once stated that even an ancient Red Dragon would have trouble holding my attention, which is fun as she was crushed by a dragon when she was distracted by a gem lying on a cave floor." The Halfling pauses as though think of something.

If the Orcs go to move pass him Pickles will add.

"Sorry, the dead Goblins reminded us of a group we found hiding down the corridor this way." He says loudly for the Orcs to hear and pointing away from his group and the Goblins.
Last edited November 13, 2024 3:08 am
Nov 13, 2024 4:12 pm
As is not clear how the orcs will respond to Pickles’ intervention, I’ll make a reaction roll.

On the one hand, the orcs know that there are goblins in the area, and are pretty certain they just heard them talking in the Dining Hall. However, I’ll modify the roll with a +1 for the existing business relationship between the Hellions and the Open Sores (of which they will be aware), and a further +1 for Pickles’ friendly and unthreatening approach.

Let’s see what the dice decide …


---
Day 3, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Orcs' reaction roll - (2d6+2)

(36) + 2 = 11

Nov 13, 2024 4:19 pm
The orcs shrug, but accept Pickles’ story. "That way, you say?", pointing back the way they’ve just come.

With a sigh, they perform an about turn and trudge northwards, away from the Dining Hall and the goblins.

---
Day 3, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 1: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 14, 2024 2:31 am
Pickles waves cheerily as they depart and waits until they are around the corner, before releasing his breath and checking his trousers aren’t wet. He then turns returning to room with his companions. "Ok that may buy us a little more time, but let’s get out of here asap!", he says in a controlled manner.
Nov 14, 2024 2:14 pm
"Great work, Pickles!" says Fenwick, patting him on the shoulder. She glances at Gabbro. "What do you say, map master? Can we circle around south without running into trouble?"
Nov 14, 2024 4:59 pm
Ricard claps the halfling on the back cheerily,

"Why look for treasure when Pickle has a silver tongue!"
Nov 14, 2024 6:09 pm
Don't forget ... the goblins are still expecting half the coins and an escort back to safety ...
Nov 15, 2024 2:53 am
"Fast thinking, Pickles. Good lad!"
Nov 15, 2024 10:55 am
"Who knew that pickles had silver tongues?"
Nov 15, 2024 5:11 pm
"Well done, Pickles!" Gabbro smiles with relief.
MinMin says:
"What do you say, map master? Can we circle around south without running into trouble?"
"South? ...sure, we've explored quite a bit to the south already. But these guys want to go west. Is that correct?" Gabbro looks at the goblins. "We've just come from the west, at least a little ways. We could retrace our steps...but that really depends on where they want to go."
OOC:
For some reason, I had the impression that the goblins wanted to return to an area beyond the blue cave, which is WAY to the northwest of where we are now...

I've updated the entire first floor map, but here is just this corner of the map:
https://i.imgur.com/QAqIgSj.jpeg
Note: we are currently in the "DINING ROOM," after coming from the RUINED CHAPEL and the FEET STATUE room and finding the goblins cowering in the KITCHEN. The entrance to the BLUE CAVE is at the very upper left of this section of the map.
Last edited November 15, 2024 5:15 pm
Nov 15, 2024 11:30 pm
"So we go west from the feet statue and try to work our way north from there, should avoid our orc friends..."
Nov 16, 2024 2:04 am
"Good," Gabbro agrees, "We'll try that door, and if it doesn't lead to where they want to go, we'll continue west down that corridor." Then he leans in and whispers to Ricard, "We still need to split the cash with these goblins..."
Nov 16, 2024 3:40 am
Ricard nods, though he thinks about how easy it would be to slaughter the goblins and keep the money...
Nov 16, 2024 1:57 pm
All five goblins stare pointedly at the bag of coins …

Where are the coins at the moment? Who, if anyone, is holding them?

Ricard has taken the sword you found, right?


---
Day 3, 11:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 4/4
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 16, 2024 4:04 pm
OOC:
Yes, the sword is marked on my sheet, as for the coin we can divvy it up once we're past the feet room, not sure who's carrying though...
Nov 16, 2024 6:12 pm
Jessica will carry the coins if asked, but no one has asked her to do so.
Nov 16, 2024 6:29 pm
Ricard passes the bag of coins to Jessica as he himself is quite loaded down.
Nov 17, 2024 10:22 am
Ok let’s get moving we can split the coins once we are away from the blood thirsty Orcs." Pickles the Warrior says to the Goblins, noticing that look in Richard’s eye and giving the fighter a nod of approval, the Halfling’s bow appearing in his hand with an arrow. "I really don’t want to have to fight them after walking away from that conversation with dry pants."
Nov 17, 2024 11:35 am
The goblins reluctantly agree to Pickles’ plan, their fear of the orcs (only just) outweighing their desperation for the coins.

They direct you out of the Dining Hall and west, passing through the portcullised Chamber of the Mountains (the one with the broken statue) and out the other side.

When Gabbro shows interest in the barred northern door immediately after the Chamber, the goblins erupt in a cacophony of warnings.

"No!"

"Danger!"

"Bad statue …"

"... we bar for a reason …"

(pointing west) "... this way!"

---
Day 3, 11:20 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 17, 2024 12:58 pm
Holding up the lantern Luther says"Boy these are some excitable fellas aren't they. What do you mean bad statue?"
Nov 18, 2024 7:49 am
mathias0077 says:
Holding up the lantern Luther says"Boy these are some excitable fellas aren't they. What do you mean bad statue?"
"It come to life ..."

".. it attack poor goblins!"
Nov 18, 2024 12:04 pm
"That sounds exciting, " says Fenwick. "Maybe we should check that out later. What does it do when it's not chasing goblins, just stand there? Seems weird."
Nov 19, 2024 12:55 am
Gabbro is following the goblins very closely, watching where they step as they lead the way. He replies to Fenwick: "Oh yes, I've definitely noted that on the map." He waves down the western passage to the goblins. "Keep going, then."
Nov 19, 2024 3:05 am
Pickles slides up next to one of the Goblins giving a friendly smile, "Hey sparkles how far to your base? We have a meeting to get too and would rather not be tardy. Oh, what’s the beef between you lot and the Open Sores?"
Nov 19, 2024 4:08 pm
The goblins continue to direct you due west. This takes you past the corridor that leads south to the Ruined Chapel and on towards yet another portcullis.

As you walk, Pickles strikes up a conversation with one of the goblins. "To base? Not far, nearly there. Those nasty Open Sores steal Wolf Gang territory. Trying to take over all Stonehell they are. That not good for anyone. You help us fight back? Get revenge?"

30’ beyond the Ruined Chapel corridor, there is a side passage that leads north for 10’ before ending at a door. The goblins ignore this ("It locked. No key."). The portcullis is then just a further 10’ west of that side passage.

Looking through the bars of the portcullis, you see another octagonal chamber, this one decorated with faded murals of the seashore and ships at sea.

The goblins wait for you to lift the portcullis.

---
Day 3, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Nov 19, 2024 6:47 pm
Ricard sighs as he steps forward to lift the gate. He looks around expectantly for someone to assist him...
Nov 19, 2024 7:20 pm
Gabbro grabs the gate with him and lifts together with Ricard. "Let's get you back as we promised, and then we'll see."
Nov 20, 2024 1:32 am
Luther will set the lantern down and give a hand lifting the gate.
Nov 20, 2024 10:15 am
Pickles takes a step or two back with bow in hand. "I’ll cover the corridor, a couple of you Goblins help with the portcullis. A couple cover the corridor as well."
Nov 21, 2024 3:06 pm
Chamber of the Sea
Between you, you raise the portcullis and enter the maritime-themed chamber. It’s of the same octagonal dimensions as the other themed chambers with open exits to the north and south and portcullises to the east and west. There are noticeable holes in the base of the southwest wall.

The goblins indicate that you should take a turn to the south ("This the safe way"). Beyond the southern portal, a corridor continues for at least 30’ into darkness.

---
Day 3, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 22, 2024 2:37 am
Without getting too close, Fenwick studies the holes in the southwest wall. Are they part of the architecture, decay, or do they look to have been dug out by something?

"Just how safe is the safe way?" she asks the closest goblin idly.
Nov 22, 2024 4:27 am
Ricard hesitates before the turn, weary of dark corridors in general. Spear in hand, paying extra attention to the floor, he calls for the lantern to be brought closer to dispel the darkness...
Nov 22, 2024 5:38 am
Pickles moves up along side Ricard and peers down the hall, "looks like a great place for an ambush don’t you think" He says with a small smile.
Nov 22, 2024 2:27 pm
Burbage says:
Chamber of the Sea
Beyond the southern portal, a corridor continues for at least 30’ into darkness.

Gabbro looks around; what can he see to the north and through the portcullis to the west? Do the passages just continue straight out of sight?
Nov 22, 2024 4:09 pm
Luther will whispers to Ricard as they are lifting the gate. "What if we get our people through the gate first then just let it down keeping the goblins on that side?"
Last edited November 22, 2024 4:09 pm
Nov 22, 2024 4:16 pm
Chamber of the Sea
MinMin says:
Without getting too close, Fenwick studies the holes in the southwest wall. Are they part of the architecture, decay, or do they look to have been dug out by something?
The holes are definitely not part of the original architecture. They are rough-looking and irregular. How they originated is impossible to say. Each hole is approximately 6-9 inches tall and wide, and there are three holes in total, irregularly spaced.
MinMin says:
"Just how safe is the safe way?" she asks the closest goblin idly.
"So long as there are no stinking orcs, it safe. Nearly at Wolf Gang territory."
spaceseeker19 says:
Gabbro looks around; what can he see to the north and through the portcullis to the west? Do the passages just continue straight out of sight?
To the north, a corridor continues for at least 30’ into darkness. To the west, through the portcullis, a corridor continues for 10’ before arriving at a north-south T-intersection.
mathias0077 says:
Luther will whispers to Ricard as they are lifting the gate. "What if we get our people through the gate first then just let it down keeping the goblins on that side?"
To clarify, you’re already through the first portcullis on the eastern side of the chamber, and it appears the goblins are not planning to take you through the western portcullis - they are suggesting you head south. There are no portcullises on the north and south exits - they are just open arches.

---
Day 3, 11:30 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 22, 2024 11:24 pm
Gabbro takes Ricard and Fenwick aside to talk for a moment."I'm prepared to honor our agreement with the goblins, but it occurs to me that they might get tempted to try to alter the deal once we've got them back home. Do you think some of us should hang back with our portion of the money, ready to rush in as reinforcements if there's a double-cross?"
OOC:
I'm updating the big map, but for quick reference, here's the partial map of where we are on level 1 (we're in the "Martitime" room on the left):
[ +- ] Partial map of the southwest of Stonehell Level 1
Last edited November 22, 2024 11:25 pm
Nov 23, 2024 1:32 am
"Well I don't like the idea of splitting up very much... But it makes sense at least to split the coin now and have it done."
Nov 23, 2024 3:57 pm
Jessica looks over the map. "I'm betting there is a pit down the north corridor. And it wouldn't surprise me if the room beyond were hexagonal."
Nov 23, 2024 9:27 pm
"I also don't like the idea of splitting up, " says Fenwick with a nod at Ricard. "Let's stick together."

She makes a mental note to give a wide berth to the wall she examined. Those holes don't necessarily look evenly placed enough to be part of a trap, but something dug them out.
Nov 23, 2024 11:15 pm
"Yes, splitting up is never a good idea."Looking at Fenwick"Do those holes look dug out or maybe made by acid?"
Nov 24, 2024 12:31 am
"They look like a trap to me, anyone want to check it out or should we find another way? Maybe let the goblins go first?"
Nov 24, 2024 5:10 am
"Eh, I'd guess snakes, worms, or some other burrowing creature." Gabbro sniffs, still speaking in a low voice to the others. "So, we give them their money now, and let the goblins go first?"
Nov 24, 2024 1:50 pm
Looks to Gabbro and nods"Sounds like a plan to me. We have a meeting to get to."
Nov 25, 2024 2:55 am
Gabbro nods then turns back to the group and addresses the goblins loud enough for them to hear. "We'll give you your money now, and then you can lead us the rest of the way to your home." He counts out 10 SP and 2 GP for each of the five goblins. "Lead on, but don't get too far ahead - we want to be able to protect you, after all."
Nov 25, 2024 5:27 am
As Gabbro makes his speech and hands out coins, Pickles fades a few steps back looking to make space if things go wrong. Hands twitching near bow and arrow.
Nov 25, 2024 3:36 pm
Chamber of the Sea
The goblins crowd around Gabbro in the manner of greedy children hoping for candy. They have the vague suspicion that this isn’t quite the 50-50 split they’d originally demanded, but they are most impressed by the way Gabbro counts it out, coin-by-coin, into their grubby hands, so it must be correct.

As soon as the final goblin has been given his coins, they collectively run away southwards into the darkness shrieking and giggling (unless you attempt to stop them).

---
Day 3, 11:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 25, 2024 4:21 pm
Ricard makes no move to follow the fleeing goblins,

"Better this way. Let's leave them to their scurrying, we have a meeting to catch."

Ricard examines the sword he took from the treasure hoard carefully, giving it a few test swings to see if he notices anything unusual...
OOC:
is there anything I can learn about the new blade short of through magic?

Good job with that coin hussle! The party split of leftover is 58sp and 1gp each with 2sp and 4gp remainder.
Last edited November 25, 2024 4:27 pm
Nov 25, 2024 7:13 pm
As the Goblins disappear in the dark Pickles shrugs to himself, it would have been fun if they resisted. He gives a smile taking his share of the coins from Ricard with a grateful nod. It was nice to have some coin again.

"Let’s get ourselves back for this meeting then? Later we should return he a search this area properly."
Nov 25, 2024 7:16 pm
Jessica takes her share, secretly happy that the goblins did not come to blows. She falls into line with the others.
Nov 26, 2024 1:22 am
Luther will take his coin with a thanks and a nod. Mover into his place with lantern in hand.
Nov 26, 2024 2:22 am
Ricard does the math and trades 40 silver for the 4 left over gold coins, adds it to the 2 left over silver, and gives everyone 7 more silver to complete the perfect split of the treasure.
OOC:
I assume it's a 10:1 conversion rate? For some reason I feel like I remember there was a wonky exchange rate in some of the older editions of DND...
Nov 26, 2024 4:03 pm
"Huh. I thought they were going to want us to escort them the rest of the way." Gabbro nods thanks at Ricard and puts the 65 SP and 1 GP in his money pouch. "I guess they really just needed help with the gates." He shrugs. "So: what now? Look around, or head back the way we came?"
Nov 26, 2024 5:40 pm
dominion451 says:
Ricard examines the sword he took from the treasure hoard carefully, giving it a few test swings to see if he notices anything unusual...
OOC:
is there anything I can learn about the new blade short of through magic?
There are no obvious markings on the sword that hint at any special abilities. Nor does Ricard sense any "connection" with the sword. As he swishes it around, it just feels particularly light and well-balanced. Compared to the weapons he's used to, wielding it seems almost effortless.
dominion451 says:
OOC:
I assume it's a 10:1 conversion rate? For some reason I feel like I remember there was a wonky exchange rate in some of the older editions of DND...
That was first edition AD&D with 20 silver to a gold. It's the regular 10 in B/X.
Nov 27, 2024 4:14 pm
Chamber of the Sea
So, is the plan now to head directly back to the Kopper Kettle for your meeting with the Ghost Beggars at noon? Or is there anything you’d like to do, or preparations you’d like to make, beforehand?

And is there any particular route you’d like to take? Or just the shortest route you’ve mapped (which would be to retrace your steps east, through the Chamber of the Mountains, a left-turn north at the Dining Hall, and then a right-turn east towards the Kobold Market?


---
Day 3, 11:40 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Nov 27, 2024 5:36 pm
"If we have any intent of honoring our meeting with the Ghost Beggars, we must return now," Gabbro points out.
OOC:
I hadn't been paying close enough attention, and I see that we only have 20 minutes to get there. We're still in the Maritime room, and east is the only direction we've explored.
[ +- ] Partial map of the southwest of Stonehell Level 1
Last edited November 27, 2024 5:38 pm
Nov 27, 2024 10:25 pm
OOC:
We can make it if we hustle and don't run into any trouble.
Nov 27, 2024 10:37 pm
OOC:
let's go!
Nov 27, 2024 11:37 pm
"Yes let us go on the double."
Nov 28, 2024 12:33 am
Gabbro nods and grabs the eastern portcullis, attempting to lift it.
Nov 28, 2024 3:09 am
Pickles, who was waiting by the portcullis, helps Ricard.
Nov 29, 2024 2:36 pm
Some behind-the-screen dice rolling ...

Rolls

Secret Roll

Nov 29, 2024 3:07 pm
Leaving the Chamber of the Sea, you hurry back towards Kobold Korners. Fortunately, your journey is uneventful and you make good progress. You deposit your weapons as usual at the kobold guard post at the market’s western entrance and head to the Kopper Kettle.

As you enter the tavern, Pickles instantly recognises Zorrel Gnast, the leader of the Ghost Beggars, from yesterday’s encounter in the market. He has a distinctly piratical appearance with a bushy black beard, large hoop earrings dangling from his lobes, and a yellow-and-black chequered bandana doubling as a patch over his left eye. He’s sitting alongside the Beggar you talked to yesterday evening, and three others you don’t recognise. Other lunchtime clientele at the Kopper Kettle include a couple of orcs (who seem far more interested in their lunch than you), a solitary gnoll (could be the same one Pickles tried to talk to yesterday, you’re not sure), and a trio of scruffy-looking humans (none of whom are wearing Ghost Beggar colours, and so seem to be a separate group).

"Ah, better late than never I suppose," Gnast offers as a greeting. "Pull up a chair. Jack here tells me you’d like to talk."

---
Day 3, 12:10 am
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 4, 2024 2:09 am
Pickles gives a friendly wave, detouring to the bar to spend his well-earned coin on lunch and a drink plus a bright and cheery "Hello." to the Gnoll, before joining Gnast. "But my you are really tall. Anyone would be nuts to take you on. See I said he was tall." the Halfling sprouts before taking a mouthful ale.
Last edited December 4, 2024 2:11 am
Dec 4, 2024 6:35 am
Ricard, not having previously spoken to Gnast, gives a respectful nod and merely stands near to the table, keeping his eyes peeled for any who might be watching the exchange from across the commons.
Dec 4, 2024 11:05 am
Luther will also belly up to the bar for a plate and a mug. Then will go sit closely to where the meeting is taking place so he can hear what is said. Wondering if there is church around that he might be able to donate some of his spoils for the needy.
Dec 4, 2024 3:05 pm
Having money for the first time since entering Stonehell, Gabbro tries to focus on the conversation and not dwell on the intrusive thoughts of buying everything on the menu.
Dec 4, 2024 4:58 pm
Gnast taps his fingers on the table irritably, as most of you do anything but "pull up a chair". Eventually, you gather around his table, munching and slurping your refreshments.

"Well?" he says pointedly.

(Everyone partaking of lunch please deduct 6 copper pieces on your character sheet).

---
Day 3, 12:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 9, 2024 11:52 pm
Jessica pays her money to enjoy a nice lunch, trying not to think about the source of the meat.
Dec 10, 2024 6:08 am
Pickles eats a couple of mouthfuls before answering Gnast, "Sorry did not mean to be rude but it’s been a long morning and very little food. My companions and I have heard a lot about you and your organisation in our short time down here. And the word is that if we wish to survive and move with ease around down here you are the man to provide." The Halfling gives his best look of admiration to the very large human, while shoveling another mouthful of food.
Dec 10, 2024 4:48 pm
The Kopper Kettle
A hint of a smirk flashes across Gnast’s face at the blatant flattery of the impudent halfling. Pickles senses that Gnast has his measure, although isn’t entirely displeased.

"That’s all true. Go on …," he prompts.

---
Day 3, 12:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 11, 2024 4:50 am
Ricard nods along in agreement with Pickles flattery but keeps quiet, trying to seem tough but differential to the might of the Ghost Beggars capo.
Dec 11, 2024 11:06 am
Pickles grins and continues, "Well the plain truth of it and it hurts to say, maybe not as much as riding a mechanical pedal frame without a seat, we need to barter a deal with you. Create an alliance as such, find mutual ground of assistance. If you know what I mean. Nudge, nudge, wink, wink." The Halfling gives the the Bandits Leader a nudge and wink as he says it.
Dec 11, 2024 6:54 pm
The Kopper Kettle
"Hang on a minute," interjects Gnast, raising his right hand. "I was under the impression that this was a conversation about you joining MY crew. About working FOR ME. Now you’re jabbering on about some sort of partnership. This isn’t some pathetic attempt to wriggle out of our security arrangement, is it?"*

Gnast sits back in his chair and folds his arms.

The gnoll at the bar lets out a loud belch.


*For the more recent arrivals, the Ghost Beggars have previously insisted that you must pay them 10% of any haul upon exiting the dungeon in return for your safe passage through the canyon.

---
Day 3, 12:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 11, 2024 7:47 pm
Jessica remains silent, but her hand slides toward her war hammer.
Dec 11, 2024 11:01 pm
Pickles shows hurt upon his face, "Woo, so did I. I believed from my interactions with your crew and the way you carried yourself, you ran a crew of free thinking and like minded characters. Who worked together under your leadership due to the respect held towards you. Unlike the Open Sores who’s loyalty is only as good as the next bribe." The small Halfling waves a hand around his companions, "We are looking to become wealthy while making you rich, but if you wish to only collect a mere ten percent, we’ll see you at the entrance way every now and then."

Pickles turns to his companions and starts to move his chair away to leave the table.
Dec 11, 2024 11:29 pm
Luther listening to the conversation give Pickles a nod and and smile.
Dec 12, 2024 3:10 pm
The Kopper Kettle
Gnast rolls his eyes at Pickle’s theatrics. With a sigh, he continues …

"Wait … wait … no need to be so hasty little man. Maybe there ARE one or two jobs you could do for me. The question I’m asking myself is what, specifically, you’re looking for from the Ghost Beggars? We’re not in the business of adventuring."

The three scruffy humans sitting at a nearby table drain their mugs, push back their chairs, stand and leave the tavern.

---
Day 3, 12:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 12, 2024 4:49 pm
Ricard raises his eyebrows as Pickles spins an expert yarn, must remember to bring the halfling along next time a card game presents itself!
Dec 13, 2024 7:47 pm
Gabbro considers the people who just left. ::Is there yet another faction at play here?::

But then, at Gnast's question, he interjects. "What's in it for us, you mean? I would think that is obvious. We share profits with you, we get Ghost Beggar backing and protection. You get a cut, we don't get other groups messing with us for fear of antagonizing the Ghost Beggars, and we don't get Ghost Beggars threatening us in the middle of the night when we're trying to rest."
Dec 14, 2024 12:01 pm
The Kopper Kettle
Gnast nods at a couple of his comrades, who immediately stand and leave the tavern without a word. That just leaves Gnast and two other Ghost Beggars sitting at your table.

Gnast leans forward and beckons you closer in a conspiratorial fashion. In a low voice, he continues. "OK. If this is to work, then we need a foothold in the main dungeon. It seems the Wolf Gang goblins have been hit pretty hard by the Open Sore orcs recently. I reckon the goblins are ripe for picking off. Now, if the Ghost Beggars were to do that, the Open Sores would see that as an open act of aggression. But if a party of adventurers were to deal with the goblins, … well, that’s just what adventurers do, isn’t it? Pillage and move on. Once you’ve cleared the goblins, the Ghost Beggars fortuitously stumble across the newly vacated area and declare it their territory. There’s not much the Open Sores can do about that. What do you say? Any treasure you find in the process is yours, tax-free."

---
Day 3, 12:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 14, 2024 12:01 pm
The Kopper Kettle
Gnast nods at a couple of his comrades, who immediately stand and leave the tavern without a word. That just leaves Gnast and two other Ghost Beggars sitting at your table.

Gnast leans forward and beckons you closer in a conspiratorial fashion. In a low voice, he continues. "OK. If this is to work, then we need a foothold in the main dungeon. It seems the Wolf Gang goblins have been hit pretty hard by the Open Sore orcs recently. I reckon the goblins are ripe for picking off. Now, if the Ghost Beggars were to do that, the Open Sores would see that as an open act of aggression. But if a party of adventurers were to deal with the goblins, … well, that’s just what adventurers do, isn’t it? Pillage and move on. Once you’ve cleared the goblins, the Ghost Beggars can fortuitously stumble across the newly vacated area and declare it their territory. There’s not much the Open Sores can do about that. What do you say? Any treasure you find in the process is yours, tax-free."

---
Day 3, 12:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 18, 2024 3:00 am
Pickles stands for a short period of time listening to Gnast, only sitting and leaning in as indicated by the Bandit Captain. As the plan is explained Pickles smile grows, "Now this is a leader one can follow. I like the sneakiness and simplicity of it. It reminds me of Cousin Greedfoot and his encounter with an Owlbear. He waited for winter and the Bear to go into hibernation before raiding it’s cave for treasure."
Dec 18, 2024 3:55 pm
The Kopper Kettle
"What’s your name halfling?" Gnast asks of Pickles.

---
Day 3, 12:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 18, 2024 10:47 pm
With a big grin, "I am Pickles."
Dec 19, 2024 4:24 pm
The Kopper Kettle
Mathfuric says:
With a big grin, "I am Pickles."
"Well Master Pickles, I see a lot of potential in you. Sharp eyes and a quick brain. Please don't disappoint me. Now, do we have a deal?"

Gnast spits on his hand and offers it to Pickles.

---
Day 3, 12:20 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 20, 2024 1:33 am
Pickles simply spits into his own hand before losing it in the massive mit of Gnast, "We do."
Dec 20, 2024 9:41 am
The Kopper Kettle
"Excellent! Pickles - I’m putting you in charge of this operation. Make sure you give us fair warning of when you plan to clear out the goblins. We’ll need to minimise any delays in occupation before the orcs get wind of what’s happening. I usually have men stationed around the market - they can get word to me."

And with that, Gnast stands, pats Pickles on the shoulder, gives him a wink, and turns to leave the Kopper Kettle with his men.

---
Day 3, 12:30 pm
Fenwick, Elf 1: 5/5
Gabbro, Elf 1: 4/7
Jessica, Cleric 1: 5/5
Luther, Cleric 2: 9/9 (Lantern)
Pickles, Halfling 2: 10/10
Ricard, Fighter 2: 12/14

Link to Gabbro's mega-maps ...
Dec 20, 2024 5:04 pm
Once the bandits clear out of the Kettle, Ricard saunters over to Pickles and claps him on the shoulder with a chuckle.

"Who needs treasure when you have a tongue made of silver! Good job Pickles, we may have just gained a huge advantage down here."
Dec 20, 2024 6:49 pm
Jessica attempts a smile, but worry creases her brow.
Dec 20, 2024 10:33 pm
Luther looking at Pickles says "You surely have a way with words. Now we just have figure what our plan will be."
Dec 22, 2024 6:27 pm
"I have no love for goblins, I wouldn't be completely opposed to wiping them out regardless. That said, I'm sure that would not be to our advantage except in that completing the task might just get us the clout needed the find out what the Beggars are really after. Perhaps we should talk to the orcs about it first? Wouldn't mind riding the dungeon of them either for that matter.

I do still very much want to explore the northern part of this level that we glimpsed earlier, the dragon hoarde or some such thing?"
Dec 22, 2024 8:57 pm
Pickles give a big smile and nod of thanks to Ricard and Luther, "His not so bad that Gnast, not quite as self promoting as the Orc Chief. But there is some opportunity to be had here, and if we can cause some chaos could be to our advantage as we." Pickles eyes seem to sparkle at the last comment. "Shall we make a visit to the Goblins first and see what they are like? Maybe we can collect our Gnome friend before we leave."

You do not have permission to post in this thread.